NATO SubmarineManual PDF

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
MULTI-NATIONAL
SUBMARINE AND
ANTI-SUBMARINE
EXERCISE MANUAL
The information contained in this document shall not be

released to a nation outside NATO without following
procedured contained in C-M(2002)60.
2002
MAY BE CARRIED IN MILITARY AIRCRAFT
1(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORD OF RESERVATIONS
CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS

1 NONE
2 NONE
3 FRA
4 GBR
5 NONE
6 NONE
Non-acceptance of the term “coastal TUR
waters” re International Law.
V ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORD OF RESERVATIONS (Cont’d)
NATION RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS
RESERVATIONS
FRA During NATO exercises, French SUBOPAUTHs will not approve Relaxation 8
starred NOVEMBER (8*N) and French ships equipped with VDS will receive the
order not to stop their sonar while they are trailing their VDS.
GBR CASEX S-11. Procedures Para 1b. The purpose of the safety zone is unclear. If it
is to provide separation to the OPFOR and FRNFOR submarines when they are
both shallow, then 4nm is considered excessive. Suggest the safety area is reduced
to 1nm. If it is not for this purpose then clarification should be provided.
If the authors of CASEX S-11 or nations are unwilling to amend the safety area
dimensions, then GBR should apply a reservation so as to reduce the width to 1nm
for GBR use. The reservation is based on the fact that a FRNFOR submarine
could potentially be 16nm from an area where it could go shallow or surface. This
seems excessive.
TUR Turkey does not accept the term “coastal waters” because it’s not included
international law. The use of the term “coastal waters” is accepted by Turkey as
agreed in MC 296/1 (That can neither have any effect nor any implication in terms
of sovereign states under international law)
COMMENTS
CAN Release of STANAG 1052 does not automatically grant release of the publication.
ESP Regarding the document AXP-1(D), it will not be distributed among PfP countries.
Regarding reference B (in this comment, reference B is identified as AAP-3(I)), it
is not inconvenient in distribute MXP-1(D) to PfP countries.
Estonian Navy does not have function described in STANAG.

EST
This response (GBR ratification of Change 5) also includes GBR agreement to
GBR ratify MXP-1(D).
Lithuanian Naval Forces do not have the ships and equipment covered under the
LTU subject STANAG (STANAG 1052).
AXP-1(D) is considered non-releasable to non-NATO Countries as AXP-1(D) is a

NLD NATO CONFIDENTIAL document.
VI ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RESERVED FOR NATIONAL LETTER OF PROMULGATION
VII (Reverse Blank)

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORD OF PAGE CHECKS
Date Checked By Whom Checked
IX ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORD OF CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS
Identification of Change Date NATO By Whom Entered (Signature;

or Amendment No., Reg Entered Effective Date Rank, Grade or Rate; Name of
No. (if any), and Date Command)
CHANGE 1 1 March 2004
CHANGE 2 1 March 2006
CHANGE 3 1 January 2007
CHANGE 4 18 February 2008
CHANGE 5 NYE
X ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Multi-National Submarine and Anti-Submarine

Exercise Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES
1000 Training Within NATO ............................................................................................................ 1-1

1001 Scope of the Exercises .............................................................................................................. 1-1
1002 Security ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1
1003 Conferences/Discussions .......................................................................................................... 1-1
1004 Analysis .................................................................................................................................... 1-2
1005 - 1009 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 1-2
1010 Command.................................................................................................................................. 1-2
1011 - 1019 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 1-2
1020 Definitions ................................................................................................................................ 1-2
1021 - 1029 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 1-4
1030 Relaxation of Restrictions......................................................................................................... 1-4
CHAPTER 2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY

PROCEDURES
SECTION 1 GENERAL
2100 Submarine Operating Conditions.............................................................................................. 2-1

2101 Introduction............................................................................................................................... 2-1
2102 External Appearance................................................................................................................. 2-1
2103 Navigation Lights ..................................................................................................................... 2-1
2104 Damage Control........................................................................................................................ 2-1
2105 Handling Characteristics........................................................................................................... 2-1
2106 - 2109 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 2-1
2110 Responsibilities When Exercising With Submarines................................................................ 2-2
2111 Responsibility for Avoiding Collision Between Surface Ships and Submarines ..................... 2-2
2112 Responsibility for the Safe Navigation of the Submarine......................................................... 2-3
2113 Submarines and Fishing Vessels............................................................................................... 2-4
2114 Uniform Procedure .................................................................................................................. 2-4
2115 Procedure Hooker .................................................................................................................... 2-4
2116 Sonar Protective Measures........................................................................................................ 2-5
2117 Helicopter Dipping Sonar Protective Measures ....................................................................... 2-6
2118 Explosive Echo Ranging (EER) protective Measures ............................................................. 2-6
2119 - 2199 Spare .............................................................................................................................. 2-6
SECTION 2 SAFETY AND THE CONDUCT OF UNITS DURING ASW EXERCISES
2200 Emergencies During ASW Exercises ....................................................................................... 2-7

2201 Aircraft Emergencies ................................................................................................................ 2-7
2202 Submarine Emergency .............................................................................................................. 2-8
2203 Submarine Surfacing in an Emergency..................................................................................... 2-8
2204 - 2209 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 2-9
2210 Basic Safety Rules, Procedures and Requirements................................................................... 2-9
2211 Safety Separation of ASW Forces ............................................................................................ 2-9
2212 Horizontal Safety Separation .................................................................................................... 2-9
XI CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2213 Vertical Safety Separation/ Safe Depth Operation ................................................................. 2-10

2214 Visibility Requirements ......................................................................................................... 2-13
2215 Minimum Submarine Acoustic Equipment Requirements ..................................................... 2-14
2216 Surface Ship Noise.................................................................................................................. 2-17
2217 Lookouts ................................................................................................................................. 2-17
2218 Underwater Telephone Watch ................................................................................................ 2-17
2219 Communications and Signals.................................................................................................. 2-18
2220 Dumping of Trash, Garbage and Waste (Gash)...................................................................... 2-18
2221 - 2229 Spare ............................................................................................................................. 2-18
2230 Specific Safety Precautions .................................................................................................... 2-18
2231 Safety Precautions When Operating With Aircraft................................................................. 2-18
2232 Safety Precautions When Surface Ships Approach ................................................................ 2-18
2233 Safety Precautions When Employing Towed Decoys ............................................................ 2-19
2234 Safety Precautions When Employing Helicopter Sonar ......................................................... 2-19
2235 Safety Precautions When Employing VDS/Towed Array Systems........................................ 2-19
2236 Additional Restrictions to Establish a Vertical Safety Separation When
Towed VDS/ DTAS is Used................................................................................................. 2-20
2237 Additional Restrictions to Establish a Horizontal Safety Separation "Neutral
Corridor" When Towed VDS/ DTAS is Used...................................................................... 2-22
2238 Additional Restrictions When CATAS is Used...................................................................... 2-32
2239 Exercise Stovepipe.................................................................................................................. 2-35
2240 The Use of Explosive Charges................................................................................................ 2-35
2241 Electronic Sound Under-Water Signals (ESUS)..................................................................... 2-37
2242 - 2249 Spare ............................................................................................................................. 2-37
2250 ASW Exercise Restrictions..................................................................................................... 2-45
2251 ASW Investigation Restrictions.............................................................................................. 2-45
2252 ASW Exercise Attack Restrictions ......................................................................................... 2-45
2253 Not Releasable ........................................................................................................................ 2-47
2254 Night ASW Exercise Restrictions........................................................................................... 2-49
2255 - 2259 Spare ............................................................................................................................. 2-49
2260 Positioning of Surface Ships and Helicopters While Submarines Dive ................................. 2-49
2261 - 2269 Spare ............................................................................................................................. 2-50
2270 Procedures for Units to Bring a Submarine From Safe to PD ................................................ 2-50
2271 Responsibilities for Submarine Safety When Returning to PD .............................................. 2-50
2272 Surfacing Methods and Procedures ........................................................................................ 2-50
2273 Conduct and Procedures for Surface Ships and/or Helicopters in the
Vicinity of a Submarine that is Coming to PD - Method ALFA ........................................... 2-51
2274 Conduct and Procedures for Surface Ships and/or Helicopters in the
Vicinity of a Submarine that is Coming to PD - Method BRAVO........................................ 2-54
2275 Conduct of ASW Ships at Stop Time ..................................................................................... 2-55
2276 - 2279 Spare ............................................................................................................................. 2-55
2280 Not Releasable ……………………………………………………………………………… 2-55
2281-2289 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 2-58
2290 ASW Exercises in Shallow and Confined Waters .................................................................. 2-58
CHAPTER 3 STANDARD EXERCISES AND METHOD OF ORDERING
3000 Summary of Standard Exercises ............................................................................................... 3-1

3001 Substitution for a Submarine .................................................................................................... 3-1
3002 Method of Ordering Exercises .................................................................................................. 3-1
3003 Order Table (Table 3-1) ............................................................................................................ 3-1
XII CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3004 Relaxation Table (Table 3-2) .................................................................................................... 3-2

3005 Exercise Instructions (Table 3-3).............................................................................................. 3-2
3006 Submarine Depth Tables (Table 3-4)........................................................................................ 3-2
3007 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Table 3-5)................................................................ 3-3
3008 Long-Range Tracking Diagrams (Table 3-6) ........................................................................... 3-3
3009 Special Instructions................................................................................................................... 3-4
3010 Issuing CASEX Standard Instructions...................................................................................... 3-4
3011-3999 Spare ................................................................................................................................. 3-4
CASEX A-1 Basic Tracking Exercise ..................................................................................... 3-A1-1
CASEX A-2 Basic Coordinated Tracking Exercise................................................................. 3-A2-1
CASEX A-3 Basic SAU Exercise............................................................................................ 3-A3-1
CASEX A-4 Advanced SAU Exercise .................................................................................... 3-A4-1
CASEX A-5 Basic Submarine Attack on a Screened or Unscreened Target
(Counter-Attack Not Allowed) .......................................................................... 3-A5-1
CASEX A-6 Intermediate Submarine Attack on a Screened or Unscreened Target
(Counter-Attack Allowed) ................................................................................. 3-A6-1
CASEX A-7 Not Releasable .................................................................................................... 3-A7-1
CASEX A-8 Defence of an Open Anchorage or Assault Area................................................ 3-A8-1
CASEX A-9 VDS Tracking Exercise Using Safety Zone Separation ..................................... 3-A9-1
CASEX A-10 VDS Tracking Exercise Using a Submarine Area and Safety Zone................. 3-A10-1
CASEX A-11 Sonar Passive Tracking..................................................................................... 3-A11-1
CASEX A-12 Sonar Passive Tracking (Multi-Ship) ............................................................... 3-A12-1
CASEX A-13 Passive Tracking Exercise ................................................................................ 3-A13-1
CASEX A-21 Basic Passive Tracking Exercise ...................................................................... 3-A21-1
CASEX A-22 Long-Range Passive Detection and Localization Exercise .............................. 3-A22-1
CASEX A-23 Not Releasable .................................................................................................. 3-A23-1
CASEX A-24 Intermediate ASW Area Search........................................................................ 3-A24-1
CASEX B-1 Basic Search, Homing and Attack by Aircraft ................................................... 3-B1-1
CASEX B-2 Basic Localization and Attack by Aircraft ......................................................... 3-B2-1
CASEX B-3 Advanced Search, Localization and Attack by Aircraft ..................................... 3-B3-1
CASEX B-4 Basic Air/Sub Operation Exercise ...................................................................... 3-B4-1
CASEX B-5 Advanced Air/Sub Operation Exercise............................................................... 3-B5-1
CASEX B-6 Basic Passive Tracking and Attack by Aircraft .................................................. 3-B6-1
CASEX C-1 Not Releasable .................................................................................................... 3-C1-1
CASEX C-2 Basic Coordinated ASW Exercise ...................................................................... 3-C2-1
CASEX C-3 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise............................................................... 3-C3-1
CASEX C-4 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise - Protection of a Force .......................... 3-C4-1
CASEX C-5 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise Against Transiting/Patrolling
Submarines ......................................................................................................... 3-C5-1
CASEX C-6 VDS Exercise Using Safety Zone Separation..................................................... 3-C6-1
CASEX C-7 Defence of Main Body During Opposed Sortie/Entry........................................ 3-C7-1
CASEX C-8 Not Releasable 3-C8-1
CASEX C-9 ASW Forces Area Search Followed by Submarine Attack on Underway
Replenishment Group ......................................................................................... 3-C9-1
CASEX C-10 Coordinated Passive Tracking Exercise by TAS Units and Aircraft ................ 3-C10-1
CASEX C-11 Intermediate Coordinated ASW Area Search ................................................... 3-C11-1
CASEX C-12 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise (PROWLEX) 3-C12-1
CASEX D-1 Not Releasable … ……………………………………………………….. 3-D1-1
CASEX D-2 Not Releasable .................................................................................................... 3-D2-1
CASEX D-5 Not Releasable.................................................................................................... 3-D5-1
CASEX E-1 Familiarization - Submarine and SAW Units ......................................................3-E1-1
CASEX E-2 Not Releasable .....................................................................................................3-E2-1
XIII CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-3 Mutual Sensor Exercise ..........................................................................................3-E3-1

CASEX E-4 ASW Action Against Bottomed Submarine or Target............................................3-E4-1
CASEX E-5 Exercise in Searching for a Simulated Submarine Casualty (SMASHEX) ...........3-E5-1
CASEX E-6 Coordinated Submarine Rescue Operations............................................................3-E6-1
CASEX E-7 Not Releasable ........................................................................................................3-E7-1
CASEX E-8 Depth Charge Exercise............................................................................................3-E8-1
CASEX F-1 Basic Simulated Anti-Submarine Warfare Exercise (LINKEX)............................. 3-F1-1
CASEX F-2 Simulated Anti-Submarine Warfare Exercise .......................................... 3-F2-1
CHAPTER 4 INSTRUCTIONS, DEFINITIONS, SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES

APPLICABLE TO SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES – COORDINATED SUBMARINE
OPERATIONS – “S” SERIES
4000 Instructions for Submarine ASW Exercises.............................................................................. 4-1

4001 Purpose ..................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4002 Minimum Requirements for Participating Submarines ............................................................ 4-1
4003 When Exercises may be Conducted.......................................................................................... 4-1
4004 Records ..................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4005 Intelligence Based on Safety Signals........................................................................................ 4-2
4006 - 4009 Spare .............................................................................................................................. 4-2
4010 Definitions Applicable to Submarine ASW Exercises ............................................................. 4-2
4011 Marked Submarine.................................................................................................................... 4-2
4012 Responsible............................................................................................................................... 4-2
4013 Safety Bearing........................................................................................................................... 4-2
4014 Safety Circles............................................................................................................................ 4-2
4015 Safety Line................................................................................................................................ 4-3
4016 Safety Zones ............................................................................................................................. 4-3
4017 Too Close.................................................................................................................................. 4-3
4018 Transit Lane .............................................................................................................................. 4-3
4019 Transit Positions ....................................................................................................................... 4-3
4020 Safety Rules for Exercises Involving More than One Submarine ............................................ 4-3
4021 Responsibility for Avoiding Submerged Collision................................................................... 4-4
4022 Safety Circle ............................................................................................................................. 4-4
4023 Safety Line................................................................................................................................ 4-4
4024 Safety Zones and Transit Lanes................................................................................................ 4-5
4025 Safety Rules for Basic Exercises .............................................................................................. 4-5
4026 Safety Rules for Advanced Exercises ....................................................................................... 4-5
4027 Not Releasable .......................................................................................................................... 4-5
4028 Separation Between Target Submarines ................................................................................... 4-6
4029 Spare ......................................................................................................................................... 4-6
4030 Procedures Applicable to Submarine ASW Exercises.............................................................. 4-6
4031 Gridlock .................................................................................................................................... 4-6
4032 Procedure for Submarines Changing Depth Through Depth Zones Assigned to
Other Submarines ................................................................................................................... 4-7
4033 Use of Underwater Telephone .................................................................................................. 4-7
4034 Marking Attacks ....................................................................................................................... 4-8
4035 Requirements When Torpedoes are Fired................................................................................. 4-8
4036 - 4039 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 4-8
4040 Method of Ordering Submarine ASW Exercises...................................................................... 4-9
4041 - 4049 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 4-9
4050 Not Releasable .......................................................................................................................... 4-9
XIV CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
4051 Not Releasable .......................................................................................................................... 4-9

4052 Not Releasable .......................................................................................................................... 4-9
4053 - 4999 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 4-9
CASEX S-1 Submarine, at or Below Safe Depth, Attacks Another Submarine
Transiting its Patrol Area at Periscope Depth ....................................................... 4-S1-1
CASEX S-2 Submarine, at Periscope Depth (or with Freedom in Depth Until
Detecting HE) Attacks Another Submarine Transiting its Patrol
Area at Periscope Depth ......................................................................................4-S2-1
CASEX S-3 Submarine With Freedom in Depth Attacks Another Submarine
Transiting Close to its Patrol Area at Periscope Depth........................................ 4-S3-1
CASEX S-4 Submarine Transiting Their Patrol Areas at Periscope Depth
(by Day Only) ......................................................................................................4-S4-1
CASEX S-5 One or More Submarines With Freedom in Depth Attack Another
Submarine Restricted in Depth in a Transit Lane Transiting
Through Their Areas............................................................................................4-S5-1
CASEX S-6 One or More Patrolling Submarines With Relative Freedom in
Depth Attack Other Submarines With Relative Freedom in Depth
Transiting Their Areas .........................................................................................4-S6-1
CASEX S-7 Not Releasable 4-S7-1
CASEX S-8 Not Releasable .....................................................................................................4-S8-1
CASEX S-9 Advanced Exercise of Detection, Tracking and Attack of a Transiting
Submarine on a SUBNOTE.................................................................................4-S9-1
CASEX S-10 Not Releasable ..................................................................................................4-S10-1
CHAPTER 5 COMMUNICATIONS
5000 Introductions ............................................................................................................................. 5-1

5001 - 5009 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
5010 Communication Methods.......................................................................................................... 5-1
5011 Explosive Charge Signals ......................................................................................................... 5-1
5012 Submarine Pyrotechnic Signals ................................................................................................ 5-1
5013 Sonar Signal Code Table .......................................................................................................... 5-2
5014 Submarine Safety and Control Signals ..................................................................................... 5-2
5015 Ship/Submarine Torpedo Attack Signals.................................................................................. 5-2
5016 Signals by Aircraft Manoeuvre................................................................................................. 5-2
5017 Aircraft or Surface Emergency/Contingency Distress Signals ................................................. 5-3
5018 Special Signals.......................................................................................................................... 5-3
5019 Submarine Attack Signals......................................................................................................... 5-3
5020 Diving Messages, Surfacing Messages and Check Reports ..................................................... 5-4
5021 Not Releasable ....................................................... 5-4
5022 - 5999 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 5-5
CHAPTER 6 RECORDS AND ANALYSIS
6000 General Considerations............................................................................................................. 6-1

6001 Analysis or Assessment of Weapon Attacks............................................................................. 6-1
6002 Tactical Analysis....................................................................................................................... 6-2
6003 Claims for Attacks by Submarines ........................................................................................... 6-3
6004 Submarine Track Message........................................................................................................ 6-3
6005 Data Forms................................................................................................................................ 6-4
6006 Not Releasable ......................................................................................................................... 6-4
6007 - 6999 Spare ............................................................................................................................... 6-4
XV CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Glossary......................................................................................................................................... Glossary-1
Index ................................................................................................................................................. Index-1
List of Effective Pages ......................................................................................................................... LEP-1
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1 Submarine identification Lights............................................................................................. 2-2
Table 2-2 Depth Limitations ................................................................................................................ 2-13
Table 2-3 Decoy and Towed Sonar Training Target Depth Restrictions ............................................. 2-14
Table 2-4 General Authorization VDS/Towed Array .......................................................................... 2-23
Table 2-5A VDS Specifications ............................................................................................................. 2-25
Table 2-5B Towed Array Specifications................................................................................................ 2-26
Table 2-5C Multiple Towed Array System Specifications .................................................................... 2-26
Table 2-5D Automatic Sequencing UWT Specifications ...................................................................... 2-28
Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be used in Exercises against Submarines.......................................... 2-35
Table 3-1 Order Table ........................................................................................................................... 3-5
Table 3-2 Relaxation Table .................................................................................................................... 3-9
Table 3-3 Exercise Instructions Table.................................................................................................. 3-18
Table 3-4 Depth Tables ........................................................................................................................ 3-30
Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed .............................................................................................. 3-31
Table 3-6 Tracking Exercise Diagrams ................................................................................................ 3-44
Table 3-7 CASEX A Series – Exercises Involving Ships and/or helicopters....................................... 3-46
Table 3-8 CASEX B Series – Exercises Involving ASW Aircraft....................................................... 3-47
Table 3-9 CASEX C Series – exercises Involving Multiple Forces..................................................... 3-48
Table 3-10 Not Releasable ..................................................................................................................... 3-48
Table 3-11 CASEX E Series – Exercises of a Miscellaneous Nature .................................................... 3-48
Table 3-12 CASEX F Series – Synthetic Exercises ............................................................................... 3-48
Table 4-1 Changing Depth safety Signals .............................................................................................. 4-8
Table 4-2 S’ Series CASEXes.............................................................................................................. 4-10
Table 5-1 Characteristics of National Submarine Pyrotechnics............................................................. 5-6
Table 5-2 Explosive Change Signals...................................................................................................... 5-7
Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SSS/UWT Signals by Day & Night ...................................... 5-10
Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table ............................................................................................ 5-13
Table 5-5 ESUS MK 48 Underwater Signal Code............................................................................... 5-16
Table 5-6 Ship/Submarine Torpedo Attack.......................................................................................... 5-17
Table 5-7 Signals by Aircraft ............................................................................................................... 5-17
Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signals ...................................................................................................... 5-18
Table 5-9 Range by Method MARK .................................................................................................... 5-21
Table 6-1 Brevity Code .......................................................................................................................... 6-6
Table 6-2 Not Releasable ....................................................................................................................... 6-7
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1 Not Releasable...................................................................................................................... 2-1
Figure 2-2 Submarine Safe Depth Calculations ................................................................................... 2-11
Figure 2-3 Relaxation 14*C ................................................................................................................. 2-20
Figure 2-4 Relaxation 14*D ................................................................................................................. 2-20
Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A – A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form ....................................................... 6-9
Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B – Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report ............................ 6-11
Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C – Submarine Record Form ...................................................................... 6-18
Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D – Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie Report............................................. 6-20
XVI CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES
1000 TRAINING WITHIN NATO
1. Training is a national responsibility and each NATO country undertakes to train its own units with
its own facilities to the limits of its own capabilities. Coordination between units of different
nationalities is facilitated if training is based on the doctrine promulgated in Allied Tactical
Publications.
2. The state of training of submarines taking part in exercises is presumed to be such that anti-
submarine operations may be undertaken. Submarines taking part in submarine versus submarine
exercises must be given prior approval for advanced anti-submarine exercises by national
commanders.
1001 SCOPE OF THE EXERCISES
1. The standard exercises listed in Chapters 3 and 4 of AXP 1 are provided to facilitate the
progressive training of different types of ASW units, both independently and in coordination, in the
various aspects of anti-submarine warfare. Exercise standards progress from the elementary stage
through the more advanced coordinated stage, and culminate in the standards required for participation
in major exercises.
2. The individual CASEX provides a framework to progress fundamental training aims (procedural
as well as tactical). It is the responsibility of CASEX planning authorities to ensure that this
framework is broadened as required to encompass the particular training requirements of individual
units. This can be achieved by the use of the appropriate relaxations, exercise instructions and special
instructions listed. ASW officers should try to address all relevant aspects of ASW in both deep and
shallow water without increasing the difficulty of an ASW training schedule too quickly.
3. Authorities and individual units should also, wherever possible, evaluate new procedures and
tactics during ASW training. Where a new tactic appears to contravene the safety rules stated in AXP
1, guidance should be obtained from higher authority and in particular, the appropriate Submarine
Operating Authority (SUBOPAUTH).
1002 SECURITY
The majority of information in this publication is, of itself, unclassified. It must be kept in mind,
however, that once a particular scenario and training objectives have been chosen, the package so
produced and its execution can reveal a great deal about current tactics and operational capabilities.
All concerned must ensure that operation orders, message traffic and exercise reports are properly
classified to guard against inadvertent release of classified information on weapon and sensor
capabilities, platform characteristics or current tactics.
1003 CONFERENCES/DISCUSSIONS
Pre-exercise conferences between the various participating units are beneficial in saving exercise time
and avoiding mistakes. Such discussions are normally held prior to more advanced exercises, but are
generally not necessary in regard to more elementary exercises. Post-exercise discussions are most
valuable if they take place immediately after an exercise. Many exercises can be analyzed on the spot,
and the lessons learned from them can be passed on immediately to the units.
1-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
1004 ANALYSIS
Exercise analysis may take longer if it requires the examination of records, but it is important that the
results be extracted and passed in as quickly as possible. Details of particular exercises are soon
forgotten, and valuable training lessons can be lost when post-exercise analysis is conducted late and
results are slow reaching exercise participants.
1005 - 1009 Spare
1010 COMMAND
1. Officer Scheduling the Exercise (OSE). The OSE originates the exercise and orders it to take place.
He will issue basic instructions which will include the objectives of the exercise, the designation of the
exercise areas, the allocation of forces and the necessary coordinating instructions. He will also
designate the Officer Conducting the Exercise (OCE). He will ensure that the existence of submarine
danger areas inside the exercise area are highlighted in the EXOPORDER or exercise instruction. The
OSE specifies the process for the integration and control of submarine assets in the exercise. He will
arrange the nomination of one or more SUBOPAUTH to assume operational control of all submarines
participating in the exercise.
2. Officer Conducting the Exercise (OCE). The OCE is responsible to the OSE for the conduct of
the exercise. He will issue such necessary supplementary instructions as:
a. detailed orders to all participating units;
b. Collation of records, quick-look analysis and de-brief,
c. safety precautions; and
d. conduct of the exercise as it develops.
3. Officer in Tactical Command (OTC). The OTC is the senior officer present eligible to assume
command, or the officer to whom he has delegated tactical command.
4. Officer Conducting the Serial (OCS). The OCS is the officer designated to exercise tactical
control over assigned forces for a specific exercise serial.
5. Submarine Operating Authority (SUBOPAUTH). The SUBOPAUTH is the Command

exercising operational control over submarines, and is normally a submarine force commander. Under
special circumstances tactical control may be delegated to another shore command or to a command
afloat.
1011 - 1019 Spare
1020 DEFINITIONS
1. The definitions contained in this section are considered particularly important. Additional
definitions relevant to the exercises are also contained in the Glossary:
a. Go Time. The start of an ASW exercise period. After this time, dived submarines may be
encountered and full safety precautions must be observed until Stop Time.
1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
b. COMEX. COMEX is the time of starting an ASW action. It is normally a warning to the
submarine of attacks by ASW units.
c. ASW Action. An exercise ASW action is an operation by one or more ASW units against a
particular submarine. In order to permit the necessary manoeuvres for ASW action to be safely
executed, safety precautions to be taken by the submarine(s) and ASW units may be in addition to
the safety precautions required in the exercise as a whole. In exercises, ASW action begins with
COMEX and ends with FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is earlier. If it is desired to continue the
ASW action after FINEX, then a new COMEX must be ordered, providing that this is allowed by the
exercise orders (see Article 5014.5).
d. Duration. Duration is the specified time period for an ASW action. It must be given in minutes
in the exercise orders. When relaxation 2*M is in force, duration is not required.
e. FINEX. In exercises and when duration has been established, it is the time of ending of an ASW
Action. It is equal to COMEX plus the duration of ASW action ordered.
f. Stop Time. The end of an ASW exercise period.
g. Surfacing Procedure. The method used by a submarine, ship or helicopter to bring a submarine
from Safe Depth to Periscope Depth (PD).
h. Submarine Depth. The depth of a submarine is measured from the surface to the keel depth.
i. Safe Depth. A submarine is said to be at Safe Depth when its keel depth is such as to provide the
required separation between the top of the fixed structure of the submarine and the lowest point of
any ship, other submarine assigned to a higher layer, towed ASW device and/or helicopter sonar
systems allowed in the orders for the exercise. When more than one towed device is being used in
the exercise, Safe Depth applies to the deepest device being employed.
j. Safety Course. A pre-arranged course included in the detailed orders for the exercise. It must be
one of the cardinal points of the compass, and it is always signaled as "NORTH", "SOUTH",
"EAST" or "WEST". It is the course to be steered when a submarine is coming to PD using
surfacing procedures or in an emergency.
k. Relaxation. A modification of safety precautions and operating restrict-ions laid down in this
publication in order to make the training more realistic (see Article 3004).
l. Starred Relaxation. A relaxation, which may be used subject to prior approval of the
SUBOPAUTH.
m. Time. Zone time to be used throughout the exercises (GMT is to be used whenever possible to
avoid confusion).
n. Daylight. Daylight is defined as extending from sunrise to sunset.
o. Night. Night is defined as extending from sunset to sunrise.
p. Units of Measurement. NATO publications have been amended to the following standard units
of measurement:
1-3 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(1) range - yards,
(2) distance - nautical miles,
(3) altitude - feet, and
(4) depth of objects and water depth - metres.
NOTE:
The above mentioned standard units are not to be confused with codewords Range and Altitude. For
safety purposes during the transition period, where water depth and depth of objects were given in feet
or fathoms, the new metric figures are now followed by the figures in feet or fathoms (as appropriate)
in brackets.
q. Maximum power shall be understood to mean a power level setting, which will deliver the
maximum acoustic energy into the water. It is that power level setting just below transducer
cavitation.
r. Maximum scale shall be understood to mean the maximum range scale setting regardless of
actual water depth. On fathometers that have variable or selectable pulse length, the maximum
pulse length shall be used in conjunction with the maximum scale.
1021 - 1029 Spare
1030 RELAXATION OF RESTRICTIONS
To provide added realism in training or to enable the exercise to become progressively more realistic,
exercise rules given in Chapter 2 may be relaxed. Certain of the relaxations may be made only with
the prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH or appropriate Air Commander and are dependent on the state
of training of the participating units, their equipment and capabilities. It is important when
considering major or advanced exercises that the ASW exercise planners and the SUBOPAUTH
jointly review the relaxations to be used, since failure to allow the maximum relaxations consistent
with submarine safety may impair unnecessarily the value of the exercise. When the SUBOPAUTH
has OPCON of a submarine from another nation, approval of any starred relaxation should only be
given with the concurrence of the appropriate national authority. The Relaxation Table is contained in
Chapter 3 as Table 3-2; instructions for its use are given in Article 3004.
1-4 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY

PROCEDURES
SECTION 1 – GENERAL
2100 SUBMARINE OPERATING CONDITIONS
2101 INTRODUCTION
The submarine is a seaworthy and manoeuverable vessel, which when fully surfaced complies with the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea. However, their construction differs from
that of surface ships making them vulnerable, and this must be considered, particularly when in close
proximity to ASW units during exercises.
2102 EXTERNAL APPEARANCE
Submarines have a relatively low freeboard, smooth contours, and little superstructure; consequently,
they are more difficult to detect either visually or by radar, than other ships. Furthermore, it is not easy
to estimate the course of submarines visually as their inclination is difficult to determine even under
the most favorable conditions.
2103 NAVIGATION LIGHTS
Most submarines do not carry conventional navigation lights, but are permitted to be at sea at night
under the International Regulations for Preventing Collision at Sea. Their navigation lights are low
and may be concentrated in the vicinity of the conning tower. This arrangement, when combined with
the complete lack of other upper deck lights, may be misleading and gives a submarine at night the
appearance of a much smaller ship. In accordance with the International Regulations for Preventing
Collision at Sea, some countries have authorized special submarine identification lights (see Table 2-
1). Many submarines are unable to display navigation lights until they have surfaced.
2104 DAMAGE CONTROL
A submarine's reserve of buoyancy is low. Thus any collision or other event that causes the pressure
hull or ballast tank to be pierced immediately places the submarine in danger of sinking.
2105 HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS
Diving is a safe and routine operation for a submarine. Once submerged, a submarine is
manoeuverable and can avoid danger simply and quickly by increasing depth if there is sufficient
water beneath its keel. Therefore, it is capable of taking part in all types of exercises without risk if
certain rules for safety are observed by all ASW units participating in the exercise. Exercises will not
be carried out in waters less than 77 metres (255 ft) unless Relaxations of the 12 series are authorized.
2106 - 2109 Spare
2-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-1 Submarine Identification Lights
COUNTRY LIGHT
Canada All round rotation amber beacon showing group of 3 flashes, 10 times per
minute.
France All round rotating yellow beacon showing 100 to 120 flashes per minute.
Germany All round orange beacon showing about 100 flashes per minute, visible for 3
nautical miles.
Greece All round orange beacon showing about 80 flashes per minute.
Italy All round rotating amber beacon showing 90 flashes per minute.
Netherlands All round rotating amber beacon showing 90 flashes per minute.
Norway All round amber beacon showing 90 flashes per minute.
Poland All round orange beacon showing about 100 flashes per minute, visible for 3
nautical miles.
Portugal All round rotating beacon showing 94 flashes per minute.
Spain All round rotating amber beacon
showing 120-180 flashes per minute.
Turkey All round rotating amber beacon showing 90 flashes per minute.
United All round rotating amber beacon showing 90 flashes per minute on some
Kingdom submarines.
United States Intermittent flashing amber (yellow) beacon with a sequence of one flash per
second for 3 seconds, followed by a 3 second period.
2110 RESPONSIBILITIES WHEN EXERCISING WITH SUBMARINES
2111 RESPONSIBILITY FOR AVOIDING COLLISION BETWEEN SURFACE SHIPS AND

SUBMARINES
1. The Commanding Officer of a submerged submarine must assume that his presence is unknown to
all participating units even when it may be assessed that such units hold positive sonar contact. The
burden of avoiding collision, therefore, when at PD, submerged, coming to PD or surfacing, rests
primarily on the submarine.
2. A submarine deeper than PD cannot be fully acquainted with the situation on the surface, since it
must depend totally on sonar to locate ships. Surface ships, therefore, must take all possible action to
ensure the safety of the submarine. Such action should include, for example:
a. Manoeuvering to avoid a submarine sighted at close range. This may include taking way off the
ship.
b. Informing the submarine of approaching deep draught vessels, or fishing vessels. See Article
2113.
c. Advising the submarine when it is safe to return to PD.
d. Informing the submarine of a significant change in the weather with particular emphasis on the
visibility.
2-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
e. Informing the submarine of towed sonar systems, decoys or obstructions (e.g. splash/spar targets)
which, through system malfunction or other over-riding factors, are deeper than permitted in the
CASEX rules.
f. After stop time, when inside a known submarine area, radiate on sonar or cavitate or operate other
acoustic warning devices.
3. In basic CASEXes when paragraph LL of the Order Table is specified and surface forces have to
close the initial position of participating submarines(s), a circular area of 5 NM radius centered on that
initial position must be established one hour prior to the scheduled GO TIME. These additional
measures must be taken in order to prevent collision and provide the submarine with a reliable
acoustic warning of the presence of surface forces.
(a) Surface forces inside that circular restricted area must take the following measures:
(1) Transmit on sonar or cavitate or operate other acoustic warning devices.

(2) Keep a sharp lookout for the submarine.
(3) Maintain UWT and UHF/VHF/HF listening watch on exercise nets.
(4) Establish proper ESM/radar watch.
(b) OCS could relax above measures once submarine position is fixed, two-way
communications are established and follow on force movements are clearly stated.
4. Submarines coming to less than Safe Depth are to take all possible steps to avoid collision. If the
submarine is in any doubt of surface ship positions or movements, it should remain at Safe Depth and
reinitiate surfacing procedures appropriate to the relaxations in force.
5. Splash/spar targets are likely to be towed by surface ships up to 600 yards astern of the ship.
Submarines at PD are not to approach these targets within 1000 yards. Submarines which are deep are
not to come to PD within 1600 yards astern of the ships.
6. When the fathometer is being used as a submarine warning device, water depth will usually be
sufficient to preclude the requirement to use the fathometer for safe navigation. However, the
fathometer settings should maximize the opportunity for a submarine to detect the fathometer.
Therefore, when used as a warning device, the fathometer will be set at maximum power, maximum
scale and, if applicable, maximum pulse length.
2112 RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SAFE NAVIGATION OF THE SUBMARINE
1. The submarine Commanding Officer has the fundamental responsibility for the safe navigation of
his submarine.
2. In scheduled CASEXes; however, the OCE or the officer to whom he has delegated responsibility
(OTC/OCS) is responsible for taking all reasonable precautions to ensure the navigational safety of the
submerged submarine. In elementary CASEXes this may require frequent communication between
ships and submarine.
3. The OCE may require that the submerged submarine be informed by SST or UWT of its hourly
position, or more often if circumstances warrant. Changes in sea conditions or visibility should be
communicated if appropriate. If it should appear that the submarine is standing into danger, it may
be desirable to bring the submarine to PD.
2-3 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
4. Restricting Course and Speed of Submarine. In certain elementary exercises, it is necessary to

order the submarine to steer a given course and/or maintain a specified speed. These are to be taken as
through the water, without allowing for tide. Ships giving such instructions (or any alterations thereto)
are to ensure that the submarine will not be endangered by obeying such instructions. This in no way
relieves the submarine Commanding Officer of his basic responsibility for the safe navigation of his
submarine.
2113 SUBMARINES AND FISHING VESSELS
Submarines dived below PD must remain at least 4000 yards clear of any fishing vessel, whether it is
known to be fishing or not. If, for any reason, this separation cannot be achieved then the submarine
must return to PD and remain at least 1500 yards clear of all fishing vessels. (These rules can be
modified using Relaxation 26*B, 26*C or 26*D).
2114 UNIFORM PROCEDURE
1. When any participating unit considers that a close quarters situation may be developing and that a
fishing vessel may close, or already be, within 4000 yards of a deep submarine, the following
procedure is to be followed:
a. Contact the fishing vessel on VHF and warn him of the position of the submarine.
b. Transmit ‘UNIFORM UNIFORM UNIFORM’ on UWT for 2 minutes and repeat 1
minute later or drop an ESUS set to Code 5.
c. Inform other units of the situation, consider ordering sonar silence and order ships to
cavitate and steer the safety course (or reciprocal) to aid the submarine CO to clear his
plot and return to PD.
d. The submarine, on hearing the warning signal is to mark position with a white smoke or
candle, clarify the plot, return to PD and establish communications with the nearest unit
without delay.
e. When safety separation has been re-established, the serial or ASW action can
recommence.
2115 PROCEDURE HOOKER
1. To assist submarines in identifying fishing vessels and maintaining the separation distances,
participating units are to inform submarines when-ever a fishing vessel approaches within 6000 yards
of the ship or ranges as stated in Relaxation 26*C. This message is to be passed using codeword
“Hooker” repeated 3 times followed by the cardinal sector (N/E/S/W) of the fishing vessel from the
ship, e.g. SM CALLSIGN THIS IS SHIP CALLSIGN – HOOKER, HOOKER, HOOKER
NOVEMBER - meaning there is a fishing vessel to the north of me within 6000 yards. If the position
of the submarine is known with certainty the UWT message YBA (Table 5-4) may be used. If a FV is
assessed to be within 4000 yards of the submarine UUU is to be passed in addition.
2. The message should be passed on UWT, the ship having first strangled MRS or reduced MRS to
low power, to allow clear receipt of the message. The message should be repeated at intervals not
exceeding 2 minutes (until the FV is outside 6000 yards). The submarine will not acknowledge the
message, unless further information is required. This procedure will not always be suitable for
advanced CASEX or in ocean scenarios. If the procedure Hooker is not considered applicable, the
OTC may request a relaxation from this mandatory instruction using Relaxation 26*A (see para
below). It is emphasized that this relaxation will be used infrequently and sufficient justification must
be given before it will be authorized by the SUBOPAUTH.
2-4 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. VHF Calls to FV. Consideration should always be given to calling the fishing vessel on VHF to
warn of the presence of submarines in his vicinity. Prior warning of submarine activity may gain
cooperation and thus obviate the need to disrupt ASW play. Ship Commanding Officers should take a
personal interest in this aspect and brief their bridge teams accordingly.
4. The submarine must not rely upon this service alone for FV safety.
2116 SONAR PROTECTIVE MEASURES
1. Notwithstanding any guidance in this section, the safety of exercise participants (e.g. If any
Relaxation 7 or 8 series are in force) shall always be paramount.
2. NATO policy (MC 0547) requires implementing appropriate protective measures to ensure the
protection of marine mammals within the framework of Alliance maritime activities. A risk mitigation
assessment should be conducted as part of planning. Generally, a risk mitigation assessment is a
review of primary marine mammal locations, environment protected areas and any other
considerations that may be necessary based on known high probability environmental factors.
Consistent with essential training requirements, Navy units should avoid training with active sonar in
areas where they will encounter conditions which in their aggregate may contribute to a marine
mammal stranding event. These conditions include: strong surface duct, significant bathymetry (steep
or complex bathymetric features such as the continental shelf break, seamounts and canyons), use of
multiple sonar over periods of time and constricted channels or limited egress for marine mammals. If
the situation arises that units must conduct training / exercises under such conditions they shall, if
practicable, seek prior approval from their appropriate chain of command or at least act in accordance
with national procedures.
3. These protective measures emphasize the use of trained lookouts and visual survey capabilities.
Therefore, when possible, plan to conduct training during daylight hours. In the event exercises will be
conducted at night, maximize use of passive acoustic monitoring radar and/or night vision equipment
to survey for protected species, coral reefs, and to clear the target or other relevant area.
4. In all cases the following protective measures apply. Surface units shall use trained lookout(s) to
survey for marine mammals (whales, dolphins, sea lions, etc.) and sea turtles prior to commencement
and during the exercise. Submarines shall monitor acoustic detection devices for indications of close
aboard marine mammals (high bearing rate, biologic contacts). When a surface combatant or a
submarine conducting active sonar training detects a marine mammal near a ship, it shall reduce sonar
transmission level to avoid harassment or secure sonar transmissions. Ships and submarines will
continue to limit ping levels until they assess the marine mammal is no longer at risk. Should the
marine mammal be detected in close proximity, consider securing active sonar transmissions.
Note: At close range, the principle risk to the mammal changes from acoustic harassment to one of
potential physical injury from collision. Accordingly, ships and submarines shall exercise prudent
seamanship and maneuver to avoid collision to the degree possible consistent with safety of the vessel.
5. Special conditions applicable for dolphins and porpoises only: If after conducting an initial
maneuver to avoid close quarters with dolphins or porpoises, the ship or submarine concludes that
dolphins or porpoises are deliberately closing on ship to ride the vessel’s bow wave, no further
mitigation actions are necessary. While in the shallow wave area of the vessel’s bow, dolphins or
porpoises are out of the main transmission axis of the mainframe active sonar and only exposed to
significantly lower power levels.
2-5 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2117 HELICOPTER DIPPING SONAR PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Sonar dipping helicopters shall not “ go active “ when marine mammals or sea turtles are detected in
close proximity to the sonar transducer. If a marine mammal or sea turtle is detected in this area while
the helicopter has its sonar pinging actively, secure pinging.
2118 EXPLOSIVE ECHO RANGING (EER) PROTECTIVE MEASURES
Do not conduct unless water depth is sufficient (normally more than 200 meters). In addition do not
conduct exercises near or within marine mammal sanctuaries and known marine mammal breeding
areas. EER deploying aircraft shall survey the area for marine mammals (whales, dolphins, seal lions,
etc.) and sea turtles prior to and during exercises. For location specific protective measures, consult
your chain of command.
2119 – 2199 Spare
2-6 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SECTION 2 - SAFETY AND THE CONDUCT OF UNITS DURING ASW EXERCISES
2200 EMERGENCIES DURING ASW EXERCISES
1. During ASW exercises involving ships, submarines, and aircraft, prescribed safety precautions are
to be observed to the fullest extent possible. The OTC/OCE is responsible for ensuring that such
precautions are observed and, in the event of a major accident, for determining whether an exercise is
to be continued.
2. It is the responsibility of the OSE to ensure that full details of the procedures to be carried out in
the event of an aircraft or submarine accident are known to all forces taking part in an exercise.
3. ATP-10 and ATP-57 contain full details of Search and Rescue procedures and equipment for the
event of an aircraft or submarine casualty. The procedures set forth in this article should be
supplemented by current National Search and Rescue instructions within appropriate search and rescue
areas.
2201 AIRCRAFT EMERGENCIES
1. Aircraft Incident. The following conditions indicate an imminent or actual distress incident:
a. The position of an aircraft raises doubt as to its safety.
b. Reports indicate that the operating efficiency of an aircraft is so impaired that a forced landing
may be necessary.
c. An aircraft is overdue or unreported.
d. An aircraft is reported to have made a forced landing or is about to do so.
e. The crew is reported to have abandoned an aircraft or is about to do so.
f. Emergency IFF is received at any station.
g. An aircraft emergency Link 11 message is received.
h. Aircraft Mayday or Pan Calls are heard.
2. Action by Aircraft. In the event of an aircraft emergency that requires breaking off the exercise,
or raises the possibility of a forced landing, the decision for the action to be taken rests entirely with
the Aircraft Commander. Normally one of the following procedures will be carried out:
a. Crew and passengers may immediately parachute from the aircraft.
b. An immediate forced landing in the sea may be made near a ship or surfaced submarine.
c. A deferred or forced landing may be made on or near land.
d. A deferred landing may be made at a shore or carrier base.
2-7 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. Action by the On-Scene Commander.
a. When an aircraft casualty occurs in the exercise area, the On-Scene Commander is normally
responsible for initiating Search and Rescue action and for informing the authority exercising
operational control of the aircraft. Rescue operations should be coordinated through the appropriate
Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC), using such forces as are necessary.
b. If a casualty makes it necessary for an aircraft to break off the exercise and carry out one of the
procedures listed in paragraph 2 above, the On-Scene Commander may at his discretion cause the
exercise to be terminated, or interrupted, and may surface any submerged submarine in the vicinity.
4. Action by Submarines. In single aircraft/submarine exercises the Air Commander is responsible

for the safety of the aircraft and for initiating Search and Rescue action. Submarines detecting any
indication of an aircraft incident (paragraph 1 above) should immediately establish communications
with the appropriate RCC.
5. Use of Distress Signals
a. Table 5-8 contains aircraft distress signals. The table details the nature of the aircraft emergency,
the distress signals the aircraft is to make and the action to be taken by a ship or submarine to effect
rescue as quickly as possible.
b. Helicopters may ditch suddenly without having time to make distress signals. Ships should,
therefore, keep cooperating helicopters under constant observation when possible.
2202 SUBMARINE EMERGENCY
1. Detailed instructions for Search and Rescue Operations, which are conducted as a result of the loss
or apparent loss of a submarine, are contained in ATP-10, ATP-57 and in appropriate national
instructions.
2. The Aim of Rescue Forces. In the event of a submarine accident, the aim of ships will be to fix
the position of the submarine accurately and, if possible, to buoy this position for rescue operations.
This ensures that Explosive Charge Signal A12 (Table 5-2) can be made not closer than 500 yards
from the submarine to indicate that ships are standing by to pick up survivors. ASW aircraft should be
employed to assist the rescue ships in such operations.
2203 SUBMARINE SURFACING IN AN EMERGENCY
1. All ASW units must be prepared for the possibility that a submarine may have to surface in an
emergency, possibly without the appropriate signal. A Red Pyrotechnic Signal (Signal B4 in Table 5-
3) released by a submarine indicates that it is surfacing or is about to surface in an emergency:
a. The sighting of this signal is a sign that the submarine is about to surface and may, in fact, already
be coming to the surface. Table 5-3 contains action to be taken by ASW units.
b. If Red signals are repeated or if the submarine fails to surface within a reasonable time, it must be
assumed to be disabled. The On Scene Commander is to coordinate marking the SM position, attempt
communication by sonar, by UWT, or by tapping the hull, and look for a submarine marker buoy.
Naval authorities are to be advised of the emergency.
2-8 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(1) In addition to launching the Red Emergency Identification Signal, the submarine will, if
possible, repeatedly transmit the International Distress Signal -"SOS"- on UWT or SST.
(2) A submarine which fires a Red Pyrotechnic Signal must surface even if the Red
Pyrotechnic Signal was fired by accident or if the reason for firing no longer applies.
c. If an unexpected signal is sighted by ASW Units, they are to anticipate emergency surfacing and
are to act accordingly by clearing the area and taking actions contained in Table 5-3 corresponding to
signal B4 until the submarine surfaces or other direction is received.
2204 - 2209 Spare
2210 BASIC SAFETY RULES, PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS
2211 SAFETY SEPARATION OF ASW FORCES
To avoid mutual interference; submarines, ships and dipping helicopters will be separated by
horizontal and/or vertical safety separation.
2212 HORIZONTAL SAFETY SEPARATION
1. Unless Relaxation 12*G has been authorized, submarines should not approach within TWO
MILES of the limits of their areas. This will achieve a FOUR MILE horizontal safety separation
between submarines operating in adjacent areas. This separation distance may be modified by the
Relaxation12*G for certain exercise areas to accommodate variances in the size and/or environmental
conditions in the exercise area.
2. Submarines are to remain TWO MILES clear or at a distance considered safe by the submarine
Commanding Officer, from underwater hazards such as wrecks, pinnacles or pipelines, where water
depth is insufficient to allow minimum safe depth operations above the hazard.
3. Submerged submarines observed to be approaching the limits of their areas or towards an

obstruction are to be advised of the hazard and if necessary given a safe course to steer. Submarines
unable to remain within their assigned areas are to surface. During more advanced ASW exercises,
when exercise unit movements are unrestricted, the OTC/OCS will not always be able to establish the
submarine's position. Therefore, the responsibility for the submarine to remain within assigned
exercise areas rests with the submarine's Commanding Officer.
4. NOT RELEASABLE
2-9 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Figure 2-1 NOT RELEASABLE
2213 VERTICAL SAFETY SEPARATION/ SAFE DEPTH OPERATION
1. Safe Submarine and Water Depths. The Vertical Safety Separations are not adequate for major
casualties, but can be used for planning when inadvertent loss of depth control is the only
consideration. For submarines operating in shallow water areas, e.g., southern North Sea, the use of
the 12 Series Relaxations is mandatory. It may be necessary to augment these relaxations with exercise
instructions in accordance with Table 3-3 and special instructions in accordance with Article 3009.
The ordering of a CASEX in shallow water areas requires special care and knowledge of all relevant
paragraphs of this publication by the OCE/OCS and the SUBOPAUTH. The minimum charted depth
of water for an exercise can be calculated from Columns B, C, D and F, and is listed in Table 2-2,
Column G. Graphic illustration of submarine safe depth calculations is shown in Figure 2-2. Special
tables will be provided by the SUBOPAUTH for submarines operating in shallow water areas, e.g.
Baltic.
2-10 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D) (NAVY)(AIR)
2. Safe Bottoming Areas. The regulations on minimum depth of water in which submarines may
bottom may be relaxed on order of the SUBOPAUTH. Prior to any bottoming exercises, specific
approval for use of specific submarines and bottoming areas must be obtained from the SUBOPAUTH
(Relaxation 12*F).
3. Upper Vertical Safety Separation (UVSS). This is the vertical distance which must be
maintained between the top of the fixed structure of the submarine and the lowest point of any ship,
other submarine assigned to a higher layer, towed ASW device and helicopter sonar systems allowed
in the orders for the exercise. This Upper Vertical Safety Separation is the same for submarine vs.
submarine, submarine vs. ship, submarine vs. VDS or towed decoy. When this safety separation in
depth exists, the submarine is said to be at Submarine Safe Depth. This safety separation is speed
dependant and is listed in Table 2-2, Column E. Safety rules for depth separation of FRNFOR and
OPFOR submarines and rules for the employment of VDS/TAS and towed decoys will have to be
worked out for each separate exercise. These rules will vary with each type of exercise, depth of water
in exercise area, types of ships and submarines participating and relaxations (Table 3-2) approved.
4. Bottom Vertical Safety Separation (BVSS). This is the vertical distance which must be
maintained between the lowest fixed part of the submarine and the sea bed. This safety separation is
speed dependent and is listed in Table 2-2, Column F.
5. Lower Vertical Safety Separation (LVSS). This is the depth of water required between the keel
of the submarine and the Maximum Permissible Operating Depth. The Maximum Permissible
Operating Depth is defined as an absolute depth for an individual submarine below which that
submarine must not deliberately proceed. The LVSS is speed dependent and is listed in Table 2-2,
Column H.
6. Submarine Safe Depth and Minimum Charted Depth of Water Calculation. The following
example calculates submarine safe depth and minimum charted depth of water given the following
criteria (calculations based on Table 2-2):
Relaxations in Force
12*B (15) Ships draft reduced to 15m
12*C Upper vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures in Column D (Y)
9 D (C) ASW ships may tow NIXIE at short stay
Maximum Permitted Towed Decoy Depth: NIXIE 23m
Submarine Speed: 10-12 knots
In this example, ship's draft is reduced by Relaxation12*B from 30m to 15m. This figure is
substituted by Table 2-2 Note 7, to 23m which is the depth at which the NIXIE body is towed (see
Table 2-3).
The UVSS calculation used is 14m as Relaxation12*C is in force. Table 2-2 column D is entered
in Column Y for a submarine speed of 10 to 12 knots to obtain the figure of 14m.
Submarine height is calculated from Table 2-2 for a speed of 10-12 knots. Table 2-2 is entered at
column B where a figure of 20m is obtained.
2-11 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Therefore, Submarine Safe Depth is calculated as follows:
Ship's Draft + UVSS + Submarine Height = Submarine Safe Depth
23m + 14m + 20m = 57m.
To ascertain the minimum charted depth of water required to conduct an exercise with the above
constraints, the following calculation is used:
Minimum charted depth of water = submarine safe depth + BVSS
57m + 37m = 94m.
Submarine Safe Depth is obtained from the previous calculation.
BVSS is obtained from Table 2-2 column F(X) where the column is entered for a submarine speed
of 10-12 knots.
Therefore to conduct the CASEX serial in accordance with the example's constraints, a minimum
depth of water of 94m is required.
7. Operating at Safe Depth. During all exercises in which a submarine is participating, ASW units
assume that a submarine is at safe depth at all times between COMEX and FINEX (or Stop Time),
except:
a. when there is positive evidence to the contrary; such as a signal from the submarine that it is not
at Safe Depth, failure of the submarine to signal as required when it has reached safe depth, or
sighting the periscope or another part of the submarine; and
b. when the relaxation(s) for the exercise permit the submarine to be at less than Safe Depth.
(Relaxations 2*J, 3*E, 3*K, 21A, 21B, 21*C and/or 21*D).
2-12 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
10m
23m
14m UVSS
94m Minimum
20m
Depth
57m Submarine Safe Depth
14m UVSS
20m
LVSS
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE OPERATING DEPTH
Figure 2-2 Submarine Safe Depth Calculations
2214 VISIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
Visibility in which Submarines may Dive. Submarines are not to dive if the visibility through the
periscope is less than 3000 yards. This means that surfaced submarines must be visible at a distance
of not less than 6,000 yards from a ship's bridge. This rule may be relaxed at the discretion of the OSE
in concurrence with the SUBOPAUTH by using Relaxation 13*A, 13*B or 13*C (Table 3-2) to enable
exercises to be carried out. In shallow water, limitations on the maneuverability of the submarine
should also be considered. The decision as to whether the visibility is sufficient for the submarine to
dive rests entirely with the Commanding Officer of the submarine. The fact that participating surface
ships and submarines are equipped with radar in no way relaxes the visibility rules in force. The OSE
will consider the efficiency of all participating forces in deciding on any relaxation of safety rules. If a
submarine's radar becomes inoperative during darkness or reduced visibility and, as a result,
information on which its safety depends cannot be obtained, the submarine's Commanding Officer
should break off the exercise and retire from the vicinity until repairs are made. Navigation lights
should be switched on during this period. The submarine should keep the OTC or OCS (whichever is
appropriate) fully informed of its retirement and of its intention to re-enter the exercise. These
instructions may only be relaxed if Relaxation 13*C is in force. If the visibility from the bridge of a
ship participating in the exercise falls unexpectedly below that allowed for the exercise while the
submarine is submerged and no Relaxation has been ordered for the exercise, the exercise is to be
ended and the submarine surfaced when safe to do so.
2-13 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2215 MINIMUM SUBMARINE ACOUSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS
Submarines are not to dive unless at least one of their sonar sets is capable of listening for Hydrophone
Effect (HE), and of transmitting on SST or communicating by UWT. Submarines taking part in
submarine versus submarine exercises must have a passive sonar and underwater communications
equipment fully operational. Submarines shall maintain a continuous guard on underwater telephone
and a continuous watch on the listening sonar at all times when submerged. In the event of failure of
the underwater telephone or passive sonar, the submarine must surface and assume an out-of-action
status until the defect is repaired.
2-14 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-2 Depth Limitations
A B C D E F G H
Sub- Sub- Ship's Upper Vertical Submarine Safe Bottom Vertical Minimum Charted Depth Lower Vertical
marine marine Draft Safety Separation Depth (B & C & D) Safety Separation of Water (E & F) Safety Separation
Speed Height
Note 1 Notes Note 3 Notes 3 & 7 Notes 4 & 9 Note 5 Notes 6 & 8
2&7
Knots Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Metres Feet Fathoms Metres Metres
(ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) (ft)
X Y X Y X Y X Y
2-8 20(66) 30(98) 12(40) - 62(205) - 15(50) - 77 255 45 0 0
8 - 10 20(66) 30(98) 15(50) 12(40) 65(215) 62(205) 27(90) 21(70) 92 300 50 0 0
10 - 12 20(66) 30(98) 18(60) 14(45) 68(225) 64(210) 37(120) 27(90) 105 345 60 0 0
12 - 14 20(66) 30(98) 21(70) 15(50) 71(235) 65(215) 50(165) 38(125) 121 395 65 15(50) 0
14 - 16 20(66) 30(98) 24(80) 18(60) 74(245) 68(225) 66(220) 49(160) 140 460 75 30(100) 15(50)
16 - 18 20(66) 30(98) 27(90) 20(65) 77(255) 70(230) 81(265) 61(200) 158 520 85 58(190) 39(130)
18 - 20 20(66) 30(98) 30(100) 21(70) 80(265) 71(235) 99(325) 75(245) 179 585 100 75(245) 61(200)
20 - 22 20(66) 30(98) 33(110) 23(75) 83(275) 73(240) 116(380) 87(285) 199 655 110 82(270) 70(230)
22 - 24 20(66) 30(98) 36(120) 24(80) 86(280) 74(245) 136(445) 102(335) 222 730 120 90(295) 76(250
24 - 26 20(66) 30(98) 39(130) 27(90) 89(295) 77(255) 156(510) 118(385) 245 805 135 94(310) 82(270)
26 - 28 20(66) 30(98) 42(140) 29(95) 92(300) 79(260) 174(570) 133(435) 266 875 145 101(330) 87(285)
28 - 30 20(66) 30(98) 45(150) 30(100) 95(310) 80(265) 194(635) 145(475) 289 950 160 104(340) 91(300)
NOTE: Calculations are in metres. Figures in feet are rounded to the nearest 5 feet except in Column C.
2-15 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOTES TO TABLE 2-2
1. Submarine height (base of keel to top of fin) is always assumed to be 20 metres (65 feet) unless otherwise
ordered by SUBOPAUTH (see Relaxation 12*A).
2. Ship's draft is assumed to be 30 metres (98 feet) but this may be reduced with the prior approval of the
SUBOPAUTH by the use of Relaxation 12*B. Columns E and G are then reduced accordingly.
3. The figures in Column X may be reduced to those in Column Y or may be reduced to figures between
brackets for speeds as indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH by the use of Relaxation 12*C.
4. The figures in Column X may be reduced to those in Column Y, or may be reduced to figures between
brackets for speeds as indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH by the use of the Relaxation 12*D.
5. The minimum charted depth of water will vary depending on the relaxations affecting Columns E and F.
6. The figures in Column X may be reduced to those shown in Column Y or may be reduced to figures
between brackets for speeds as indicated at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH by the use of Relaxation 12*E.
7. Towed Bodies and Helicopter Sonars. When relaxations are ordered which permit the towing of
VDS/DTAS, decoys, etc., and the use of helicopter sonars to a depth greater than that used in Column C, that
figure is to be disregarded. In its place is to be substituted, in the case of VDS and helicopter sonars, the
maximum cable length to be used; and in the case of decoys, etc., the maximum depth, taken from Table 2-3.
In such cases the figures in Columns E and G must then be adjusted to a correspondingly greater total.
8. Subject to SUBOPAUTH restrictions, submarines are not to proceed below 5 knots at their maximum
permissible operating depth.
9. Subject to national operating restrictions of certain submarines.
Table 2-3 Decoy and Towed Sonar Training Target Depth Restrictions
LONG STAY SHORT STAY

SIGNAL TYPE OF DECOY MAXIMUM DEPTH LENGTH OF MAXIMUM LENGTH OF
DESIGNATOR OF TOWED BODY TOW PERMITTED DEPTH TOW
AND TOW OF TOWED BODY
AND TOW
A
B 2170 170m (485 ft) 860 (2457 ft) TBC TBC
C AN/SLQ-25 (NIXIE) 54 m (175 ft) 456 m (1,500 ft) 23 m (75 ft) 183 m (600 ft)
D T MK 6 FANFARE 31 m (100 ft) 183 m (600 ft) - -
E CAAT 18 m (58 ft) 183 m (600 ft) 13 m (40 ft) 92 m (300 ft)
F FRENCH AB 1002 35 m (114 ft) 229 m (750 ft)
G T MK 6 FANFARE (LC) 61 m (200 ft) 366 m (1,200 ft) - -
H TYPE 2058 180 m (590 ft) 560 m (1,841 ft) - -
I TYPE 2070 61m (200 ft) 456m (1,500 ft) 28m (90 ft) 183m (600 ft)
J TBQT-LF 200m (656 ft) 400m (1,312 ft) 75m (246 ft) 100m (305 ft)
2-16 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2216 SURFACE SHIP NOISE
1. Types of Surface Ship Noise. Submarines detect surface ships on sonar predominantly using one of
the following noise sources:
a. sonar transmissions;
b. cavitation; or
c. radiated noise.
2. Noise reduction programmes on board many surface ships have now significantly reduced radiated
noise. It is important; therefore, particularly within the confines of the simpler CASEX, that the ship
provides a reliable acoustic warning of its presence, i.e. sonar and/or cavitation. Ships must be aware;
however, of conflict between sonar transmissions and UWT communications and also the speed at which
cavitation occurs.
3. Surface Ship Radiated Noise Requirements. Surface ships operating with submerged submarines
must cavitate unless Relaxation 7*A, 7*B, 7*C, 7*D, 7*E, 7*G or 7*F (Table 3-2) is specifically
approved by the SUBOPAUTH. These relaxations do not apply when in the vicinity of a submarine that
is known to be coming to PD or surfacing (see Articles 2273 and 2274).
4. Modern Frigate Low Noise. To overcome the danger to submarines operating with silent modern
frigates, some frigates are fitted with a sequencer which can key UWT’s automatically at preset intervals
and with different power modes. Use of this equipment during exercise may be authorized by the
SUBOPAUTH using Relaxation 7*H. The specification of the sequencing UWT are detailed in Table 2-
5C.
2217 LOOKOUTS
Ships are to ensure that lookouts are trained in the recognition of submarine pyrotechnic signals and
profiles. Where the ship's complement allows, at least two dedicated submarine lookouts should be
posted. It should be impressed on lookouts that the safety of the submarine may at any time depend on
them and that they are responsible for immediately reporting any signals such as smoke, flares and any
emergency identification signals (such as red flares, bubbles, oil slicks), or periscope, mast or any other
portion of the submarine that is sighted. Lookouts are to be kept aware of the approximate location of
the SM and be briefed to report the presence of deep drafted vessels, FV and other hazards to underwater
navigation.
2218 UNDERWATER TELEPHONE WATCH
1. Participating units fitted with underwater telephone (UWT) are to maintain a continuous listening
watch with optimum receiver gain. Whenever practicable, the UWT should be monitored by competent
authority to ensure prompt reaction to emergency signals. ASW ships may enhance UWT clarity by
positioning so that neither ship nor submarine is communicating through its baffles/stern arcs. Ships
should reduce active sonar transmission (MRS) power during traffic on UWT.
2. In exercises when Relaxation 7*F is in force, some submarines are unable to detect echo sounders
and, to ensure safety, will transmit safety signals on UWT when returning to periscope depth in
accordance with Article 4032 and Table 4-1. Any ship hearing these signals is to reply without delay
and is to transmit a long count every 30 seconds on UWT for 3 minutes to allow the submarine to
establish a bearing.
2-17 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2219 COMMUNICATIONS AND SIGNALS
1. The OCE is to issue instructions in the EXOPORD regarding submarine diving and surfacing signals
and check reports. Such instructions will be in accordance with ATP-10 and national requirements.
Although check reports from submarines may not be required by NATO Commanders, the
SUBOPAUTH must be prepared to accept and coordinate such reports from participating submarines
when required by national authorities. Basic methods of communication between ships, aircraft and
submarines used during exercises are listed in Chapter 5.
2. All surface ships engaged in exercises with a submarine that is at PD and restricted in course and
speed, or with one that is about to surface or come to PD, are to be prepared to warn all other shipping to
proceed with caution and keep clear by means of International Signal, CODE NE pennant 2.
2220 DUMPING OF TRASH, GARBAGE AND WASTE (GASH)
Gash should not be ditched during exercises involving submarines. Gash from participating ships may
cause confusion in the event of a submarine emergency.
2221 - 2229 Spare
2230 SPECIFIC SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
2231 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN OPERATING WITH AIRCRAFT
1. Aircraft and Ships
a. Because of poor lookout positions in helicopters, ships are responsible for avoiding collision with
helicopters in the dip.
b. Ships firing weapons are to ensure that they do not endanger any aircraft in the vicinity.
c. To prevent turbulence from affecting the helicopter, surface ships should not pass within 500 yards
of a hovering helicopter. Ships should pass downwind of a hovering helicopter.
2. Helicopters and Fixed Wing Aircraft Operating in Close Proximity. See ATP-1, Vol 1.
3. Aircraft and Submarines
a. Submarines are not to fire grenades (flares), other than red grenades (flares) in an emergency, unless
Relaxation 2L is in force.
b. For the precautions to be observed when using helicopter sonar, see Article 2234.
2232 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN SURFACE SHIPS APPROACH
The SUBOPAUTH may specify the range at which the submarine must go to Safe Depth when surface
ships, without any towed devices, approach. In this case, this range (which may be as little as 1200
yards) must be included in Special Instructions (Order Table, Para U). This safety range will increase
progressively with the depth of towed decoys and sonar, unless relaxations permit.
2-18 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2233 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN EMPLOYING TOWED DECOYS
1. The following precautions are to be observed when towed decoys are streamed by surface ships in
exercises with submarines:
a. If towed at long stay, the type of decoy must have the prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH. When
their employment is authorized, they may be towed either silent or emitting.
b. The fact that decoys are to be streamed is to be included in the CASEX order, together with the
type of decoy and the length of stay. (See Table 2-3.) Relaxations 9B, 9*C, 9D and 9*E (Table 3-2)
apply to the use of decoys.
c. When decoys are streamed at long stay, the submarine (if not already at a Safe Depth) is to
proceed to a Safe Depth when the nearest ship approaches within 2000 yards. This range may be
reduced at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH using Relaxation 9*A.
d. Ship's speed is not to be reduced if this involves the decoy or tow dropping below the
appropriate maximum depth figures in Table 2-3.
e. Before starting the procedures to bring the submarine up to PD, decoys are to be switched off
and raised in accordance with Articles 2273 and 2274.
2234 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN EMPLOYING HELICOPTER SONAR
1. To minimize the risk of collision between submarines and helicopter sonar, the following
precautions are to be observed:
a. The submarine is to proceed at Safe Depth (Article 2213), based on the maximum depth at which
the sonar will be employed, unless Relaxation 8C is in force.
b. When it is desired to operate the helicopter sonar transducer at the best search depth, and this
determines a Safe Depth that the submarine is unable to reach, Relaxation 8F should be ordered. The
submarine Safe Depth is then based on the initial search depth promulgated with Relaxation 8F.
c. In advanced exercises where the use of evasive tactics are desirable, the submarine is not required
to proceed to Safe Depth provided Relaxation 8C is in force. However, submarines are not to
deliberately close within 500 yards of a dipping helicopter and helicopters are not to deliberately
enter or remain in the dip if within 500 yards of the submarine.
2235 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN EMPLOYING VDS/TAS/MTAS
1. The definitions below refer to ASW exercises and submarine safety:
a. Variable Depth Sonar (VDS). A sonar whose transducer is towed at variable depths beneath
the parent ship.
b. Towed Array System (TAS). An acoustic system which uses a line of hydrophones located in
an array towed by surface ships and submarines.
2-19 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
c. Multiple Towed Array System (MTAS). A system that involves the simultaneous towing
of multiple bodies of different characteristics (VDS/CATAS/DTAS). For example a YDS
transmitter and CATAS receiver. These bodies may have different length tows and operate at
different depths.
(1) Critical Angle Towed Array System (CATAS). A towed array system whose depth
is dependent upon towing ship speed and the length and weight of the towed cable only.
(2) Depressed Towed Array System (DTAS). A towed array system which is taken to
desired depth by a towed body or depressor.
(3) Submarine Towed Array System (STAS). A towed array system where a neutrally
buoyant array is deployed directly astern of the submarine and at the same depth.
(4) Multiple Towed Array System (MTAS). A system that involves the simultaneous
towing of multiple bodies with different characteristics (VDS/CATAS/DTAS). For
example a VDS transmitter and CATAS receiver. These bodies may have different length
tows and operate at different depths.
NOTE:
1. Throughout this article the term "towed array" is used to describe any form of towed array
system.
2. The terms TACTAS and SURTAS are for operational use and are defined in the Glossary.
2. General
a. For general exercise planning purposes, Table 2-4 indicates the principal authorizations for use
of specific VDS/TAS/MTAS against submarines of the different nationalities, shown in Column 3,
as follows:
A - may be used without restriction;
B - may be used with rules and relevant relaxations specified in this article and Table 3-2; or
C - may not be used.
b. When authorization B is appropriate (Table 2-4), the type of VDS/TAS/MTAS to be used and
the maximum allowed cable length to which it may be streamed must have the prior approval of
the SUBOPAUTH. In the case of MTAS, the length of tow for the body with the longest cable
length should be specified. In the interest of realism in advanced ASW exercises, the OCE may
request relaxation of VDS/TAS/MTAS restrictions as approved by the SUBOPAUTH (Table 3-2,
Relaxation 8 Section).
c. The OCE must ensure that the VDS/TAS/MTAS specified depth of cable length does not
conflict with the limitations imposed by Article 2213 – Vertical Safety Separation/Safe Depth
Operation.
d. The exercise scheduled, type of submarine assigned, and practice weapons to be employed may
impose additional restrictions on the operating depth of the submarine. In specifying the maximum
depth or cable length of the VDC/Towed Array, the OCE must ensure that the specific depth or
cable length does not conflict with the limitations imposed by:
(1) Articles 2213 - Vertical Safety Separation/Safe Depth Operation;

(2) Article 2240 - The Use of Explosive Charges; and
2-20 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(3) NOT RELEASABLE.
e. The OCE shall ensure that the following information is promulgated in the appropriate
operation order or exercise directive:
(1) Name, Hull Number, Active Sonar frequency and Signal Designator of type
VDS/TAS/MTAS (Table 2-5) of each VDS/Towed Array ship in the exercise;
(2) Specific exercise events in which VDS/TAS/MTAS is to be streamed;
(3) All the appropriate SUBOPAUTH approved relaxations marked with an asterisk (*)
(Table 3-2, Relaxation 8 Section); and
(4) Instructions for disposition of the VDS/TAS/MTAS during the submarine surfacing
procedure, if other than those described in Articles 2273 and 2274, should national policies so
require (Table 3-2, Relaxation 8*G).
f. The fact that VDS/TAS/MTAS is to be streamed must always be included in the orders for the
exercise, together with the Signal Designator of the type VDS/TAS/MTAS (Table 2-5). Table 3-
2, Relaxation 8 Section applies to the use of VDS/TAS/MTAS.
3. Additional Restrictions
a. When one or both components of MTAS consists of a VDS or DTAS the additional restrictions
covering VDS/DTAS should be applied.
b. When VDS/DTAS is employed using vertical safety separation, see Article 2236 for additional
safety precautions and restrictions.
c. When VDS/DTAS is employed using horizontal safety separation, see Article 2237 for
additional safety precautions and restrictions.
d. When CATAS is employed, see Articles 2238, 2273 and 2274 for additional safety precautions
and restrictions.
e. If the VDS/TAS/MTAS system is not featured within Table 2-5, the parameters are to be
featured in the CASEX standard orders and the SUBOPAUTH must authorize its use with
participating submarines.
2236 ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS TO ESTABLISH A VERTICAL SAFETY

SEPARATION WHEN TOWED VDS/ DTAS IS USED
1. These additional restrictions apply when submarines and ASW units using VDS/ DTAS operate in
the same zone.
a. General
(1) The OCE shall ensure that all participating units acknowledge receipt of
OPORD/Exercise Orders and any changes thereto prior to Start Time in exercises involving
VDS/DTAS operations.
2-21 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(2) In ASW exercises involving the use of VDS/DTAS, the submarine Commanding
Officer must assume that all escorts are streaming VDS/DTAS unless positively known
otherwise, and that VDS/DTAS ships do not know the submarine position.
(3) When authorization B is applicable (Table 2-4), ships with VDS/DTAS streamed must
comply with the following rules:
(a) Operate at least one sona, in the active mode continuously.
(b) If no sonar systems are able to transmit, the VDS/DTAS must be recovered as soon
as possible.
(c) If the VDS/DTAS cannot be recovered and no sonar systems are able to transmit, the
warning signal -"VDS"- shall be transmitted on UWT every 2 minutes.
(d) The above paras (a), (b) and (c) do not apply when Relaxation 8*H and/or 8*N are/is
in force. The above restrictions are; however, applicable when in the vicinity of a
submarine that is known to be coming to PD (see Articles 2273 and 2274).
(e) In addition to the above, when a VDS/DTAS is, for whatever reasons, being towed
outside its allocated depth limits, the warning signal -"VDM"- followed by depth in
metres (e.g. VICTOR DELTA MIKE NINE ZERO) shall be transmitted at intervals of not
more than two minutes on UWT.
(f) In addition to the above, ships towing VDS/DTAS by night are to show their
navigation lights at full brilliance.
(4) Ships may be authorized to lower VDS/DTAS to depths greater than the depth of the
submarine, providing the SUBOPAUTH and national authorities have agreed to the
Relaxation 8*M. The exercise schedule type of submarine assigned, and the practice or
exercise weapons to be employed may impose additional restrictions on the operating depth of
the submarine. In specifying the VDS/DTAS depth limits, the OCE/OSE must ensure that an
adequate vertical safety separation is specified. Safety signals for both VDS/DTAS and
submarine shall be specified by SUBOPAUTH/OCE.
b. Restrictions. When authorization B is applicable (Table 2-4), the following rules apply when
employing VDS/DTAS:
(1) The minimum depth separation between submarine and ship or VDS/DTAS is to be in
accordance with Table 2-2 and associated important notes.
(2) When VDS/DTAS is being employed, the submarine is to go to a safe depth when the
nearest ship approaches within:
(a) 4000 yards, if the permitted cable length does not exceed 77 metres (250 feet);
(b) 6000 yards, if the permitted cable length exceeds 77 metres (250 feet), but does not
exceed 122 metres (400 feet); and
(c) 8000 yards, if the permitted cable length exceeds 122 metres (400 feet).
2-22 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
If the submarine has positively identified the surface ship as not employing VDS/DTAS, the safe
depth applicable to the surface ship draft may be assumed. These rules may be relaxed at the discretion
of the SUBOPAUTH using Relaxation 8*A.
(3) Normally, 1500 yards is to be considered the minimum distance for use with Relaxation
8*A.
(4) Use of 8*H needs to transmit the warning signal "Victor Delta Sierra" successively on the
VDS and hull sonar UWT, or hull sonar UWT only if no practicable, every two minutes.
2237 ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS TO ESTABLISH A HORIZONTAL SAFETY

SEPARATION "NEUTRAL CORRIDOR" WHEN TOWED VDS/ DTAS IS USED
1. These additional restrictions shall apply when submarines and ASW units using VDS/DTAS
operate in two adjacent areas separated by means of a neutral corridor.
a.General
(1) Safety is achieved by the establishment of a "safety corridor" between the operating
areas of participating units. Therefore, accurate navigation by all participants is of
paramount importance; navigational accuracy relative to the neutral corridor should be
better than 1000 yards.
(a) The basic safety requirements for VDS are:
(i) that the exercise be limited to two hours (or as authorized by the SUBOPAUTH);
(ii) that the submarine and the VDS ship be in visual contact At the start of the
exercise; and
(iii) that the width of the neutral corridor is 4000 yards.
(b) Until specific CASEXes are promulgated for exercises between ships with DTAS and
submarines, OCEs may order individual exercises using a horizontal separation "Neutral
Corridor". The duration of the exercise, the minimum width of the corridor and the
relaxations to be used in such an exercise must have the prior approval of the
SUBOPAUTH and national authorities.
(2) Since the width of the neutral corridor and time limitation may reduce the benefits of
VDS/DTAS training, OSE/OCEs are provided with relaxations to modify this procedure
and adapt it to individual training requirements under the prevailing conditions.
(3) When participants consider that their navigation equipment is not accurate enough to
be able to comply with the safety rules in this paragraph, they should report to the OCE
forthwith, who will increase the width of the neutral corridor accordingly.
(4) When authorization B is applicable (Table 2-4), ships with VDS/DTAS streamed must
operate at least one sonar in the active mode continuously, unless Relaxation 8*H is in
force. The above restrictions are; however, applicable when in the vicinity of a submarine
that is known to be coming to PD (see Articles 2273 and 2274).
b. Modifications of Restrictions by Special Relaxations
2-23 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(1) Relaxation 14*A
(a) This relaxation is not to be used in zones in which there are strong or variable
currents/tidal streams, or when visibility is less than 4000 yards.
(b) The number of runs to be carried out and if required, the duration of the runs is to be
specified, bearing in mind the difficulties of relocking after nightfall.
(c) After each run the submarine comes to PD or surfaces if necessary using the
procedure outlined in Article 2273 (or Article 2274 if Relaxation3*J in force), and
establishes radio contact with the OCS. The OCS refixes the lock point for the neutral
corridor.
(d) If Relaxation 14*D is also in effect, each of the participants fixes its position and
resets the plotting table from a geographic al fix.
(2) Relaxation 14*B
(a) This relaxation is not to be used in zones in which there are strong or variable
currents/tidal streams.
(b) At GO TIME plus 2 hours (or as specified), the neutral corridor is extended to 8000
yards. The extension is made into the VDS/DTAS area; the original reference point of the
neutral corridor remaining unchanged.
(2) Relaxation 14*C (Figure 2-3)
(a) This relaxation is to be used only if the exercise zone is large enough to allow the
submarine an area of at least five nautical miles both in length and width.
(b) The two parts of the neutral corridor are established at GO TIME according to
standard procedure. The submarine position at that time is the lock point common to the
two parts of the neutral corridor. It is only necessary for the OCS to signal the submarine
quadrant to de-fine the two parts of the neutral corridor. One is parallel to the Safety
Course and the other is at right angles to it, both parts extending from the lock point into
the zone reserved for the escort vessels.
(c) The Safety Course must be selected so that when coming to PD, the submarine does
not risk penetrating one of the two parts of the neutral corridor; the VDS/DTAS equipped
escort vessels are to steer the reciprocal of the Safety Course, if necessary, to remain
outside the neutral corridor (see Articles 2273 and 2274).
2-24 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-4 General Authorization VDS/TAS/MTAS
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT NATIONALITY OF EXERCISE SUBMARINE

TOWED DEVICE DESIGNATOR
CA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK US
AN/SQA-10 B B B B B B B B B B B B
AN/SQA-10A B B B B B B B B B B B B
AN/SQA-13 B B B B B B B B B B B B
VARIABLE DEPTH AN/SQS-35 B B B B B B B B B B B B
SONAR (VDS) AN/SQS-504 B B B B B B B B B B B B
AN/SQS-505 B B B B B B B B B B B B
AN/SQS-510 B B B B B B B B B B
DUBV 43 A/B B B B B B B B B B B B B
SONAR 199 B B B B B B B B B B B B
DE 1160 B B B B B B B
DE 1164 B B B B B B B B B B B B
DUBV 43C B B B B B B B B B B B B
FATHOM MOD 9-601 B B B B B B B B B B B B
SALMON TSM 2643A B B B B B B B B B B B B
DSBX1A B B B B B B B B B B
DEPRESSED AN/SQR-18A (US) B B B B B B B B B B B B
TOWED ARRAY DSBV 61 (DTAS) B B B B B B B B B B B B
SYSTEMS (DTAS) AN/SQR-18A (V) 1 B B B B B B B B B B B B
DSBX1A B B B B B B B B B B
ANACONDA A A B B B A B B B B A A
CRITICAL-ANGLE SONAR 2031 A A B B B A B B B B A A
TOWED ARRAY DSBV 61 (CATAS) A A B B B A B B B B A A
SYSTEMS (CATAS) DSBV 62C (CATAS) A A B B B A B B B B A A
AN/SQR-501 A A B B B A B B B B A A
AN/SQR-18A (V) 2 A A B B B A B B B B A A
AN/SQR-19 A A B B B A B B B A A
DSBX1A B A B B A B B B A
SUBMARINE BQR/15 A A B B A A B A A B A A
TOWED ARRAY DSUV62C A A B B A A A B B A
SYSTEMS (STAS) SONAR 2026 A A B B A A B A A B A
SONAR 2046 A A B B A A B A A B A
SUBTASS A A B B A A B A
2-25 CHANGE 5
NATO- UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-4 General Authourization VDS/TAS/MTAS (Cont'd)
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT NATIONALITY OF EXERCISE SUBMARINE

TOWED DEVICE DESIGNATOR
CA DA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK US
CATAS-S AN/UQQ2 A B B B B B B B B B B
(Production)
AN/UQQ2 B
A B B B B B B B B B
(Twin Line)
MTAS SONAR 2087 – VDS

SONAR 2087 -
CATAS
2-26 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-5A VDS Specification
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR A B D E F G H J K L
EQUIPMENT DE-1160 SALMON AN/SQS-35 AN/SQS- DUBV43 DE 1164 DUBV FATHOM SLASM TBQT-LF
DESIGNATOR TSM 505/510 B 43C MOD 9-601 (DSBX1A)
2643A
USER NATIONS GR DA US/SP/TU CA FR IT FR NO FR NL
UWT IN BODY NO NO YES YES YES NO YES NO YES NO
WEIGHT OF TOWED
BODY (kg)
WEIGHT OF CABLE
(max)(kg)
MAX LENGTH OF NOT RELEASABLE
CABLE (m(ft))
DIAMETER OF VDS
CABLE(mm)
BREAKING
STRENGTH (kg)
MAX PAYOUT/MAX
INHAUL SPEED
(m/min(ft/min))
MAX OPERATIONAL
TOW DEPTH (m(ft))
MIN TIME TO
RECOVER FROM MAX
PAYOUT (min)
ASSOCIATED ARRAY
(if applicable)
FREQUENCY (kHz)
MIN LENGTH OF TOW
CABLE (m(ft))
2-27 CHANGE 5
NATO- UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-5B Towed Array Specifications
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA
TYPE OF ARRAY DTAS CATAS CATAS CATAS CATAS DTAS STAS STAS CATAS DTAS CATAS CATAS STAS STAS CATAS
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR AN/SQ ANACONDA DSBV SONAR DSBV 61 DSBV 2026 2046 AN/SQ AN/SQR- AN/SQR- AN/SQR-19 DSUV62C SUBTAS SLASM
R-18A 62C 2031 61 R-19 18A(V)1 18A(V)2 S (DSBX1A)
USER NATION US NL FR UK FR FR UK/NL UK CA US/TU US/NL US/SP FR CA FR
UWT INCORPORATED YES NO NO NO NA YES NO NO NO YES NO NO NA NO NA
NOT RELEASABLE
NOTE: Non-metric values are accurate. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
2-28 CHANGE 5
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-5B Towed Array Specifications (Cont'd)
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI AJ AK AL AM AN
TYPE OF ARRAY DTAS CATAS-S CATAS-S DTAS DTAS
EQUIPMENT
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR SLASM AN/UQQ2 AN/UQQ2 CAPTAS MK2 MK2
(DSBX1A) (Production) (Twin Line)
(see NOTE 2 below)
USER NATION FR US US NOR NOR
NOT RELEASABLE
2-29 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-5C Multiple Towed Array Systems Specifications
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR BA
EQUIPMENT DESIGNATOR 2087
USER NATION GBR
TYPE OF ARRAY
UWT INCORPORATED
FREQUENCY
TYPE OF DEPRESSOR
NOT RELEASABLE
DEPRESSOR WEIGHT (kg)
CABLE WEIGHT
TOWED BODY WEIGHT (kg)
CABLE LENGTH (max) (m(ft))
ARRAY LENGTH (m(ft)
(including connector)
DIAMETER TOW CABLE
BREAKING CONNECTOR
STRAIN (kg) ARRAY
MAXIMUM PAYOUT/INHAUL
SPEED (m/min)
MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL
TOW DEPTH (m(ft))
MINIMUM TIME TO RECOVER
FROM MAXIMUM PAYOUT
(min)
2-3 2-30 CHANGE 5

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-5D Automatic Sequencing UWT Specifications
SIGNAL DESIGNATOR A B C D E F G H I J
UWT DESIGNATOR UT 2000 2009
USER NATION NL UK
FREQUENCY RANGE
POWER OUTPUT LF
POWER OUTPUT HF
NOT RELEASABLE
TELEGRAPHY SIGNAL
TELEPHONY SIGNAL
PINGER SIGNAL
PULSE LENGTH
PINGER MODE
2-31 CHANGE 5
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(4) Relaxation 14*D (Figure 2-4)
(a) At GO TIME, all participants are to establish their position by visual fix or by a
combination of radar/visual fix and not only by radio-electrical means.
(b) The geographically-established neutral corridor is defined by a bearing line from a

visible landmark. The neutral corridor extends laterally from the bearing line into the
VDS/DTAS vessels zone. The bearing line; therefore, becomes the limited bearing line
between the neutral corridor and the submarine zone. This is to be specified in paragraph
U of the CASEX order as follows: "Submarine zone to the ... (e.g. northwest of the line
bearing ... from ... (e.g. lighthouse))."
(c) The bearing of the neutral corridor is not necessarily on a cardinal heading: The
safety course may not be parallel to the neutral corridor and it must be selected in such a
way that the submarine does not risk penetrating the neutral corridor when coming to PD.
(d) Units are to plot the sub-marine sector and the neutral corridor on a suitable chart and
plotting table. The exercise should not start until the submarine reports "ready".
(e) Units will remain in their respective zones navigating by dead reckoning, and the
neutral corridor is not re-established. If a significant difference is observed between the
geographical position and the dead reckoning position (strong current, for example) the
OCS must discontinue the exercise.
(f) This relaxation removes the requirement for the participants to be in visual contact at
the start of the exercise.
(5) Relaxation 14*E
(a) This relaxation is to be ordered only if the visibility is greater than 4000 yards in the
exercise area and the overall navigation system accuracy for each unit is better than 1000
yards per hour.
(b) This relaxation can be used with Relaxations 14*C and 14*D, but should never be
ordered at the same time as Relaxation14*B.
(c) If it is desirable to extend the duration of the exercise beyond two hours, Relaxation
14*A should be ordered and the neutral corridor must be re-established after each run.
2238 ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS WHEN CATAS IS USED
1. These additional restrictions shall apply when submarine and ASW units using CATAS operate in
the same zone.
a. General
(1) The OCE shall ensure that all participating units acknowledge receipt of
OPORD/Exercise Orders and any changes thereto prior to Start Time in exercises involving
CATAS operations.
(2) In ASW exercises involving the use of CATAS, the submarine Commanding Officer
must assume that all escorts are streaming CATAS unless positively known otherwise, and
2-32 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
that CATAS ships do not know the submarine's position.
(3) When authorization B is applicable (Table 2-4), ships with CATAS streamed must
comply with the following rules:
(a) Operate at least one sonar in the active mode continuously.
(b) If no sonar systems are able to transmit, the CATAS must be recovered as soon as
possible.
(c) If the CATAS cannot be recovered and no sonar systems are able to transmit, the
warning signal -"TAS"- shall be announced on UWT every 5 minutes.
(d) The above paras (a), (b) and (c) do not apply when Relaxation 8*J or 8*K is in force.
The above paras are; however, applicable when in the vicinity of a submarine that is
known to be coming to PD (see Articles 2273 and 2274).
b. Use of Horizontal Safety Separation "Neutral Corridor" When Authorization B is

Applicable
(1) Until specific CASEXes are promulgated for exercises between ships with CATAS
and submarines, OCEs may order individual exercises using a horizontal separation
"Neutral Corridor". The duration of the exercise, the minimum width of the corridor and
relaxations to be used in such an exercise must have the prior approval of the
SUBOPAUTH and national authorities.
2-33 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Figure 2-3 Relaxation 14*C
Figure 2-4 Relaxation 14*D
2-34 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2239 EXERCISE STOVEPIPES
1. An Exercise Stovepipe is designed to provide an exercise submarine with an enhanced level of

safety when depth zone restrictions are in force. For example, different depth zones may be in force as
a result of two or more submarines operating in the same geographical area; or when a submarine is
operating with surface forces operating VDS/DTAS (and in some cases CATAS) or helicopters
employing dipping sonar. An Exercise Stovepipe will allow a submarine to return to PD (or surface)
for safety or to copy signal message traffic, etc.
2. An Exercise Stovepipe is a geographic volume of water which extends from a specific depth (or
the sea bottom if it is not specified) to the surface. It is normally centered on a geographic position and
has a radius of 5nm from that position. This volume of water may be modified in the CASEX Standard
Orders (para PP) or Exercise Orders as appropriate.
3. An Exercise Stovepipe is for the use of a designated submarine only; other submarines,
participating surface ships and helicopters in the dip are to remain clear (unless 15 Series Relaxations
are in force). The use of sonobuoys within an Exercise Stovepipe is not restricted (unless exercise
instructions dictate otherwise).
WARNING
The purpose of an Exercise Stovepipe is to ensure submarine safety. An Exercise Stovepipe should not
be confused with a Stovepipe designated in an Operational Message or Oporder. ATP 1 details the use
of Stovepipes for operational use. The significant difference is that an operational Stovepipe does not
place the same restrictions on waterspace management and PMI on surface ships and helicopters.
Submarine crews must be aware of this fact.
4. Starred relaxations to allow participating surface forces and ASW helicopters the ability to operate
within or adjacent to an Exercise Stovepipe are designated in Table 3-2 (Series 15 Relaxations).
5. All ordered relaxations for the exercise apply in an Exercise Stovepipe, however due to the express
nature of an Exercise Stovepipe in providing for submarine safety in exercises, the Relaxation 15
Series take precedence over other relaxations in force.
2240 THE USE OF EXPLOSIVE CHARGES
1. Two important factors influence the use of explosive charges: the type of charge, and the
range/depth from the submarine.
a. Table 2-6 is the authority governing the use of explosive charges. Unless the National
SUBOPAUTH, when assigning a submarine for an exercise, specifically prohibits the use of
explosive charges, the employment of these indicated in Table 2-6 is permitted subject to the
instructions listed below:
(1) Types of Charges
(a) Subject to the restrictions given in column 7, only the charges listed in Table 2-6 may
be used against submarines of nations listed in column 5 as follows:
X - May be used against SSN or diesel-electric submarines.
2-35 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Y - May be used against diesel electric-submarines.
Z - Not to be used without specific SUBOPAUTH approval.
N - Not to be used against any submarine.
NOTE:
A blank indicates lack of response from the nation concerned.
(b) The exercise and trial orders are to specify all the types of explosive charges that are
authorized for use (X, Y and Z) (Table 3-1, para V4).
(c) Charges that cannot be positively identified are not to be used.
(d) The use of charges other than those listed in Table 2-6 is forbidden unless specifically
authorized by the SUBOPAUTH.
(2) Range/Depth
(a) All X- and Y- rated charges may be dropped without further authorization provided
they are aimed to fall outside 1000 yards from the estimated position of the submarine.
(b) All X- and Y- rated charges may be dropped without a range restriction only if
Relaxation 10*A is in force.
(c) No Z- Rated charges are to be used unless specified in Relaxation 10*B. In this case,
those designate Z - rated charges may be dropped OUTSIDE the range from the
submarine specified in the relaxation.
(d) Under no circumstances is a charge to be aimed to hit a submarine or aimed at the

estimated position of a submarine.
(e) No charge is to be dropped on a submarine in the act of diving or surfacing.
(f) Charges are only to be used where there is sufficient depth of water to ensure that
they detonate.
b. The following procedures are to be applied:
(1) The OSE/OCE/OTC is responsible for obtaining approval for Relaxation 10*A and
Relaxation 10*B from the SUBOPAUTH who, in turn, is responsible for obtaining
appropriate national clearance for submarines of other nations operating under its OPCON.
(2) Where national clearances result in variations in range criteria for use with Z-rated
charges, the SUBOPAUTH is to use a single range which reflects the most restrictive
condition, when approving Relaxation 10*B.
c. When nations intend to introduce new charges for inclusion in Table 2-6, full details of the charge
should be provided, including the following:
2-36 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(1) general arrangement drawing with dimensions;
(2) full particulars of any explosive charge;
(3) detonation depth or depths;
(4) detonation depth range, also measures taken to ensure accuracy of the detonation
depth;
(5) weight of complete charge;
(6) reference or full name which clearly identifies the charge; and
(7) means of identification.
These details will be required by SUBOPAUTHs should a request be made to use in an

exercise a charge not already authorized in Table 2-6.
d. Nations are to inform the Custodian of any changes to explosive charges which may be used
against their own submarines, and the Custodian will issue a message correction to keep Table 2-6
current.
2241 ELECTRONIC SOUND UNDER-WATER SIGNALS (ESUS)
1. Electronic sound underwater signals (ESUS) are non-explosive electronic devices which are used
for signaling submerged submarines. ESUS transmits a coded acoustic signal for use in both exercise
and non-exercise operations.
2. For exercises, the meanings of the various codes are detailed in Table 5-5. The following general
instructions apply:
a. ESUS can be used any time against any submarine without prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH.
b. ESUS that cannot be positively identified are not to be used.
c. ESUS are not to be aimed to hit a submarine.
2242 – 2249 Spare
2-37 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP 1(D) (NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines
ABBREVIATIONS
ASTI: Anti-Submarine Target Indicator RC: Reduced Charge

PDC: Practice Depth Charge SUS: Signal Underwater Sound
RESTRICTION CODES
X: May be used against SSN or diesel-electric Z: Not to be used without specific SUBOPAUTH
submarines approval
Y: May be used against diesel-electric submarines. N: Not to be used against any submarine.
NOTES
General Notes - Applicable to All Relevant Submarines
A: May only be used provided they are hand thrown from ships/helos.
Specific Notes - Applicable to Submarines of Nationality Indicated
FR1: Minimum water depth is 1000 metres.
GR1: This weapon is always to be used in its deep setting.
IT1: Only shallow setting authorized.
IT2: Deep setting to be used when signaling COMEX. In all other circumstances only shallow setting is
authorized.
NL1: Minimum submarine depth is 15 metres (50 feet).
TU1: Minimum submarine depth 30 metres (100 feet).
TU4: Used only to COMEX. Not to be dropped near submarine.
UK1: For SSN - Minimum submarine keel depth 60 metres (200 feet).
UK2: Only authorized for SDSKs with minimum keel depth 42 metres (140 feet).
US1: Not authorized for submarines with maximum keel depth of less than 213 metres (700 feet).
US2: Use of the Marine Sound Signal Mk. 2 is not allowed with US submarines. The Marine Sound Signal
Mk. 1 may be used as indicated.
US3: Authorized for unrestricted operations from periscope to test depth against US submarines with keel
depths greater than 125 metres (412 feet).
US4: Use is authorized against 596/637 Class nuclear submarines only.
US5: Maximum depth setting is limited to 5 metres (15 feet). Not authorized for submarines with
maximum keep depth of less than 213 metres (700 feet).
2-38 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Line Made Designation of Explosive Nationality of Submarines Against Which Weapon
No. In Charges/ Total Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth Remarks
Weight Charges Setting (See
Metres Notes)
(ft)
CA FR GE GR IT NL N PL PO SP TU U US
O K
1 BEL M 50 95 grams - Z X N N N X X Y Y Z X N 4
35% TNT,
65% saltpetre
2 BEL M 62 95 grams - Z X N N N X X Y Y Z X N 4
35% TNT,
65% saltpetre
3 BEL Marine Sound 28 grams Y X Y Y Y X Y Y X
Signal Mk 7 debrix
4 BEL Marine Sound 28 grams Y X X Y Y X X Y Y X N
Signal Mk 5 pentolite
5 CAN SUS Mk 400 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z Z N N Z N 18(60)
Mod 0 182(600)
6 CAN SUS Mk 400 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z Z N N N N 18(60)
Mod 3 183(600)
7 CAN SUS Mk 401 1 oz tetryl Y X X Y Y X X Y Y X Z 18(60) GR1 IT1
Mod 3 182(600) TU2
NOTES: 1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

2. Metric values are rounded off to the nearest metre.
3. Conversion table for equivalent amount or TNT.
EXPLOSIVE CONVERSION
TNT (Trotyl) 1.00 1 lb = 454 grams
Tetryl 1.14 1 oz = 28.4 grams
Plastic Explosive 1.20 1 Kg = 2.2 lb
Pentolite 1.12
A5 (similar to Pentolite) 1.19
2-39 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
Table 2-6 Explosive Charges to be Used in Exercises Against Submarines (Cont’d)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Metres (ft) Notes)
CA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU U US
K
8 CAN SUS Mk 411 1 oz tetryl Y X X Y Y X X Y Y X Z 18(60) GR1 IT1
Mod 0 182(600) TU2
9 CAN Mk NC1 0.75 oz Y X X Y N X X Y Y X N GR1
Mod 1 plastic
explosive
10 DEU SUS Marine 55 grams Z X X N N Z X Y Y Z Y Z 3(10) to UK2
Sound Signal tetryl 10(35) US1
DM 109 (max) US5
11 DEU SUS Marine 31 grams Y X Y Y Y Y Y Y 3(10) to
Sound Signal tetryl 10(35)
DM 119 (max)
(425 grams)
12 ITA SUS Grenade 1.1 oz Y X X Y Y X X Y Y X Z 15(50) IT2
Mk 50 tetryl 106(350) US3
Mod 1 RC
13 ITA Grenade SUS 1.7 oz Z X X X Y X X Y Y X Z 4 (15) TU1
SABI TNT UK1 A.
(300 grams) US1
14 ITA SUS Mk 72 32 grams Y X Y Y Y X X Y Y X Z 15(50) US4
Mod 1 tetryl 213(700) IT2
(200 grams)

Pentolite 1.12
2-40 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Metres (ft) Notes)
C FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP TU UK US
A
15 NLD NL SUS-AX 1.1 oz tetryl Y X X Y N X X Y Y Y X Z IT1
Mk 3
(256 grams)
16 POL SUA - Signal 28.4 grams Y X X Y Y Y X Y Y Z 10.5 +/- A.
Underwater pentolite 1.5
Acoustic/500 (35 +/- 5)
grams
17 GBR Marine Sound 31 grams A5
Signal Mk 8/31
18 GBR Marine Sound 28 grams Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y X N 10(33)
Signal Mk 8 A5
19 USA D.C.Marker 1.3 kg Z N N N N X X Y Y X N N TU3
Mk 2-0 calcium NL1
(Night) carbide
20 USA Grenade Mk 2 50 grams Z X X N N X X Y Y X X N A.
TNT
21 USA Grenade Mk 0.5 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z X N N TU1 A.
3A1

Pentolite 1.12
2-41 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
No. In Charges/ Total Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth Remar
Weight Charges Setting ks (See
Metres Notes)
(ft)
CA FR GE GR IT NL NO PL PO SP T UK US
U
22 USA Grenade Mk 0.5 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z X N N TU1 A
3A1
23 USA Grenade Mk 50 2.6 oz tetryl Z X N N N Z Y Y Z N N 15(50)
Mod 1 91(303)
24 USA Practice Bomb UNK Z N N N N X Z Z Z X N
AN
Mk 23
25 USA Practice Bomb UNK Z N N N N X Z Z Z X N
AN
Mk106 Mod 3
26 USA PDC Mk 15 2.9 oz tetryl Z Z N N N X Z Y Z Z N 15(50)
Mod 1
27 USA PDC Mk 15 UNK Z N N N N Z Z Z Z Z N 15(50)
Mod 8
28 USA SUS Mk 50 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N N Z N 15(50)
Mod 0 106(350)
29 USA SUS Mk 50 1.1 oz tetryl Y N X Y Y X X Y Y X N 15(50) IT2
Mod 2 106(350)
NOTES :1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.
Pentolite 1.12
2-42 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Line Made Designation Explosive Nationality of Submarines Against Which Weapon
No. In of Charges/ Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth Remar
Total Weight Charges Setting ks (See
Metres Notes)
(ft)
U
30 USA SUS Mk 57 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z N Z N 243(800)
31 USA Mod 0 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N N Z N 304
32 USA SUS Mk 59 4.1 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z N Z N (1000)
Mod 0 5486
SUS Mk 59 (18000)
Mod 1 304
(1000)
5486
(18000)
33 USA SUS Mk 61 1.8 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z N Z N 18(60) A.
Mod 0 243(800)
34 USA SUS Mk 64 1.1 oz tetryl Y X X N Y X X Y Y X X Z 18(60) GR1
Mod 0 243(800) IT1
TU2
35 USA SUS Mk 78 1.7 lb TNT Z N N N N Z N Z N Z N 457
Mod 1 (1500)

Pentolite 1.12
2-43 CHANGE 5
NATO-CONFIDENTIAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Line Made Designation of Explosive Nationality of Submarines Against Which Weapon Remarks
No. In Charges/ Total Content of Weapon or Charge May Be Used Depth (See
Weight Charges Setting Notes)
Metres
(ft)
U
36 Depth Charge Black powder Z X N N N X Z X N N TU1

(day) Mk 1
Mod 1
37 FRA SUS HAND 90 GRAMS Z X N Z Z Z 5(16) FR1
GRENADE PENTOLITE A
MOD
1937(297G)
NOTES : 1. Non-metric values in Specific Notes and in Column 6 are accurate.

Pentolite 1.12
2-44 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2250 ASW EXERCISE RESTRICTIONS
2251 ASW INVESTIGATION RESTRICTIONS
Investigation of Contact by ASW Ships. No ship is to deliberately approach a contact closer than
1200 yards, and no ship with VDS streamed is to approach closer than 4000 yards unless Relaxation
4*E is in force. In this case it must be noted that it may be dangerous for the submarine, when
Relaxation 2J is granted, if Relaxation 4E is in force.
2252 ASW EXERCISE ATTACK RESTRICTIONS
1. Unless otherwise stated in the orders for the exercise, ASW ships and aircraft may simulate attack
on submarines subject to the restrictions contained in the paragraphs which follow:
a. Restrictions - Surface Ship Attacks
(1) No attempt or threat to ram a submarine or a submarine periscope is to be made.
(2) ASW ships are to avoid passing directly over a submarine believed to be at less than
Safe Depth.
(3) When simulated attacks are carried out with medium or long range shipborne ASW
weapons, COMEX need not be executed until surface ships close within 5000 yards.
(4) When initiating COMEX by sound signal, and to ensure that the submarine is aware of
COMEX, the signal should not normally be made at a range greater than 5000 yards from
the submarine.
(5) No ship is to deliberately approach a contact closer than 1200 yards, and no ship with
VDS streamed is to approach closer than 4000 yards, until 5 minutes after COMEX, unless
relaxations in force otherwise permit (Relaxations 2*B, 2*C or 2*M).
(6) All ship weapons and projectiles are to be placed in such a condition that both
accidental discharge or release, and exploder activation, are impossible.
(7) A distinction is to be made between practice projectiles requiring the submarine to be

at Safe Depth (hereinafter referred to as HEAVY PROJECTILES), and those for which no
special precautions are necessary when fired at dived submarine (hereinafter referred to as
LIGHT PROJECTILES). Projectiles reaching a depth in excess of the surface ship draft in
force for the exercise (see Relaxation 12*B and Table 2-2) are to be considered heavy
projectiles. If Relaxation 2D or 2*E is in force, the appropriate type of projectile may be
loaded.
(8) NOT RELEASABLE.
(9) Relaxations 2*B, 2*C or 2*M cannot be authorized unless 4*E is also authorized.
2-45 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
b. Restrictions - Aircraft Attacks
(1) Aircraft are not to carry live bombs, depth charges, homing torpedoes, or rockets (unless
it is the specific aim of the CASEX (i.e., E-8) to do so and Relaxation 2*N has been
authorized).
(2) Extraordinary precautions are to be taken by aircraft to ensure that no machine-gun is

loaded with live ammunition prior to or during practice strafing runs.
(3) Under no circumstances whatever are any sonobuoys, (depth charge) markers, practice
bombs, flares, or other missiles to be dropped on a submarine when any portion of the
submarine other than its periscope, snorkel, or radar mast is exposed above the surface of the
water. The weight of any such missile, except sonobuoys, must never exceed 4.5 kilograms
(10 pounds). Sonobuoys may be used as above with prudence, although their weight exceeds
4.5 kilograms (10 pounds).
(4) No missile shall be dropped on a target if for any reasons the aircraft commander is not
certain that the target is a submarine, or if any portion of the submarine other than its
periscope, snorkel or radar mast is exposed above the surface of the water. Explosive
weapon charges dropped by aircraft must comply with the prescriptions of Article 2240.
(5) Aircraft carrying out an attack on a submerged submarine and requiring a reply from the
submarine, are to drop two explosive charges to indicate an attack (Table 5-2). The charges
should be dropped five seconds apart. A properly coded Mk 84 ESUS may be used to
indicate an attack in lieu of explosive charges (Table 5-5). See Exercise Instruction 172
(Table 3-3).
(6) Aircraft carrying out an attack on a submerged submarine may drop one or more smoke
bombs to indicate the attack, subject to provisions of item (3) above.
(7) NOT RELEASABLE.
c. Restrictions - Submarine Attacks
(1) When attacks by submarines are to be simulated, all torpedoes will be placed in such a
condition that neither their accidental discharge nor activation is possible.
(2) Whenever exercise torpedo firings have been authorized, submarine Commanding
Officers will ascertain that those torpedo tubes from which torpedoes will be fired contain
only exercise torpedoes; all other weapons must be placed in the condition described in (1)
above. If torpedoes are to be fired by submarines, the responsibility for firing on a safe
torpedo course and at a safe torpedo depth rests entirely with the Commanding Officer of the
submarine; the target ships are responsible for assuming a suitable damage control condition
prior to the firing of the torpedo.
d. Restrictions on the Marking of Attacks
(1) It is desirable that every ASW attack on a submarine by a surface ship or aircraft be
assessed or analyzed. However, the marking of attacks in tactical exercises should not be
used as an aid to classification; for this reason, the dropping of two charges to mark attacks
should be limited to certain basic exercises, the latter periods of ASW action in tactical
exercises, and those cases in which it is required to analysis the result of VECTACs.
2-46 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(2) Units should not drop explosive charges over the estimated position of submarines
since there is a risk of causing serious damage to the submarine if the charges explode in
contact with the hull.
e. Abandonment of Attacks. All attacks are to be broken off and the period of attack is considered
to be over as follows:
(1) Five Minutes before the scheduled time of ending each ASW action (FINEX), or five
minutes before stop time if this is earlier.
(2) At the desire of the submarine, in which case the indication to surface ships and
aircraft may be:
(a) the sighting of a Red pyrotechnic;
(b) an unexpected pyrotechnic signal for which there is no satisfactory explanation; and
(c) the reception of unexpected transmission of SST or UWT not in answer to explosive
signals. In this event, all surface ships and aircraft taking part in the exercise are to be
informed by the unit receiving the transmissions.
(3) At the desire of any surface ships or aircraft.
2253 NOT RELEASABLE
2-47 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
2-48 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
2254 NIGHT ASW EXERCISE RESTRICTIONS
1. Unless otherwise stated in the orders for the exercise, the following special restrictions apply
during ASW exercises by night:
a. Only sonobuoys, Mk 84 ESUS, and smoke/light markers are to be dropped by aircraft unless
Relaxation 2G is in force.
b. Ships are to show navigation lights at full brilliance unless Relaxations 6C, 6*D, 6E or 6*F are in
force (Table 3-2).
c. The exercise area is to be reasonably clear of other shipping.
d. In night encounter exercises, the target ship (and screen, if applicable) is to be limited in speed
and evasive steering. Such limits are to be agreed to by operating authorities of ships and submarines
and are dependent on the experience of the submarine Commanding Officer.
e. Only pyrotechnic signals that give visible flames are to be used by the submarine.
f. Submarines are to show navigation lights at full brilliance when on the surface unless Relaxation
6A or 6B is in force (Table 3-2).
2255 – 2259 Spare
2260 POSITIONING OF SURFACE SHIPS AND HELICOPTERS WHILE SUBMARINES

DIVE
1. In Elementary Exercises, when the submarine dives in the vicinity of ships and/or helicopters, they
should station themselves at least 1500 yards off the submarine's signaled diving course unless
otherwise specified. VDS/ DTAS ships may stream VDS/DTAS before the rendezvous for CASEXes
A1, A2, C1 and E2 provided that they remain at least 1500 yards off the submarine's signaled diving
course. The submarine is to be informed that the VDS/ DTAS is streamed and its streamed depth.
2. The submarine is required to signal her proposed diving course. This will most likely be a course
beam to sea. The submarine will signal when it is ready to dive. When the submarine reports
"READY" the OCS or delegated unit orders "DIVE FOR SERIAL ...".
3. Submarines require time to adjust their submerged trim after diving and before going to a safe
depth. This usually is done at PD to ensure that it is safe to return to the surface should this be
necessary. The submarine should show as much periscope as possible during the trimming operation,
which may take up to 10 minutes.
4. After the initial trim has been caught, subsequent dives can be made directly to Safe Depth. ASW
units must not start ASW action until the submarine reports "I am at correct depth, course and speed
and am ready to commence the exercise (KKK)" (Table 5-4).
2-49 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
5. The following procedure is to be used:
a. Establish radio communications with the submarine prior to go time.
b. Conduct time check with all units.
c. Confirm submarine's position.
d. Submarine reports intended diving course to OCS or delegated controlling unit.
e. When the diving course is established the OCS or controlling unit will order units to take station
laterally at least 1500 yards from the submarine's diving course unless otherwise specified.
f. If ships have VDS/DTAS streamed, then the OCS or controlling unit must report this to the
submarine. This report must include at what depth VDS/DTAS is streamed.
g. Submarine signals "READY" when ready to dive.
h. On receiving "READY" the submarine is ordered to dive by the OCS or controlling unit "DIVE
FOR SERIAL .........".
i. When at SAFE DEPTH the submarine will report "I am at correct depth, course and speed and am
ready to commence the exercise" or "KKK" (Table 5-4).
2261 - 2269 Spare
2270 BRING A SUBMARINE FROM SAFE DEPTH TO PD
2271 RESPONSIBILITIES FOR SUBMARINE SAFETY WHEN RETURNING TO PD
1. The Commanding Officer of the submarine is responsible for submarine safety. The decision to
leave Safe Depth and proceed to PD should only be made when the submarine CO is satisfied that it is
safe to do so.
2. If it is desired that the submarine not return to PD at FINEX or STOP TIME, arrangements should
be made with the OCE prior to the start of the exercise (see Relaxations 3A, 3B, 3*H).
2272 SURFACING METHODS AND PROCEDURES
1. The following procedures are to be used when required to bring a submarine from Safe Depth to PD.
a. Method ALFA. Surfacing method ALFA consists of the procedures described in Article 2273 and
is the standard method for a submarine to change depth from Safe Depth to PD.
b. Method ALFA is a controlled procedure which is normally used to bring submarines to PD at

FINEX or STOP TIME. Method ALFA requires communications between the ship tasked with the
procedure and the submarine in order to establish the submarine's position and pass a surface SITREP.
c. Method BRAVO. Surfacing method BRAVO is an alternative method for a submarine to

change from Safe Depth to PD at FINEX or STOP TIME, and consists of the procedures described
2-50 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
in Article 2274. It is only to be used when Relaxation 3*J is authorized for use and when ordered
in the CASEX message.
d. Method BRAVO allows the submarine Commanding Officer to bring his submarine to PD
expeditiously and safely upon completion of a CASEX. This is accomplished by surface units
clearing the immediate area in which the submarine was operating on the Safety Course or its
reciprocal while cavitating and transmitting on SRS/MRS whichever course opens from the last
known position of the submarine. Even if some ships are on the Safety Course and others are on
the reciprocal, the main concern of the submarine Commanding Officer is that ships are well clear
of his track before he brings his submarine to PD.
2273 CONDUCT AND PROCEDURES FOR SURFACE SHIPS AND/OR HELICOPTERS IN

THE VICINITY OF A SUBMARINE THAT IS COMING TO PD - METHOD ALFA
1. Conduct of the Submarine. A submarine intending to come to PD from a Safe Depth when ships
and/or helicopters are in the vicinity is to carry out the following procedures unless Relaxations 3*K,
8*E and/or 9*F are in force:
a. Turn to the Safety Course.
b. Fire two yellow/white pyrotechnic signals spaced three minutes apart ... Use yellow/white smokes
by day and white flares by night. On firing each smoke/flare, transmit "QQQ" by UWT or SST
(Table 5-4).
c. Upon receipt of "DDD" and/or five charges, the submarine returns to PD if the submarine
Commanding Officer is satisfied that it is safe to do so. Once PD has been regained, the
responsibility for avoiding collision rests entirely with the submarine. After regaining PD; therefore,
the submarine is entirely free to alter course as necessary to surface if required by exercise
instructions. This would normally be carried out into the sea/swell.
d. If signal "JJJ", signal A3, and/or MK 84 Code 2 are received, remain at safe depth. Mark position
upon receipt of signal "QQQ" or signal A2. Restart surfacing procedures after signal "PPP" is
received.
e. Once PD has been regained, inform surface units the submarine is at PD.
NOTE:
If at FINEX or STOP TIME the submarine and participating units are not in contact (for any reason),
the submarine will return to PD when the Commanding Officer considers it safe to do so. The
submarine will steer the Safety Course and fire two pyrotechnics three minutes apart to indicate the
course and that the submarine is returning to PD.
2. Conduct of Ships and Helicopters. All ASW units in the vicinity of a submarine known to be
coming to PD are to act as follows:
a. (1) Raise helicopter sonar systems and decoys to a depth of 30 metres (98 feet) or less, or the
reduced ship's draft which may be authorized by relaxation 12*B.
(2) Raise VDS/DTAS to a cable length not exceeding 30 metres (98 feet) or the cable length
authorized by Relaxation 8*G. CATAS need not be recovered. However, it should be noted
2-51 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
that CATAS must always be recovered during surfacing procedures with Italian submarines.
(3) Inform the ASW unit assigned the responsibility for surfacing the submarine, of the actual
VDS/DTAS cable length.
b. Take position to remain a distance of at least 1500 yards off the submarine course, if known. It
should be noted that sonar fixes may be unreliable since units may be in contact with a non-
submarine contact.
c. (1) If the submarine position is known (for example, sonar fix confirmed by the Mark-Snap
procedure), steer the ordered safety course or it’s reciprocal as ordered.
(2) If they have a short range sonar - normal transmission watch.
d. During the entire time that the submarine is coming to PD, proceed at above cavitation speed and
at not less than 12 knots (unless Relaxation 3*G is in force), secure Prairie Masker if applicable, and
have switched off or recovered decoys. At night, show navigation lights at full brilliance. If a ship
must stop during the surfacing procedure, it is to tap the hull, run its echo sounder or make some
other form of noise until voice communication is established with the submarine.
e. (1) Ships fitted only with medium or long range sonar systems may transmit at low power,
provided underwater telephone communications can be established and maintained.
(2) Ships with VDS/DTAS streamed (Relaxation 8*G) are to apply the following special
transmitting procedure:
(a) If they have a short range sonar - normal transmission watch.
(b) If they have medium or long range sonar - normal transmissions at low power or 3
transmissions every 5 minutes if required to establish and maintain UWT
communications. If UWT communications cannot be established - normal transmission
watch.
(c) If they cannot transmit with any of their sonar systems act in accordance with Article
2236.
(d) Except in an emergency, units should not transmit on underwater telephone from the
time the submarine acknowledges the all-clear-to-surface signal (DDD) until the
submarine is at PD.
(3) When authorization B is applicable (Table 2-4), ships with CATAS streamed must
comply with the rules of Article 2238.1.a (3).
f. Keep a sharp lookout for the submarine while it is coming to PD. Should the submarine be on a
course or in a position other than anticipated, ships should be ready to move clear of the submarine
immediately.
3. Conduct of ASW Units Responsible for Executing the Surfacing Procedure. The ASW unit
assigned by the OTC/OCS with the responsibility of bringing the submarine up to PD, should in
addition to Article 2273.2:
2-52 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
a. warn units which are not complying with the preceding procedures;
b. maintain UWT listening watch (see Article 2218);
c. exchange range by MARK-SNAP method;
d. upon sighting the first pyrotechnic from the submarine, make "ROGER SMOKE, Bearing ..." on
UWT (if fitted) or "QPQ" on SST;
e. upon sighting the second pyrotechnic from the submarine, make "ROGER SMOKE, Bearing ..."
on UWT (if fitted) or "QPQ" on SST; and
f. pass a surface situation report on UWT.
NOTE:
Example of Surface SITREP
This is not to be considered a mandatory format, but is an illustration of the type of

information of interest to submarines. If UWT communications are difficult, the
information passed should be kept to a minimum consistent with submarine safety to
prevent unnecessary delays in coming to PD. If exercises are of short duration, only
significant changes to visibility, wind, and sea conditions need be transmitted. Position
reports may be delayed until the submarine is at PD. The position of all ships within
five miles, and those within 10 miles which are closing, should be included.
"L6X this is 2PG ROGER SMOKE standby Surface SITREP.
1. Your position at 1203, 175 position AA 15 miles.
4. Visibility 7 miles.
5. Wind 230 15 knots.
6. Sea and swell from 230, height 1 metre (3 feet).
7. 2PG bears 165 degrees, 200 yards from you, steering safety course, VDS streamed
to 30 metres (98 feet), 5XC bears 010, 2300 yards from you, steering safety course. One
tanker bears 330 degrees, 4 miles, course 090, speed 15 knots, will pass 2 miles north of
you. No other ships 5 miles. Over.”
g. Inform the submarine of any ship in the vicinity which has VDS/ DTAS streamed to a greater
depth than allowed during the surfacing procedure, and of the depth to which the VDS/DTAS is
streamed. This may be necessary if bad weather restricts the recovery of VDS/DTAS.
h. Once the position of the submarine has been definitely established and it is safe for the submarine
to come to periscope depth in the next 10 minutes, transmit "DDD" on UWT or SST or signal A5
(five charges) or signal MK84 Code 3, unless Relaxation 3*E is in force. If it is NOT SAFE for the
submarine to come to periscope depth, pass "JJJ" on UWT or SST or signal A3 (three charges) or
signal MK 84 Code 2. If in any doubt that "JJJ" or MK 84 Code 2 has been received by the
submarine, signal A3 must also be made.
2-53 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
i. If "JJJ", signal A3, or signal MK 84 Code 2 have been made, the entire surfacing procedure must
be restarted as described above.
j. The surfacing procedure may be considered as completed when the submarine has reported that it
is at PD and operations normal.
k. If no communications have been established at STOP TIME Plus one hour, return to the last
known position of the submarine, initiate a search, attempt to establish communications by all means
possible and follow the instructions of ATP-10.
2274 CONDUCT AND PROCEDURES FOR SURFACE SHIPS AND/OR HELICOPTERS IN

THE VICINITY OF A SUBMARINE THAT IS COMING TO PD - METHOD BRAVO
1. Conduct of the Submarine. When Relaxation 3*J is in force, a submarine intending to come to
PD from Safe Depth when ships and/or helos are in the vicinity, is to carry out the following
procedures unless Relaxation 3*K, 8*E and/or 9*F are in force:
a. turn to the safety course;
b. may fire pyrotechnics to indicate his position; and
c. when it is considered safe to do so by the submarine CO, return to PD and contact the OTC/OCS
on UHF, HF or VHF.
2. Conduct of Ships and Helicopters. All ASW units in the vicinity of a submarine known to be
coming to PD are to act as follows:
a. Raise helicopter sonar and decoys to a depth of 30 metres (98 feet) or less or to the reduced ship's
draft which may be authorized by Relaxation 12*B;
(1) before FINEX or STOP TIME, raise VDS/DTAS to a cable length not exceeding 30
metres (98 feet), or the cable length authorized by Relaxation 8*G - CATAS need not be
recovered. However, it should be noted that CATAS must always be recovered during
surfacing procedures with Italian sub-marines.
b. Assume the safety course or reciprocal, whichever course opens from the last known position of
the submarine. At times it may be desirable for the OTC/OCS to order ships to steer either the safety
course or the reciprocal if the OCS wishes to keep the formation together for subsequent operations.
This should only be done if the submarine's position is known and all ships are displaced at least
1500 yards off the submarine's course.
c. At STOP TIME the OTC/OCS may assign an ASW unit, which is the nearest unit from the
probable submarine position, with the responsibility to pass a short surface Situation Report on UWT
(blind transmission). The surface SITREP is passed once all units are on the safety course (or it’s
reciprocal). SITREP only contains the position of all non-exercise ships within 5 miles of the forces
and those within 10 miles which are closing.
d. During the entire time that the submarine is coming to PD, proceed at above cavitation speed and
at not less than 12 knots unless Relaxation 3*G is in effect, and at night show navigation lights at full
brilliance, and secure Prairie Masker if applicable. If a ship must stop during the surfacing procedure,
it is to tap its hull, run its echo sounder or make some form of noise until voice communication is
established with the submarine. Ships must transmit continuously on SRS/MRS from FINEX until
2-54 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
UHF/HF/VHF communications with the submarine have been established.
e. If no communications have been established at STOP TIME plus one hour, return to the last
known position of the submarine, initiate a search, attempt to establish communications by all
means possible and follow the instructions of ATP-10.
2275 CONDUCT OF ASW SHIPS AT STOP TIME
1. The procedures for the submarine returning to PD outlined in Articles 2272, 2273 and 2274
(Methods ALPHA and BRAVO) apply at STOP TIME (unless Relaxations 3*F, 3*H or 3*K are
authorized) in the following cases:
a. The ASW ships are in contact with the submarine.
b. The ASW ships are not in contact with the submarine, but are remaining in the exercise area.
If no contact has been established with the submarine at STOP TIME plus one hour, return to the last
known position of the submarine, initiate a search, attempt to establish communications by all means
possible and follow the instructions of ATP-10.
NOTE 1:
The ASW ships are allowed to depart the exercise area before STOP TIME when relaxation 3*H is
authorized, but continue to observe safety precautions in accordance with serial instructions in force,
whilst operating in the ASW exercise area, until STOP TIME.
NOTE 2:
When the procedure for returning to PD is applied, Relaxations 3*G, 8*G and 12*B, if authorized,
remain in effect until the submarine returns to PD.
2276-2279 Spare
2280 NOT RELEASABLE
2-55 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
2-56 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
2-57 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
2281 - 2289 Spare
2290 ASW EXERCISES IN SHALLOW AND CONFINED WATERS
1. In shallow and confined waters submarines have a need to update their position frequently to
ensure safe navigation. In planning ASW exercises, the following should be taken into consideration:
a. Duration of ASW action.
b. Establishment of a special safety area where prosecution of contacts by surface forces is

prohibited. The special safety area should be established for submarine safety only, and
not in order to give the submarine tactical advantage.
2-58 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 3
STANDARD EXERCISES AND METHOD OF ORDERING
3000 SUMMARY OF STANDARD EXERCISES
1. Standard ASW Exercises (CASEXes) are listed in this Chapter and are grouped as follows:
(1) A Series - Exercises involving ships and/or Helicopters (Table 3-7)
(2) B Series - Exercises involving Aircraft (Table 3-8)
(3) C Series - Exercises involving Multiple Forces (Table 3-9)
(4) D Series - NOT RELEASABLE
(5) E Series - Exercises of a Miscellaneous Nature (Table 3-11)
(6) F Series - Synthetic Exercises for surface ships and aircraft when no submarine is
available
NOTE:
A further group of Exercises (S Series) involving Submarines vs Submarines is included in Chapter 4.
2. Within the above series, the exercises have been placed in an approximate degree of complexity.
However, by use of the Relaxation Table (Table 3-2), the Exercise Instruction Table (Table 3-3), and
Special Instructions, the exercises may be varied to achieve virtually any desired complexity and also
provide opportunities for pro-submarine training.
3. When the term Unit is used, it signifies a ship or aircraft or a small group of ships and/or aircraft
acting as an entity.
4. When the term Aircraft is used, it includes both fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters.
5. CASEXes may be carried out by day or night unless otherwise specified.
3001 SUBSTITUTION FOR A SUBMARINE
In certain joint exercises, a ship may take the place of a submarine when it is desired to exercise
Air/Surface Cooperation procedures. A mobile ASW target may take the place of a submarine in any
CASEX.
3002 METHOD OF ORDERING EXERCISES
1. This section contains information on the method of ordering the various ASW exercises listed in
this Chapter.
2. Security of the Order Table:
3-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
a. Although AXP 1 is classified NATO Confidential, the major part of the message ordering the
exercises does not contain material requiring security and may, subject to any special instructions
issued by National or Area Commanders, be passed by unclassified message.
b. Certain sections however (particularly Q, R and S) may contain information of a classified

nature.
3003 ORDER TABLE (TABLE 3-1)
When scheduling an ASW Exercise, the authority ordering the exercise should first decide which of
the exercises in Chapter 3 most nearly meets his requirements. Individual CASEXes list the procedure
to be followed for starting, conducting and stopping the exercise. The Order Table should then be used
by the authority ordering the exercise in compiling the Operation Order or CASEX message. The
authority ordering the exercise should always consider the whole Order Table when compiling his
orders, but omitting those headings not applicable or required.
3004 RELAXATION TABLE (TABLE 3-2)
This table should be used to modify the Safety Precautions, Operating Restrictions and Procedures to
make the training more realistic. The use of relaxations will depend on the equipment, capabilities and
state of training of the participating units. Certain relaxations are marked with an asterisk (*) and may
only be used subject to the prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH. Exercise planners must obtain this
approval before including starred relaxations in operation orders. Relaxations ordered follow the
prefix Q in the Order Table.
3005 EXERCISE INSTRUCTIONS (TABLE 3-3)
This table is to be used in conjunction with the Relaxation Table. These two tables enable the
authority ordering the exercise to adapt any of the standard CASEXes to meet his specific
requirements. Exercise Instructions ordered should follow the prefixes R, S and T in the Order Table.
3006 SUBMARINE DEPTH TABLES (TABLE 3-4)
1. These tables may be ordered by the use of the Exercise Instruction Number 166. The use of these
tables is subject to Article 2213. When the tables require the submarine to exceed the limits imposed
by these Safety Rules, the submarine is to proceed as near the depth specified in the Depth Table as
the Safety Rules allow. When conducting serials with Autonomous Underwater Training Targets
(AUTT(s)), appropriate lines of this table are to be used to identify the depths which will be applied
during its running time.
2. The following instructions apply to the Submarine Depth Tables:
a. Zero Time (minute 0) is the exact hour immediately preceding the time of execution. If the
time of execution is exactly on an hour, that time will be Zero Time. The submarine is to go to the
depth shown in the table for that time relative to Zero Time.
b. If the table is completed before FINEX, the submarine is to restart the table at Zero Time.
c. The times shown in the table are the times at which the submarine is to start altering to the
ordered depth.
3-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
d. The Depth Tables may be ordered in an exercise in which the submarine is unrestricted in
course and speed.
e. Serials conducted with AUTT(s) or similar UW Targets will be ended by Target’s pre-planned
running time.
3007 SUBMARINE COURSE AND SPEED DIAGRAMS (TABLE 3-5)
1. These diagrams may be ordered by the use of the Exercise Instruction Number 121. The
authorities ordering these diagrams are to ensure that the submarine can comply with the diagram
while still remaining within the exercise area and within sufficient depth of water.
2. The diagrams are divided as follows:
a. High-Speed Runs
b. Medium-Speed Runs
c. Slow-Speed Runs
3. Except in the case of high speed runs, the first two diagrams in each division are designed for use
in a restricted area, and the finishing position corresponds with the starting position. The second two
diagrams in each division allow for a small advance along the base course between the beginning and
end of the run. These diagrams will be of advantage in a tideway or when starting the exercise in one
corner of the exercise area.
4. Diagram 56 is a special diagram for use with aircraft for Passive/Active Sonobuoy training.
5. The following instructions apply to the Course and Speed Diagrams:
a. Courses and Speeds are to be taken as through the water, without allowing for tide.
b. The Base Course (AB) should be arranged before the start of the exercise.
c. Zero Time (minute 0) is the exact hour immediately preceding the time of execution. If the
time of execution is exactly on an hour, that time will be Zero Time. The sub-marine is to go to
the course and speed shown in the diagram for that time relative to Zero Time.
d. If the run is completed for FINEX, the submarine is to restart the run at Zero Time.
e. The times shown in the diagrams are the times at which the submarine is to start altering to the
new course.
3008 LONG-RANGE TRACKING DIAGRAMS (TABLE 3-6)
1. diagrams in this table present various options for manoeuvring of units during basic tracking
exercises. Each diagram provides a generalized scheme for the practice of specific techniques; course,
speed, etc., must be ordered in the CASEX message.
2. The diagrams are specifically oriented to passive operations but may also be applied to active
tracking.
3-3 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. As proficiency improves the target/sensor presentations can be made more complex by the
superposition of parameters on a basic track.
3009 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
1. When exercises require instructions that cannot be ordered by using the tables provided, they
should be included in Section U (Special Instructions) of the Order Table.
2. These instructions should be written clearly and concisely and, if possible, should be discussed
with all participants before the exercise.
3010 ISSUING CASEX STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
In the interest of brevity, local Commanders may issue CASEX standard instructions which will
always apply when ordering CASEXes in their area. For example, the areas and time of Start Time
and Stop Time may be taken as those in the weekly practice programmes, and the Submarine Safety
Course within the command area may always be standard unless specifically listed in the Order Table.
3011 - 3999 Spare
3-4 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-1 Order Table
ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
A CASEX No.. . . . . and/or purpose of the exercise and/or description of the exercise
B Officer Scheduling the Exercise (OSE)
C Officer Conducting the Exercise (OCE)
D Officer in Tactical Command (OTC)
E Officer Conducting the Serial (OCS)
F Friendly Forces (FRNFOR)
1. Screened force or convoy
2. Screen and/or Patrol Group
3. Name, hull number, active sonar frequency and signal designator type of
VDS/Towed Array (Table 2-5) of each VDS/Towed Array ship in the exercise
4. Carrier and shipborne aircraft
5. Land-based aircraft
6. Submarines (mission to be stated, e.g. escort, patrol, transit . . . . . etc.)
7. Independent units
8. Officer in Command - FRNFOR (on board . . . . . or at . . . . .)
3-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-1 Order Table (Cont'd)
ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
G Opposing Forces (OPFOR)
Submarines designated for:
1. Individual attack
2. Coordinated attack
3. Tracking (shadowing)
4. On passage (in transit)
5. On patrol
6. Cooperating aircraft designated for:
7. Patrol
8. Search
10. Strike
11. Cooperating ship for:
12. ELINT/SIGINT
14. Raider, minelayer, etc.
15. Officer in Command - OPFOR (on board . . . . . or at . . . . .)

H Zone time to be used throughout the exercises. (GMT to be used whenever possible to
avoid confusion.)
J Date and time the exercise is to start (Go Time)
JJ Date and time the exercise is to stop (Stop Time)
K Duration of ASW actions, if allowed (until Stop Time may be ordered; but attacks must be
broken off five minutes before this time)
3-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
KK Out-of-action period
L Assigned exercise area
LL 1. Rendezvous
2. Initial position and size of areas of OPFOR submarine(s)

M Reference Positions. (The line joining the positions is the centre of a channel or transit lane
of stated width.)
MM The width of the channel or transit lane in miles or yards
N Base Course and speed and/or Mean Line of Advance (MLA):
1. FRNFOR
2. OPFOR
(Must be expressed as a numbered group to avoid confusion with Safety Course)

NN Limits of Submarine Operating Area
P Safety Course. (Must be expressed as one of the four cardinal points of the compass, i.e.
North, South, East or West.)
PP 1. FRNFOR submarine ordered depth or allocated depth zones.
2. OPFOR submarine ordered depth or allocated depth zones.
3. Submarine Depth Restrictions (see Article 2213 and NOT RELEASABLE)
4. Exercise Stovepipe allocation (see Article 2239).

Q Relaxations (Table 3-2)
R Exercise Instructions - FRNFOR (Table 3-3). (Not to be communicated to OPFOR.)
RR Start position - FRNFOR. (Not to be communicated to OPFOR.)
S Exercise Instructions - OPFOR (Table 3-3). (Not to be communicated to FRNFOR.)
SS Start position - OPFOR. (Not to be communicated to FRNFOR.)
T Exercise Instructions - FRNFOR/OPFOR (Table 3-3)
U Special Instructions
3-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

ORDER TABLE
Designator Meaning
V Communications means available (quoting tables in Chapters 2 and 5 where applicable):
1. Radio (Voice or CW with frequency and call signs
2. Flag (Table 5-6)
3. SST (with frequency and call signs - Table 5-4)
4. Specific type of charge (by line number in Table 2-6) and Explosive Charge Signal
(Table 5-2)
5. Pyrotechnics (Table 5-3)
6. Aircraft manoeuvres (Table 5-7)
7. Underwater telephone (UWT - Table 5-4)
8. ESUS (Table 5-5)

W 1. Practice weapons to be employed
2. Practice weapon settings to be employed:
a. Depth
b. Speed
c. Running Range
d. Explosive Charge
WW Ship(s) detailed for practice weapon recovery
X Records:
1. Authorities designated for analysis and reporting
2. CASEX Forms or FORMEX (specified by FORMEX number) required
3. ME-YOU Message
4. National Requirements
Z Movements on completion
3-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-2 Relaxation Table
NOTE:
Certain Relaxations are marked with an asterisk (*) and may only be used subject to the prior
approval of the Submarine Operating Authority. (See Article 1030.)
RELAXA-
TOPIC TION DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMITTED
NUMBER
General 1 A All NON-STARRED Relaxations are authorized.
Attacks 2 A Spare
*B ASW ships may close and carry out simulated attacks at any range without
restriction immediately after COMEX. (See Article 2251, 2252.1.a.(5) and
2252.1.a.(9))
*C ASW ships may close and carry out one simulated attack without delay, at any
range without restriction, before signalling COMEX. (See Article 2251,
2252.1.a.(5) and 2252.1.a.(9))
D ASW ships may fire light projectiles at dived submarines. (See Article
2252.1.a.(7))
*E ASW ships may fire heavy projectiles, if the submarine is known to be at a
safe depth. (See Article 2252.1.a.(7))
*F ASW ships may fire practice ASW torpedoes or missiles carrying practice
ASW torpedoes. (See Article 2252.1.a.(8))
G Aircraft may carry out night attacks against submarines, subject to Articles
2252 and 2254.
*H Aircraft/Drones may drop practice ASW torpedoes. (See Article 2252.1.b.(7))
*J Submarine is not obliged to go to, or to remain at, Safe Depth after COMEX
or Go Time. (See Articles 2251, 2252.1.a.(5) and 2213.7.b.)
K Submarines may fire exercise torpedoes provided the requisite attack signals
are displayed by the target ships. (See Article 5015)
L Submarines may fire grenades (flares), in addition to red grenades (flares) in
an emergency, provided it is assessed that helicopters or fixed wing aircraft
will not be endangered.
*M ASW ships may close and carry out any number of simulated attacks at any
range without restriction, without delay, and without signalling COMEX. (See
Article 2251, 2252.1.a(5) and 2252.1.a.(9))
*N ASW units may conduct a live ordnance attack with (……) (weapons to be
inserted) subject to the specific authorization and limitations as laid down by
the national SUBOPAUTH.
Conduct 3 A Submarines need not return to periscope depth after FINEX. (See Article
of Forces 2271.2.)
at FINEX
or STOP
TIME
3-9 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-2 Relaxation Table (Cont’d)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Conduct of Forces at 3 B Submarines are not to come to periscope depth after FINEX and
FINEX or STOP will remain at safe depth until Stop Time.
TIME (Cont’d) C Spare.
D ASW ships may break off attacks before FINEX and continue
operations without waiting for the submarine to come to periscope
depth.
*E Submarines may proceed from Safe Depth to periscope depth
when in company with surface forces prior to receipt of DDD or
the 5-charge signal. (See Articles 2272, 2273 and 2213)
*F Submarines are allowed to remain submerged and need not return
to periscope depth at STOP TIME, provided that UWT
communications are established between the submarine and
surface units before the latter departs from the scene of action.
*G During the time that the submarine is coming to periscope depth
or surfacing, ships may proceed at less than 12 knots but must
cavitate.
*H IAW Articles 2273 or 2274, para 2, submarines are allowed to
remain submerged and need not return to periscope depth at STOP
TIME (see Article 2271.2). There is no need to communicate and
surface forces, without turning to the safety course, are allowed to
depart, even before STOP TIME (see article 2275).
*J Surfacing Method BRAVO is to be used as standard surfacing
method. (See Article 2272.1.c. and 2274.)
*K Submarines may proceed from Safe Depth to periscope depth
when in company with surface forces at the discretion of the
submarine Commanding Officer.
Contact Investigation 4 A Once contact has been made, shadowing submarines may leave
their assigned areas and shadow the target, but are not to dive in
other submarine areas.
B Spare.
C Spare.
D Spare.
*E ASW ships may investigate contacts by day or night without
restriction. (See Articles 2251.1 and 2252.1.a.(9))
Evasive Steering 5 A The Main Body (or Target Submarine in "S" Series CASEXes,
Chapter 4) may carry out evasive steering as detailed in Exercise
Instructions ordered.
B Individual ships of Main Body may weave.
C Ships of Main Body are free to avoid torpedoes.
3-10 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Evasive Steering 5 D Emergency turns are permitted by day.
(Cont’d) E Emergency turns are permitted by night.
F ASW ships may use evasive steering as desired by day, indepen-
dently of the force screened.
G ASW ships may use evasive steering as desired by night,
independently of the force screened.
H ASW ships are entirely free to avoid torpedoes.
J Evasive steering by surface forces is unrestricted.
Navigation Lights 6 A Submarines are not to show any navigation lights by night except
for reasons of safety and when surfacing.
B Submarines need not show navigation lights when surfacing at
night.
C Ships of main body are to dim their navigation lights except in
situations where their safety is impaired.
*D Ships of main body are not to show navigation lights except in
situations where their safety is impaired.
E ASW ships not towing VDS/DTAS are to show only dimmed
navigation lights except in situations where their safety is
impaired.
*F ASW ships not towing VDS/DTAS are not to show navigation
lights except in situations where their safety is impaired.
Surface Ship 7 *A ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated
Propeller noise masking systems or stop the screws by day. (See Articles
Cavitations (See 2216, 2273 and 2274)
Article 2216) *B ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated
noise masking systems or stop their screws by night. (See Articles
2216, 2273 and 2274)
*C ASW ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated
noise masking systems, provided they transmit on sonar. (See
Articles 2216, 2273 and 2274)
*D All ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise
masking systems or stop their screws by day.
*E All ships may slow below cavitation speed, operate radiated noise
masking systems or stop their screws by night.
*F All ships may slow below cavitation speed or operate radiated
noise masking systems by day or night, without transmitting on
sonar, provided they transmit continuously on the lowest
frequency echo sounder at maximum power and maintain an alert
listening watch on underwater telephone. (See Article 2218)
3-11 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Surface Ship 7 *G Ships may slow below cavitation speed or operate noise masking
Propeller Cavitations systems by day or night without transmitting on sonar, providing
(Cont’d) (See Article they transmit on UWT, repeating “YANKEE BRAVO
2216) CHARLIE” three times every five minutes (see Article 2216).
*H Ships may slow below cavitation speed or operate noise masking
systems by day and/or night without transmitting on sonar
providing they transmit on a sequencing UWT (UWT designator
from Table 2-5D) at max/min power or … dB every … minutes at
… kHz (see Article 2216-4).
Variable Depth 8 *A Submarines are to proceed to a safe depth when nearest ship
Sonar/Towed Array streaming VDS/DTAS approaches to within (…….) yards as
Systems (See Table indicated. (See Article 2236.1.b)
2-2 Note 7) *B Ships may employ VDS/DTAS (. . . . .) (Signal Designator from
Tables 2-5A, B & C) to cable length (. . . . .) measured in metres
NOTE: (feet) from the water line. (See Article 2236)
C Submarines need not proceed to a safe depth when operating with
Units of helicopters using active sonar. They must not, however,
measurement must be deliberately approach to within 500 yards of any helicopter in the
specified in CASEX dip. (see Article 2234)
messages. D Helicopters operating in dipping sonar may lower transducers to
maximum depth of (..….) meters (feet) as indicated.
*E In advanced exercises when VDS/TAS/MTAS is being employed,
submarines need not initiate standard surfacing procedures before
proceeding from Safe Depth to periscope depth.
F Helicopters operating dipping sonar may lower transducers to the
best search depth if accurate sonar search, conducted at the start of
each dip with the transducer at a depth no greater than (…….)
metres (feet), has negative results. Transducers should be raised
to the above depth if a contact approaches within 1000 yards.
*G At FINEX or STOP TIME VDS/DTAS cable length must not
exceed (…...) metres (feet).
3-12 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TOPIC RELAXA- DEGREE OF RELAXATION PERMITTED

TION
NUMBER
Variable Depth 8 *H Ships may employ VDS/DTAS (…...) (Signal Designator from
Sonar/Towed Tables 2-5A, B and C) to cable length (…….) measured in metres
Array Systems (feet) from the water-line without transmitting on any active sonar,
(Cont’d) (See provided they transmit the warning signal "VDS" successively on the
Table 2-2 Note 7) VDS and hull sonar UWT, or hull sonar UWT only if not
practicable, every two minutes.
NOTE: *J Ships may employ CATAS (…...) (Signal Designator from Table 2-
5B and C) without restriction.
Units of *K Ships may employ CATAS…(…...) (Signal Designator from Table
measurement must 2-5B and C) without transmitting on any active sonar, provided they
be specified in transmit the warning signal 'TAS' on UWT every 5 minutes.
CASEX messages. L Ships may employ CATAS (…...) (Signal Designator from Table 2-
5B and C) without restriction, provided authorization A is promul-
gated (see Table 2-4).
*M Ships may employ VDS/DTAS (…...) (Signal Designator from
Tables 2-5A, B and C) in a zone (…….) metres (feet) to (…….)
metres (feet) and zone (…...) metres (feet) to (…….) metres (feet).
When a VDS/DTAS zone is authorized below the submarine, the
system employed must be capable of maintaining the towed body
accurately within the specified zone. (See Article 2236.1.a(4).)
SEE RECORD OF *N Ships may employ VDS/DTAS (…...) (Signal Designator from
RESERVATIONS FOR
FR RESERVATION Tables 2-5A, B and C) to cable length (……..) measured in metres
(feet) from the water line without transmitting on any sonar,
provided the fathometer is operated at maximum power, maximum
scale.
*P Ships may employ CATAS (…….) (Signal Designator from Tables
2-5A, B and C) without transmitting on sonar, provided the
fathometer is operated at maximum power, maximum scale.
Towed Decoys 9 *A Submarines are to proceed to Safe Depth when nearest ship towing
(See Table 2-2, decoy at long stay approaches to (…….) yards as indicated (see
Note 7) Article 2233.1c).
B Ships of Main Body may tow decoys at short stay. Type of decoy is
to be indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.
*C Ships of Main Body may tow decoys at long stay. Type of decoy is
to be indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.
D ASW ships may tow decoys at short stay. Type of decoy is to be
indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.
*E ASW ships may tow decoys at long stay. Type of decoy is to be
indicated using Signal Designator from Table 2-3.
*F In advanced exercises when decoys are being employed, submarines
need not initiate standard surfacing procedures before proceeding
from Safe Depth to periscope depth. (See Articles 2273 and 2274)
3-13 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Signal Charges 10 *A Ships and Aircraft may drop X and Y rated explosive charges
within 1000 yards of the estimated position of a submarine (see
Article 2240, Table 2-6 and Article 5011.1)
*B Ships and aircraft may drop Z-rated explosive charges (___) (line
number from Table 2-6) OUTSIDE (___) (range in yards) of the
estimated position of a submarine. (See Article 2240 and Table 2-
6.)
Aircraft Height 11 A Subject to approval of Scene-of-Action Commander and
Separations appropriate Air Commander, fixed-wing aircraft co-operating with
helicopters are allowed to descend to any altitude to carry out
ASW action. (See Article 2231.2.)
Submarine Safety 12 *A Submarine height (base of keel to top of fin) (……..) metres
Separations (See (feet).
Articles 2212 and *B Draft of surface ships may be assumed to be (…….) metres (feet).
2213) (See important Note 2 to Table 2-2.)
NOTE: *C Upper vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures shown
Units of in Column D, sub-columns Y of Table 2-2 or to (…….) metres
measurement (feet) for speeds as indicated.
must be specified *D Bottom vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures
in CASEX shown in Column F, sub-column Y of Table 2-2 or to (……..)
messages meters (feet) for speeds as indicated.
*E Lower vertical safety separation is reduced to those figures shown
in Column H, sub-column Y of Table 2-2 or to (…….) metres
(feet) for speeds as indicated.
*F Submarines may bottom. (See Article 2213.2)
*G Horizontal separation towards the limit of the submarines area is
modified to (.......) miles. (see Article 2212.1).
3-14 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Environmental 13 *A If the visibility through the periscope by day or night is reduced to
Restrictions (See 2,000 yards, submarines equipped with surface warning radar,
Article 2214) which is working efficiently, may dive.
*B Submarines equipped with surface warning radar, which is working
efficiently, may dive under all conditions of periscope visibility, day
or night.
*C Submarines not equipped with surface warning radar, or submarines
which have defective surface warning radar, may dive under all
conditions of periscope visibility, day or night.
VDS/TAS/MTAS 14 *A The exercise may be extended beyond 2 hours. It will include
(See Article 2237 and (…...) runs of 2 hours or (..….) hours. The neutral corridor must be
Figures 2-2 and 2-3) re-established after each run.
*B The duration of the exercise will be 4 or (…..) hours. The width of
the neutral corridor will be extended to 8000 yards at GO TIME
plus 2 or (…...) hours.
*C The neutral corridor consists of two right-angle corridors. The zone
reserved for the submarine is quadrant (…...).
*D The neutral corridor at GO TIME is defined in relation to a line
bearing (….) (from visible landmark).
*E The neutral corridor at GO TIME is reduced to 2000 yards.
NOTE:
This Relaxation should not be ordered at the same time as
Relaxation 14*B.
Exercise Stovepipe 15 *A Helicopters may operate dipping sonars in Exercise Stovepipes.
*B Helicopters may operate dipping sonars in Exercise Stovepipes

provided they transmit continuously on active sonar.
*C Ships not deploying towed bodies, VDS/TAS/MTAS may enter an
Exercise Stovepipe.
3-15 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Exercise Stovepipe 15 *D Ships not deploying towed bodies, VDS/TAS/MTAS may enter an
(Cont’d) Exercise Stovepipe, providing they steer a direct course through the
Exercise Stovepipe and are cavitating.
*E Ships not deploying towed bodies, VDS/TAS/MTAS may enter an
Exercise Stovepipe provided they transmit continuously on active
sonar within (…..) yards (normally 3000) from the outer edge and
within all of the Exercise Stovepipe. Ships may not approach a
sonar contact closer than (…..) yards (normally 4000).
*F Ships deploying CATAS (….) (signal from Table 2-5B and C) may
enter an Exercise Stovepipe provided they cavitate or transmit on
active sonar or UWT or other acoustic warning system.
*G Ships deploying CATAS (….) (signal designator from Table 2-5B
and C) may enter an Exercise Stovepipe provided they steer a direct
course through the Exercise Stovepipe and cavitate or transmit on
active sonar or UWT or other acoustic warning system.
*H Ships deploying VDS/DTAS (….)(signal designator from Tables 2-
5A, B and C) may enter an Exercise Stovepipe provided they steer a
direct course through the Exercise Stovepipe and transmit
continuously on active sonar within (…..) yards (normally 3000)
from the outer edge and within all of the Exercise Stovepipe or if
Relaxation 8*H is in force, cavitate and use the signals described in
Relaxation 8*H. Ships may not approach a sonar contact closer
than (…...) yards (normally 4000).
Counter-Attacks 20 A OPFOR submarines may counter attack.
Depth (see Articles 21 A FRNFOR submarines may be at periscope depth at night from (….)
2213 and 4022) to (….). OPFOR submarines must be in their deep depth zone
between these times.
B OPFOR submarines may be at periscope depth at night from (….) to
(….). FRNFOR submarines must be in their deep depth zone
between these times.
*C FRNFOR submarines may come to periscope depth while in the
Safety Zone/Safety Circle to identify HE, provided they return to
minimum safe depth within 5 minutes after arrival at periscope
depth.
3-16 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RELAXA-
NUMBER
Depth (Cont’d) 21 *D FRNFOR submarines have freedom in depth until HE has been
firmly established, whereafter they are to go to safe depth or to (….)
metres (feet).
*E Submarines can be at periscope depth when this depth zone is
assigned to another submarine (but cannot remain there for more
than ….. minutes). (see Articles 4026 and 4032).
*F Submarines are allowed to change depth through depth zone(s)
allocated to other submarines. (see Article 4032).
*G Submarines changing depth to PD through depth zone(s) allocated
to other submarines may clear baffles in this depth zone, but cannot
remain there for more than (…. minutes). (see Article 4032 and
Table 4-1).
Snorkelling 22 A FRNFOR submarines may snorkel from (…….) to (……..).
B OPFOR submarines may snorkel from (…..) to (……..).
*C Submarines may snorkel at all times.
Safety line (see 23 A Safety line will be (…...) yards from the initial position of the
Article 4015) attacking submarine.
Safety Circles (See 24 *A Radii of the Inner and Outer Safety Circles are (…….) and (…...)
Article 4014) yards, respectively.
*B Radius of the Special Safety Circle in CASEX S4 is (…….) yards.
*C Radius of special Safety Circle around bottomed submarine in
CASEX E-6 is (…....) yards.
Too Close (See 25 *A Submarines are too close when range is less than 1000 yards and the
Article 4017) distance off the track is less than 600 yards.
Submarines and 26 *A Ships need not inform submarines of the presence of fishing vessels
Fishing Vessels (see Articles 2113 and 2114).
*B Fishing vessels not engaged in fishing activities are not to be treated
as fishing vessels according to Article 2113.
*C Remain at least (…...) yards clear of fishing vessels that are engaged
in fishing. To assist submarines in identifying fishing vessels, and
maintaining the separation distances, ships are to inform submarines
whenever a fishing vessel engaged in fishing approaches within
(…...) yards of suspected submarine position.
*D Avoidance of fishing vessels is at CO discretion.
3-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables

TO SUBMARINES
EI NO MEANING
100 Are to be marked throughout the exercise as follows: by day, by towing marker floats; by
night, by burning navigation and/or specialty marker lights.
101 Dive (…….) minutes after detecting aircraft radar transmission, and start snorkelling.
102 Are not to dive until aircraft are sighted visually.
103 Are not to dive until attacked by aircraft.
104 Remain within (…….) yards of the diving position for (…….) minutes after COMEX.
105 Remain within (…….) degree sector, centre bearing (…….) from diving position.
106 Subject to any safety requirements, are to operate at the depth most favourable to ASW
units.
106A Remain at (…….) metres (feet).
107 Is not to go below (…….) metres (feet) unless safety requires.
108 Hover at (……..) metres (feet).
109 Are to stay deep for a maximum of (…….) minutes each (…...) hour(s).
110 Are to surface (…….) minutes after diving.
111 Are to surface at specified times to expose themselves to the aircraft.
112 Remain within (…...) thousands of yards of start position until COMEX.
113 Maintain a course (…….) for (…….) minutes after COMEX.
114 Is to snorkel or remain at periscope depth in initial position.
115 At Go Time, is to be within (……..) miles from Start Position.
116 Are to station themselves (…….) miles apart.
117 Are to station themselves at (…...) mile intervals along the FRNFOR Force route.
118 Is to steer Safety Course except during ASW action.
119 Limit speed to (…….) knots for (…….) minutes after COMEX.
120 Speeds are not to exceed (…….) knots.
121 Comply with course and speed diagrams (…...).
122 Remain within range of the aircraft sonobuoy pattern for (…...) minutes.
123 Do not react to aircraft detections.
124 Do not react until ESM warning of radar is (…….)% higher than the Normal Danger level.
3-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-3 Exercise Instruction Tables (Cont’d)
TO SUBMARINES
EI NO MEANING
125 Snorkel until sighting aircraft.
126 Snorkel until attacked by aircraft.
127 Attempt to snorkel for (……..)% of exercise. However, they should avoid detection by
aircraft.
128 Is to have (…...)% battery endurance remaining on completion of transit.
129 Snorkel from (…….) until (…...).
130 Make frequent changes in engine revolutions.
131 When ordered, stop diesel engines and start them again a few minutes afterwards.
132 While snorkelling, proceed at the quietest speed.
133 Is to ensure periods of high speed snorkel.
134 Are to snorkel at various courses and speeds or on (…….) course and (…….) speed.
135 Provide visual and acoustic detection opportunities for (…….)% of time.
136 Cavitate for (…….)% of time.
137 Cavitate for (…...) minutes after COMEX.
138 Are to press home attack on force screened and, if undetected, may surface when the force
is out of sight, if safe to do so.
139 Priority of the target for attack is:
(a) Screening units.
(b) Screened units.
(c) Surface unit designated.

140 Is to indicate attack by releasing a green flare. (Relaxation 2L must be in force.)
141 Submarines are to simulate attacks and counter-attacks as opportunity occurs.
142 Is to mark simulated attacks by UWT or SST without firing green grenades.
3-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO SUBMARINES
EI NO MEANING
143 Is to obtain attack data by means of:
(a) Periscope.
(b) Radar.
(c) Active Sonar.

144 While conducting attacks, obtain fire control data by making frequent transmissions on
radar.
145 Make anti D/F sweeps with search radar at intervals of (…...) minutes, from (..…...) until
(…....).
146 Make frequent periscope radar transmissions on each ship and/or aircraft in turn, from
(…….) until (…..).
147 Transmit continuously on search radar from (…...) until (…...).
148 May use SST or UWT for their own communications.
149 Evasion:
(a) No evasion.
(b) 30° from base course, 2 knots ordered speed, no change in depth.
(c) 60° from base course, 4 knots ordered speed, no change in depth.
(d) 90° from base course, unlimited speed, 15-metre (50-foot) change in depth.
(e) Depth. Evasion between safe depth and maximum permissible operating depth.
(f) Unlimited evasion in course and speed.

150 May use decoys or evasive devices.
151 Are to use decoys or evasive devices.
152 Are to station themselves to ensure that forces gain contact.
153 If not detected within (…...) hours, provoke contact.
154 Provoke attacks by ASW units.
155 Steer towards ASW units if it is considered that contact has been lost for more than (…...)
minutes.
3-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO SUBMARINES
EI NO MEANING
156 Are to assist relocation after (…….) minutes following last attack signal, when it is
considered that contact has been lost, by:
(a) Smoke.
(b) Pyrotechnic.
(c) UWT or SST.
(d) Bubbles.
(e) Underwater vertical light.

157 Simulated guided missile fire by:
(a) Surfacing for 5 minutes, and
(b) Transmitting continuously on X-band radar on firing bearing for five minutes, and
(c) Firing two yellow submarine pyrotechnics.

158 Are not deliberately to close within 1000 yards of medium range sonar-fitted helicopters.
159 NOT RELEASABLE
160 FRNFOR submarines are to be "Marked" (see Article 4011.1).
161 OPFOR submarines are to be "Marked" (see Article 4011.1).
162 Maximum speed for submarines at periscope depth is 10 knots.
163 Target submarine is to steer a straight course.
164 Target submarine is allowed to zig.
165 Release one (colour) pyrotechnic signal when at Safe Depth and ready to COMEX. (This
instruction may only be ordered with the prior approval of the Submarine Operating
Authority (SUBOPAUTH).)
166 Comply with depth table No. ……. Reference depth is ……..
167 Submarines use underwater vertical safety light for 1 minute after ASW attack.
168 Submarine is to commence evasive manoeuvres when active sonobuoys or attack signals
are heard.
169 Before diving, are to transmit a short drill message on ……... KHz.
3-21 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO SUBMARINES
EI NO MEANING
170 Are to conduct ……. all-round sweeps with radar at random intervals (or at intervals of
…….. minutes).
171 After the exercise are to report to the OCE details of electronic transmissions, i.e.
(a) Radar transmission times and durations;
(b) Times at which surface ships or helicopters were detected, giving bearings and
ranges in yards; and
(c) Times of radio transmissions.

172 On receipt of the first (……) attack signals by Mk 84 ESUS (Code 1, Table 5-5), submarines are
to mark their position by firing a white/yellow smoke.
173
to
199
} Spares
3-22 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO MAIN BODY/FORCE SCREENED/TARGETS

EI NO. MEANING
200 Make one zig of not more than 30° during the run.
201 Make alterations of course not more than 30° at intervals of not less than five minutes.
202 Carry out one alteration of course not more than 30° by turning together.
203 May carry out one or more navigational alterations of course by wheeling at intervals of
not less than 10 minutes.
204 Is to zigzag, ships turning together. Alterations of course are not to exceed 30° and at
intervals of not less than 10 minutes.
205 NOT RELEASABLE
206 Target ships are to zigzag independently.
207 Target ships are to carry out independent narrow weave.
208 Free to carry out any of the evasive tactics previously mentioned.
209 May make alterations of speed.
210 Use speeds up to and including 10 knots.
211 Use speeds up to and including 18 knots.
212 Speeds in excess of 18 knots may be used.
213
214 } Spares
215 Screened ships may attack submarines subject to Relaxations in effect.

216 Screened ships shall not attack submarines.
217
218
219
} Spares
220 Maintain radar policy:
(a) Silence.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) (…...).
3-23 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO MAIN BODY/FORCE SCREENED/TARGETS

EI NO. MEANING
221 Maintain Sonar Policy:
(a) Continuous active.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) HE listening.
222 Maintain decoy (noisemaker) policy:
(a) Silence.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) Continuous.
223 Follow a course that will bring ships to a point more than (…...) nautical miles from the
starting position of the submarine.
224 At the beginning of the pass, ships are to be at a point more than (…….) nautical miles
from the starting position of the submarine.
225 Follow a course that will bring ships within (…...) miles of the starting position of the
submarine.
226 Target ships with screen to pass within (.…...) yards of submarine position or centre of
submarine area.
227 Target ships open to (…....) miles on completion of each run.
228 Is to coast-crawl (that is, target ships follow the line of the coast as closely as safe
navigation permits).
229 Main body to be formed by (…...) (time).
230 Main body may be simulated.
231 Make initial contact reports to (…….) and amplifying reports, including classification, to
(…….).
232 NOT RELEASABLE
233
to
299 } Spares
3-24 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO ESCORTS/SCREENING SHIPS
EI NO. MEANING
300 Are to use any zigzag plan independently of the force being screened.
NOT RELEASABLE
301 Use a simple zigzag independently.
302 Are to weave independently.
303 Are to carry out independent narrow weave.
304 Spare
305 Ships are not to alter more than 120° from the MLA/Base course to carry out urgent
attacks.
306 Free to carry out any of the above manoeuvres.
307 Alterations of course are not to exceed 30° at intervals of not less than five minutes.
308 Conform to the limitations imposed on the target information.
309 Are to patrol within 400 yards of station (narrow weave) up to four knots in excess of
base speed.
310 Are to patrol within 2,000 yards of station (broad weave) up to eight knots in excess of
base speed.
311 Maintain radar policy:
(a) Silence.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) (…….).
312 Maintain decoy (noise maker) policy:
(a) Silence.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) Continuous.
313 Maintain sonar policy:
(a) Continuous active.
(b) Intermittent.
(c) HE listening.
314 Are not to transmit on long and medium range sonar before Go Time.
315 Conduct sonar deception procedures.
3-25 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO ESCORTS/SCREENING SHIPS
EI NO. MEANING
316 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (…...) minutes.
317 Make initial contact reports to (…..) and amplifying reports including classification to
(…...).
318 May illuminate contact by (…….) e.g., searchlight/starshell).
319 Practice lost contact procedure.
320 Conduct ASW action while under air attack.
321 Conduct ASW action in a Nuclear Fallout area.
322 Cruising watches are to practice ASW action.
323 May use Signal A2 in marking attacks.
324 Conduct attacks at silent speed. (Applicable Relaxations 7* must be in force.)
325 Screening ship shall not attack submarine.
326 Screening ships may attack submarine subject to Relaxations in force.
327 Only one attack is to be carried out.
328 After (…...) attacks, ASW units withdraw to (…...) miles for (…...) minutes and then
return to datum.
329 Practice "Stand off" attacks without closing the target.
330 NOT RELEASABLE
331
to
399 } Spares
3-26 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT
EI NO. MEANING
400 Dive submarine when at (…...) miles.
401 May carry out simulated attacks subject to provisions in Section 2250.
402 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (…….) minutes.
403 Withdraw outside visual range of submarine.
404 Carry out GAMBIT tactics.
405 Practice ON TOP procedures.
406 Open and close submarine's position. (Pro Sub.)
407 Distance from co-operating ships to be (…...) miles at Go Time or at (…….).
408 Distance from submarine to be (…….) miles at Go Time or at (…….).
409 Make initial contact reports to (…...), and amplifying reports, including contact
classification, to (…….).
410 NOT RELEASABLE
411 Conduct only passive localization and tracking (until …...).
412 First attack is to be based on passive sensor information.
413
to
499 } Spares
3-27 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO HELICOPTERS
EI NO. MEANING
500 Maintain sonar contact on the submarine at Go Time.
501 At Go Time, one helicopter is to orbit the submarine and the others to orbit between 5
and 10 miles away.
502 At Go Time, helicopters remain outside 5 miles from the submarine.
503 At Go Time, all helicopters are to be at least 3 times TSR from submarine.
504 Start exercise using Method One. At Go Time, helicopters are at immediate readiness
and are scrambled so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at datum at Go Time plus (…...)
minutes.
505 Start exercise using Method Two. Helicopters join the ASW ships at Go Time plus 20
minutes and search with them, being detached so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at
datum at Go Time plus (…...) minutes.
506 Start exercise using Method Three. Helicopters join the ASW ships at Go Time plus 20
minutes and are sent to investigate a false datum. Subsequently, they are ordered to
proceed direct from the false datum so as to join the fixed-wing aircraft at the actual
datum at Go Time plus (…...) minutes.
507 Dive submarine when at (…….) miles.
508 May simulate attack subject to provisions of Section 2250.
509 Track the submarine and home the ASW ships to the datum in conjunction with the
fixed-wing aircraft, which will act as a radio link and carry out ON TOP procedures.
510 Assist surface ships in close ASW action in accordance with current doctrine.
511 Make initial contact reports to (….) and amplifying reports, including classification, to
(…).
512 Maximum duration of unsuccessful investigations (…….) minutes.
513 Medium-range sonar-fitted helicopters are not deliberately to dip or remain in the dip
within 1,000 yards of a submarine.
514 NOT RELEASABLE
515 Helicopters may lower transducers to the maximum depth allowed in the exercise orders
only when accurate sonar search, with the transducer at a depth of 15 metres (50 feet),
has been completed with negative results (see Section 2234).
516
to
599 } Spares
3-28 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
TO ALL PARTICIPANTS
EI NO. MEANING
600 Time of Order to Dive is time of COMEX.
601 Exercise terminates at FINEX.
602 Termination of exercise will be ordered by:
(a) OTC
(b) OCE
(c) OSE
(d) OCS
603 Practice weapon firing phase:
(a) Submarine from (…….) to (…….).
(b) ASW ships from (…….) to (…….).
(c) Fixed wing aircraft from (…….) to (…….).
(d) Helicopter from (…….) to (…….).

604 Make attack reports in accordance with current doctrine.
605 Make occasional transmission on radar and/or radio as opportunity permits.
606 Recovery vessel takes station (…….) miles from submarine.
607 Carry out EWX (…….) from (…….).
608 NOT RELEASABLE
609 Designated sonobuoys are not to be dropped in Exercise Stovepipes.
610
to
699 } Spares
3-29 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-4 Depth Tables
These depth tables are designed to allow matching ordered depth with exercise conditions. Depths are
indicated relative to a reference depth (H) which is chosen by the OCE and will be either safe depth,
layer depth, or other selected depth. In all circumstances, the OTC must ensure:
a. That the minimum depth ordered is greater than safe depth, unless the procedure or relaxation in
force permits otherwise.
b. That the maximum depth ordered is less than the maximum operating depth of the submarine.
Table No. 1 (going down, by stages, from reference depth to

a very deep depth; going up by stages)
MINUTE 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
DEPTH (metres) H +20 +40 +80 +120 +170 +220

(feet) H +66 +131 +262 +394 +558 +722
MINUTE 70 80 90 100 110 120
DEPTH (metres) +140 +90 +60 +30 +10 H
(feet) +459 +295 +197 +98 +33 H
Table No. 2 (going down, then going up, by stages inside a 100 metres
(328 feet) wide layer, under the reference depth)
MINUTE 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
DEPTH (metres) H +20 +40 +60 +100 +70 +50 +10 H
(feet) H +66 +131 +197 +328 +230 +164 +33 H
Table No. 3 (oscillations up and down the reference depth, small width)
MINUTE 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
DEPTH (metres) -20 H +50 -10 +30 H +60 H -20
(feet) -66 H +164 -33 +98 H +197 H -66
Table No. 4 (large oscillations up and down the reference depth)

MINUTE 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
DEPTH (metres) -40 +100 H -20 +50 +120 -40
(feet) -131 +328 H -66 +164 +394 -131
Table No. 5 (one stage at periscope depth, then deep depth, then going up to
reference depth (convenient for CASEX A.9 and C.5)
MINUTE 0 30 60 90 100
DEPTH (metres) Periscope depth +150 +50 H H
(feet) +492 +164 H H
3-30 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams
Diagram No. 31
Leg Time Speed

(mins) (kts)
A-B 30 10-15
B-C 20 5-7
C-D 30 10-15
3-31 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-5 Submarine Course and Speed Diagrams (Cont'd)
Diagram No. 32
Leg Time Speed

(mins) (kts)
A-B 30 10-15
B-C 20 5-7
C-D 30 10-15
3-32 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 33
Leg Time Speed

(mins) (kts)
A-B 30 8-10
B-C 15 5-7
C-D 30 8-10
D-E 15 5--7
E-F 30 8-10
3-33 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 41
Leg Time Speed Distance Time at

(mins) (kts) (yds) Each Point
AB 13 3 1358 A 0
BC 24 4 3243 B +13
CD 11 2 743 C +37
DE 20 5 3378 D +48
EF 10 4 1351 E +68
FG 7 4 946 F +78
GH 10 6 2027 G +85
HI 10 2 675 H +95
IA' 15 3 522 I +105
A' +120
3-34 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 42

AB 20 4 2702 A 0
BC 17 5 2871 B +20
CD 20 3 2027 C +37
DE 15 6 3040 D +57
EF 15 4 2027 E +72
FG 10 5 1689 F +87
GH 10 7.5 2534 G +97
HA' 13 5 2196 H +107
A' +120
3-35 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 43

AB 15 2 1013 A 0
BC 10 5 1689 B +15
CD 10 2 597 C +25
DE 20 2 1430 D +35
EF 25 6 5067 E +55
FG 15 4 2027 F +80
GH 13 5 2218 G +95
HI 12 3 1216 H +108
I +120
3-36 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 44

AB 14 3 1419 A 0
BC 10 6 2027 B +14
CD 5 3 507 C +24
DE 30 3 3040 D +29
EF 10 4 1351 E +59
FG 10 5 1689 F +69
GH 10 7.5 2534 G +79
HI 10 5 1689 H +89
IJ 21 3.5 2483 I +99
J +120
3-37 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 51

AB 18 3.5 2128 A 0
BC 15 3 1520 B +18
CD 30 2 2027 C +33
DE 20 4 2702 D +63
EF 27 1.5 1368 E +83
FA' 10 3 1013 F +110
A' +120
3-38 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 52

AB 8 3.5 946 A 0
BC 15 3 1520 B +8
CD 15 4 2027 C +23
DE 10 4 1351 D +38
EF 15 5 2534 E +48
FG 20 2 1351 F +63
GH 10 3 1013 G +83
HI 18 2.5 1520 H +93
IA' 9 3 912 I +111
A +120
3-39 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 53

AB 10 2.5 844 A 0
BC 15 2 1013 B +10
CD 15 3 1520 C +25
DE 10 2 676 D +40
EF 15 4 2027 E +50
FG 15 1.5 760 F +65
GH 10 3 1013 G +80
HI 21 2.5 1774 H +90
IJ 19 2.5 760 I +111
J +120
3-40 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram No. 54

(mins) (kts) (yds) Each
Point
AB 8 2.5 676 A 0
BC 15 3 1520 B +8
CD 15 4 2027 C +23
DE 10 5 1689 D +38
EF 15 2 1013 E +48
FG 10 4 1352 F +63
GH 10 2 676 G +73
HI 10 3 1013 H +83
IJ 15 2.5 1267 I +93
JK 12 3.5 1419 J +108
K +120
3-41 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram 55
(Spare)
3-42 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Diagram 56
LEG SPEED DISTANCE

(KTS) (YARDS)
AB 6 6000
BC 6 Turn 180°
CD 6 6000
3-43 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-6 Tracking Exercise Diagrams
Diagram No. 60
CONVERGENCE ZONE TRACKING
THE ZIGZAG MANEUVERS ALLOW THE OPERATORS TO OBSERVE THE

TARGET AS IT PASSES THROUGH THE ANNULUS. THE OPERATOR OBSERVES
CONTACTS OF VARIOUS STRENGTHS, PRACTICES REGAINING SONAR
CONTACT, AND DETERMINES THE WIDTH OF THE CZ ANNULUS. ALSO,
VALUABLE EXPERIENCE IS GAINED IN OBSERVING PHENOMENA WITHIN
ASSOCIATED WITH GAINING AND LOSING CONTACT. THE ZIGZAG
MANOEUVRES WILL PROVIDE PRACTICE IN TEAM CO-ORDINATION
BETWEEN SONAR, CIC, AND THE BRIDGE.
NOTES: 1. BASE COURSE AND SPEED MAY BE ADJUSTED.

2. SUBMARINE MAY BE DIVED AFTER CONTACT
3-44 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-6 Tracking Exercise Diagrams (Cont'd)
Diagram No. 61
OTHER TRACKING OPTIONS
3-45 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-7 CASEX A Series - Exercises Involving Ships and/or Helicopters
CASEX PURPOSE RECOMMENDED REMARKS

NO. DURATION
A-1 Basic Tracking Exercise 1-1/2 hrs
A-2 Basic Coordinated Tracking Exercise 2 hrs
A-3 Basic SAU Exercise 2 hrs
A-4 Advanced SAU Exercise 2-1/2 hrs
A-5 Basic Submarine Attack on a Screened or 3 hrs
Unscreened Target - Counter Attack not
Allowed
A-6 Intermediate Submarine Attack on a Screened or 3-1/2 hrs
Unscreened Target - Counter Attack Allowed
A-7 NOT RELEASABLE
A-8 Defence of an Open Anchorage or Assault Area 5 hrs
A-9 VDS Tracking Exercise Using Safety Zone 2 hrs
Separation
A-10 VDS Tracking Exercise Using a Submarine
Area and Safety Zone
A-11 Sonar Passive Tracking
A-12 Sonar Passive Tracking (multi-ship)
A-13 Passive Tracking Exercise
A-14 Spares
to
A-20
A-21 Basic Passive Tracking Exercise
A-22 Long-Range Passive Detection and Localization
Exercise
A-23 NOT RELEASABLE
A-24 Intermediate ASW Area Search
3-46 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-8 CASEX B Series - Exercises Involving ASW Aircraft

NO. DURATION
B-1 Basic Search, Homing and Attack Exercise 2 hrs
B-2 Basic Localization and Attack Exercise 2 hrs
B-3 Advanced Search, Localization and Attack 4 hrs
Exercise
B-4 Basic ASW Barrier Exercise 12 hrs
B-5 Advanced ASW Barrier Exercise At least
24 hrs
B-6 Basic Passive Tracking and Attack Exercise 4 hrs
Table 3-9 CASEX C Series - Exercises Involving Multiple Forces

NO. DURATION
C-1 NOT RELEASABLE
C-2 Basic Coordinated ASW Exercise 3 hrs

C-3 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise 3 hrs
or more
C-4 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise/ 12 hrs
Protection of a Force or more
C-5 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise 12 hrs
Against Transiting/Patrolling Submarines or more
C-6 VDS Exercise Use Safety Zone Separation 2 hrs
C-7 Defence of Main Body During Opposed 3 hrs
Sortie/ Entry or more
C-8 NOT RELEASABLE
C-9 ASW Forces Area Search Followed by 5 hours

Submarine Attack on Underway or more
Replenishment Group
C-10 Coordinated Passive Tracking Exercise by
TAS Units and Aircraft
C-11 Intermediate Coordinated ASW Area Search
C-12 Advanced Coordinated ASW Exercise
(PROWLEX)
3-47 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 3-10 CASEX D Series

NO. DURATION
D-1 NOT RELEASABLE
D-2 NOT RELEASABLE
D-3 NOT RELEASABLE
D-4 NOT RELEASABLE
Table 3-11 CASEX E Series - Exercises of a Miscellaneous Nature

NO. DURATION
E-1 Familiarization Submarine and ASW Units Exercise As specified
E-2 NOT RELEASABLE
E-3 Mutual Sensor Exercise 1 hr
E-4 ASW Action Against a Bottomed Submarine or 2 hrs
Target
E-5 Exercise in Searching for a Simulated Submarine 3 hrs
Casualty (SMASHEX)
E-6 Coordinated Submarine Rescue Operations As specified
E-7 Underwater Look Exercise 2 hrs or more
E-8 Depth Charge Exercise As specified
E-9 Submarine Escape Exercise As specified
Table 3-12 CASEX F Series – Synthetic Exercises

NO DURATION
F-1 Train basic ASW procedures (SAU procedures and 3 hrs Former
close ASW action) when no submarine is available. SYNTEX 525
F-2 To exercise advanced ASW procedures when no 3 hrs Former
submarine is available SYNTEX 522
3-48 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-1
BASIC TRACKING EXERCISE
PURPOSE
To exercise one ASW ship and/or helicopter in basic submarine tracking and attacking.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One ship and/or helicopter.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD with the ship and/or helicopter within 4000 yards, and is
required to dive to a Safe Depth, or
2. Helicopter and submarine are in visual contact.
3. Initially, submarine course, speed and depth are to be restricted.
PROCEDURE
1. Establish communications prior to Go Time.
2. Units station themselves in accordance with Article 2260.
3. Submarine reports "Ready".
4. Unit orders submarine to dive.
5. Submarine reports when at Safe Depth by UWT or SST.
6. Unit initiates COMEX.
7. Carry out ASW action.
8. Unit breaks off attacks five minutes before FINEX.
9. At FINEX, submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations in force
otherwise permit.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A1-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-2
BASIC COORDINATED TRACKING EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise two or more ASW units in:
a. Tracking and attacking a submarine.
b. Inter-unit plotting and reporting procedures.
2. To exercise a submarine in counter-attacking and evading.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ASW ships and/or helicopters.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD with the ships and/or helicopters within 4000 yards, and is
required to dive to a Safe Depth; and/or
2. Helicopters and submarine are in visual and voice contact. Submarine may be on the surface or at
PD.
3. Initially, submarine course, speed and depth are restricted.
PROCEDURE
2. Units station themselves in accordance with Article 2260.
4. OTC/OCS orders submarine to dive or go to Safe Depth.
5. Submarine reports when at Safe Depth by UWT or SST.
6. OTC/OCS initiates COMEX.
8. Units break off attacks five minutes before FINEX.
9. At FINEX submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations in force
otherwise permit.
3-A2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-3
BASIC SAU EXERCISE
PURPOSE
a. Detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking a submarine.
b. Simple SAU procedure.
c. Inter-unit reporting, plotting and control procedures.
2. To exercise a submarine in counter-attacking and evading after detection.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ASW units.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine to remain within 2000 yards of start position until COMEX, unless otherwise directed.
2. Submarine is required to go to a Safe Depth when threatened by ASW ships or helicopters.
3. After COMEX the submarine may be restricted or unrestricted.
4. Start position for ASW units to be 10-15 miles (or as desired) from submarine's start position.
PROCEDURE
1. Units close estimated position of submarine.
2. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accordance with the Safety Precautions and the relaxations in
force.
3. If the submarine is prematurely forced deep it may return to PD, when safe to do so, provided
COMEX has not been initiated.
4. First unit gaining contact initiates COMEX.
5. Carry out ASW action (see Article 2252, para 1.a.).
6. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time, depending on relaxations in force.
3-A3-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
8. At FINEX or Stop time, submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273, unless
relaxations in force otherwise permit.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A3-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-4
ADVANCED SAU EXERCISE
PURPOSE
a. detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking a submarine;
b. advanced SAU procedures; and
c. inter-unit plotting, reporting and control procedures.
2. To exercise submarines in counter-attacking and avoiding detection.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ASW units.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is to remain within specified Submarine Probability Area until COMEX, then it is
unrestricted.
2. ASW units are to be 15-20 miles (or as desired) from the centre of the Submarine Probability
Area.
PROCEDURE
2. Submarine is to attempt to avoid detection while within the Submarine Probability Area.
force.
4. If the submarine is prematurely forced deep, it may return to PD when safe to do so, provided
6. Carry out ASW action (see Article 2252.1.a.).
7. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time depending on relaxations in force.
8. Units break off attacks 5 minutes before FINEX.
3-A4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
9. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273 unless
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-5
BASIC SUBMARINE ATTACK ON A SCREENED OR UNSCREENED TARGET

(COUNTER-ATTACK NOT ALLOWED)
PURPOSE
1. To exercise submarines in simulated or practice torpedo attacks on screened or unscreened targets

and escorts.
2. To exercise ASW units in detecting submarines attacking or penetrating a screen.
3. To exercise ASW units in the detection of torpedoes and the employment of torpedo
countermeasures.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships and, if available, helicopters.
2. One or more submarines.
SITUATION
1. Surface units steer a base course and speed to pass known submarine start position as ordered.
2. As the attack proficiency of the submarine improves, the surface units may be allowed to employ
countermeasures as authorized by the relaxations and Exercise Instructions in force.
3. Submarine may be at any depth in start position.
4. Distance between submarines and surface units for each run, is to be specified by the OCS.
PROCEDURE
1. Units close position of submarine.
2. Submarine makes approach and attack.
3. Submarine goes to Safe Depth in accordance with the safety Precautions and the relaxations in
force.
4. If the submarine is prematurely forced deep, it may return to PD, when safe to do so.
5. If ASW units gain contact, they are not to drop back, alter course to investigate, attack or counter-
attack, or initiate COMEX.
6. Submarine attacks should be signalled.
7. Exercise terminates at Stop Time, or for individual submarines when they surface, whichever is
earlier. (Surfacing procedure in accordance with Article 2273 is to be carried out at Stop Time unless
all submarines have by then surfaced, or unless relaxations in force permit otherwise.)
3-A5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. When practice torpedo firings have been authorized, the following provisions apply:
a. Normally, only one run will be allowed.
b. OCS may specify a minimum torpedo firing range to obtain maximum value in torpedo
detection.
c. Surface ships are not to evade torpedoes, unless the appropriate relaxations are in force.
d. NOT RELEASABLE.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-6
INTERMEDIATE SUBMARINE ATTACK IN A SCREENED OR UNSCREENED TARGET

(COUNTER-ATTACK ALLOWED)
PURPOSE
1. To exercise submarines in attacking an unscreened or screened target and evading detection.
2. To exercise units in detecting, attacking and/or counter-attacking submarines.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships, and, if available, helicopters.
SITUATION
1. Surface units steer a base course to pass within 6000 yards, or as specified by the OCE/OCS, of
the initial position of the submarine or centre of the area, employing countermeasures authorized by
Relaxations and Exercise Instructions.
2. Submarines are to avoid detection and achieve a firing position.
3. The initial distance between surface units and submarines will be at least 15 miles or as specified
by the OCE/OCS.
PROCEDURE
2. Submarine makes approach and attacks.
3. Submarine may remain at PD or go to Safe Depth in accordance with the safety precautions and
relaxations in force.
4. The first unit gaining contact initiated COMEX.
5. Carry out ASW action (see Article 2252.1.a.).
6. Submarine attacks may be signalled.
7. Submarine may remain at Safe Depth or RTPD to counter-attack until FINEX or STOP TIME,
depending on relaxations in force.
3-A6-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. If more than one submarine is to participate, they are to be stationed at least 5 miles apart, unless
coordinated attacks are allowed.
2. Practice torpedoes may be fired during the exercise until COMEX plus five minutes.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A6-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-7
NOT RELEASABLE
3-A7-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-A7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-8
DEFENCE OF AN OPEN ANCHORAGE OR ASSAULT AREA
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW units in protecting an exposed anchorage or assault area.
2. To exercise submarines in penetrating a patrol of ASW units and attacking a concentration of

shipping.
3. To exercise participants in conducting inshore operations.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more target ships, or a reference ship.
2. Two or more ASW ships and/or helicopters.
SITUATION
1. ASW units defend the designated area while submarines endeavour to penetrate the ASW patrol
and attack shipping or the reference ship.
2. Target ships or reference ship may be at anchor or underway.
PROCEDURE
1. The OSE/OCE designates the area and establishes patrols.
2. At Go Time, or as ordered, the submarine is to dive, remaining in assigned approach sector, and is
to try to penetrate the ASW defence.
3. ASW units defend the area as ordered.
4. Submarines which penetrate the patrol are to indicate simulated torpedo attacks by the appropriate
signals, and avoid detection.
6. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273, unless
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Submarines are to be informed of the limits of the approach sector and may be given information
on the type of patrol used by the ASW units.
3-A8-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2. If more than one submarine take part, the senior submarine commanding officer is to coordinate
attacks.
2. NOT RELEASABLE.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-9
VDS/MTAS TRACKING EXERCISE USING SAFETY ZONE SEPARATION
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW ships and helicopters in detecting and counter-attacking an attacking submarine.
2. To exercise VDS/MTAS ships in basic submarine tracking.
FORCE REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships and/or helicopters, with at least one VDS/MTAS ship.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD at Go Time.
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within 5 miles of the submarine. The Relaxation 14*D (Table 3-2)
allows the exercise to start when the participating units are not in visual contact.
PROCEDURE
1. OCS orders all ASW units and submarines to lock plots at Go Time. The Safety Zone (see Special
Provisions) is marked on the plots of submarine and all ships.
2. The submarine, after initial locking of the Safety Zone, dives and manoeuvres so as to remain within
the Submarine Area.
3. Ships open out in the VDS/MTAS area, outside the Safety Zone. VDS/MTAS may be streamed
providing the submarine is on the surface, or streamed in the VDS/MTAS area after the Safety Zone has
been locked and the submarine has dived. VDS/MTAS ships then manoeuvre as required to detect and
track the submarine, remaining outside the Safety Zone. Other units close the position of the submarine
as directed by the OCS.
4. Against non-VDS/MTAS units the submarine complies with Article 2232.
5. COMEX to be initiated in accordance with OCS direction.
6. After COMEX, the submarine is to remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time. VDS/MTAS
depth should not be considered when calculating submarine Safe Depth, and if all ships are
VDS/MTAS-fitted the submarine is unrestricted in depth throughout.
7. ASW ships break off attacks 5 minutes before FINEX or Stop Time.
8. The submarine is then to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273, unless relaxations in force
permit otherwise.
3-A9-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D (NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. CASEX A-9 (Safety Zone) is designed to allow both VDS/MTAS ships and submarine freedom
from depth restrictions with regard to each other.
2. The danger of submarine/VDS/MTAS collision is minimized by the establishment of a neutral

corridor at the start of the exercise. Unless special relaxations are authorized (14*), their neutral
corridor is 4,000 yards wide and parallel to the safety course. As far as possible the orientation should
not be at right angles to the current. When 14* relaxations are in force, changing the shape or
dimension of the neutral corridor, Figures 2-2 and 2-3 should be referred to.
3. Unless Relaxation 14*D is in force, the lock point of the neutral corridor is the submarine position at
mutual locking time, when the submarine is to be on the surface within 5 miles and in visual contact
with the OCS. The submarine area is to be indicated in paragraph U of the Order Table as follows:
“Submarine area West or North or East or South”. The VDS/MTAS ships have the area on the other
side of the Safety Zone. (See diagram.)
CASEX A-9 DIAGRAM
4. The submarine and all ships plot the Safety Zone on their plotting tables and remain in their
respective areas using best available Navigation. The Safety Zone is never to be locked geographically
and may not be updated except under the stringent conditions used in the initial locking. If Relaxation
14*D is ordered, consult Article 2237.1.b.(4).
5. There are no restricted areas for non-VDS/MTAS ships.
6. The OCS is always to be aboard a VDS/MTAS ship.
7. Unless Relaxations 14*A and 14*B are in force, this CASEX is not to exceed 2 hours. This period
should be reduced in areas of strong currents/tidal streams.
8. The exercise is to be terminated if contact is lost for a period of one hour.
9. Only one run is allowed.
10. Submarine radar must be operating efficiently and radar range checked.
11. The submarine area is to be a minimum of 5 miles wide.
12. This exercise is to be conducted with visibility in accordance with Article 2214.
3-A9-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-10
VDS/MTAS TRACKING EXERCISE USING A SUBMARINE AREA AND SAFETY ZONE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise VDS/MTAS-fitted ships in detecting and tracking a submarine.
2. To exercise VDS/MTAS ships without VDS/MTAS restrictions.
3. To exercise helos and non-VDS/MTAS ships in detecting and tracking a submarine.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships and/or helicopters with at least one VDS/MTAS ship.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within 5 miles of the submarine. If the visibility is less than 5
miles but greater than 1 mile, a helicopter visual on top is acceptable as visual contact.
3. All other units are at least 8000 yards from the submarine.
PROCEDURE
1. OCS orders all ASW units and submarine to lock plots at Go Time. The Submarine Area and
Safety Zone are marked on the plots of the submarine and all ships.
2. On completion of plot lock, the OCS will order the submarine to dive to PD. All ships remain
outside the Safety Zone and Submarine Area while the submarine is diving.
3. Ships stream VDS/MTAS outside the Safety Zone as ordered by OCS after plots have been
locked. VDS/MTAS ships then manoeuvre as required to detect and track the submarine remaining
outside the submarine area and safety zone. (See Diagram.)
4. When at PD and ready to commence the exercise, the submarine reports to the OCS “READY”.
5. The OCS acknowledges the “READY” and orders “Commence CASEX A-10”.
6. After the exercise commences, the non-VDS/MTAS units, including helicopters, close the position
of the submarine as directed by the OCS.
3-A10-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-10 DIAGRAM
7. Against units not streaming VDS/MTAS the submarine complies with Article 2232.
8. ASW units break off the attacks 5 minutes before FINEX or Stop Time.
9. The submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Articles 2273 and 2274. VDS/MTAS ships
are to remain outside the Submarine Area and Safety Zone.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. This special CASEX A-10 is designed to allow VDS/MTAS ships freedom from depth restrictions,
while carrying out controlled ASW exercises.
2. The Lock Point for the Submarine Area and Safety Zone is the position of the submarine at
locking time. The submarine is to be on the surface within 5 miles and in visual contact with the OCS.
If the visibility is less than 5 miles but greater than 1 mile, a helicopter visual on top is acceptable as
visual contact with the submarine.
3. Submarine radar must be operating efficiently and radar range checked with the OCS.
4. The submarine and all ships mark the submarine area and the safety zone on their plotting tables
and remain in their respective areas using Dead Reckoning navigation. The Submarine Area/Safety
Zone are never to be locked geographically and may not be up-dated except under the stringent
conditions used in the initial locking.
5. During the exercise, there are no restricted areas for ships not streaming VDS/MTAS. Prior to plot
lock the submarine is to be informed of the number and type of non-VDS/MTAS exercise units.
6. This CASEX is not to exceed 2-1/2 hours, and in areas of strong or variable tidal current this
period should be reduced.
7. This CASEX is to be conducted with visibility in accordance with Article 2214.
8. The Submarine Area is to be a circle with a 4000-8000 yard radius, dependent on environmental
conditions. The radius should normally be specified in the CASEX message but may be modified.
3-A10-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
9. The Safety Zone is a 4000 yard extension of the Submarine Area and may be modified by
Relaxation 14*E.
10. The OCS is to be informed by a participating unit:
a. When it is considered that the submarine is proceeding outside the Submarine Area.
b. When the unit is in doubt as to its position relative to the Safety Zone.
c. If the submarine is believed to be leaving the Submarine Area and communications cannot be
established with the submarine on UWT or SST. The OCS will order ships to clear the area and
he will surface the submarine using explosive charge signal A5.
11. Relaxation 7*A or 7*B may never be approved concurrently with 2*J.
12. COMEX will be initiated using explosive charge signal A4 by the first non-VDS/MTAS ship or
helo gaining sonar contact.
13. The OCS is to be in a VDS/MTAS fitted ship for this CASEX.
14. Voice procedure for plot lock is to be conducted as follows:
OCS – “STANDBY TO LOCK PLOTS IN 1 MINUTE”.

OCS – “LOCK PLOTS NOW, NOW, NOW, TIME ________”.
On the third of the three “NOWS” all ships and submarines lock plots.
3-A10-3 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 4

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-11
SONAR PASSIVE TRACKING
PURPOSE
1. To exercise an ASW team in procedures for passively tracking a quiet submarine through use of
passive bearings only.
2. To exercise sonar operators in operation of passive sonar equipment and classification of targets.
3. To develop proficiency in internal communications.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships with passive sonar capability.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD not less than 1500 yards from exercise ship(s).
2. When surface units have gained passive contact and are ready, the OCE orders the submarines to
submerge to a Safe Depth.
3. When the submarine reports at Safe Depth and the surface units are ready, the OCE orders
COMEX. The surface units then manoeuvre as necessary to maintain passive contact out to the
maximum possible range.
PROCEDURES
1. The OCE shall:
a. Assign station to ASW ship(s) normally on the quarter of the submarine at a distance that
would ensure good passive contact.
b. Establish initial base course and speed of participating ships.
c. Promulgate course and speed manoeuvres, if any, to the submarine. Manoeuvres should be
kept simple, dependent upon training level of surface ships/operators, and should vary from no
manoeuvres for basic training to three known speed changes per hour for advanced training.
d. Order COMEX when the submarine reports at Safe Depth and all units are ready.
2. ASW ship(s):
a. Take station as directed by OCE.
b. Notify OCE when ready to commence passive tracking.
3-A11-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
c. Track submarine as it submerges. When the submarine is at Safe Depth and OCE orders
COMEX, manoeuvre as necessary to track the submarine. Maintain position that presents good
passive contact.
d. Determine submarine course and speed by plotting passive bearings and through use of assist
ship(s) bearings if available. Check accuracy of course and speed plotted when the submarine
transmits courses and speeds.
3. The submarine shall:
a. When ordered by the OCE, take any depth which meets the separation requirements of Table
2-2, remaining above the thermal layer if possible. Report when at Safe Depth.
b. At COMEX, manoeuvre in accordance with exercise instructions.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
1. Transmit courses and speeds to ASW ship(s) after FINEX.
2. As required by OCE.
3-A11-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-12
SONAR PASSIVE TRACKING (MULTI-SHIP)
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW teams of two or more surface ships in procedures for passively tracking and
plotting a quiet, manoeuvring submarine through use of passive bearings only with assistance from
another passive surface ship.
2. To exercise sonar operators in operation of passive sonar equipment and classification of targets.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ASW ships with passive sonar capability. Ships must have satisfactorily completed
CASEX A-11.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or at PD not less than 1500 yards from exercise ships.
2. When surface units have gained contact and are ready, the OCE orders the submarine to go to a
Safe Depth.
3. When the submarine reports at Safe Depth and the surface units are ready, the OCE orders
COMEX. Surface units then manoeuvre as necessary to maintain contact out to the maximum range
possible while tracking the submarine.
PROCEDURES
1. The OCE shall:
a. Assign stations to ASW ships, normally on the quarters of the submarine at a distance that
would ensure good passive contact.
b. Establish initial base course and speed of participating ships.
c. Order COMEX when the submarine reports at Safe Depth and all the units are ready.
2. ASW ship(s):
a. Take stations as directed by OCE.
b. Notify OCE when ready to commence passive tracking.
c. Track submarine as it submerges. When the submarine is at Safe Depth, and the OCE orders
COMEX, manoeuvre as necessary to maintain contact and favorable firing position.
d. Determine submarine course and speed by plotting passive bearings and through use of assist
ship(s) bearings. Check accuracy of course and speed plotted when the submarine transmits
3-A12-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
courses and speeds.
3. The submarine shall:
a. When ordered by OCE, proceed to any depth which meets minimum separation requirements
of Table 2-2 and report.
b. After COMEX and at intervals of 12 to 15 minutes, change course 30 to 60 degrees, change

speed by at least three knots, and change depth by at least 60 metres (200 feet). Operate on three
different courses, speeds and depths during a 45-minute exercise.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
None.
RECORDS
1. Transmit course, speed, depth changes and times to ASW ships after FINEX.
2. As required by OCE.
3-A12-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-13
PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To train the shipboard ASW team to track a target submarine using passive sonar only.
2. To train the shipboard ASW team in determining target range using Target Motion analysis
(TMA) procedures.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ship(s) with passive sonar capability.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Ships are positioned outside predicted passive sonar range to submarine.
2. Submarine and ship base courses and speeds are established so that ships should gain contact 20-
30 minutes after COMEX. Submarine must maintain base course and speed during first 30 minutes of
exercise.
3. Three exercise training levels based upon submarine manoeuvring restrictions and exercise
training objectives may be assigned as follows:
4. Basic - Submarine maintains constant course and speed.
5. Intermediate - Submarine makes one course change of less than 30 degrees and one speed change
of 2 knots during each hour of the exercise.
6. Advanced - Submarine makes two 30-60 degree course changes and two speed changes of 3-5
knots during each hour of the exercise.
PROCEDURE
2. Establish FINEX Time.
3. After all ships and the submarine report “Ready”, the OCE/OCS initiates COMEX.
4. Ships and submarine come to base course and speed.
5. Diesel electric submarines snorkel during first 40 minutes of exercise and during at least 30
minutes of each hour of the exercise. Between snorkel periods diesel-electric submarines may go to
Safe Depth, remaining at best detection depth, if feasible. If predetermined submarine source levels are
not high enough to allow passive tracking, nuclear submarines may be ordered to manoeuvre at high
speeds (or otherwise raise self-noise levels).
3-A13-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
6. Ships carry out passive sonar ASW search and tracking. Shipboard ASW teams are to conduct
standard TMA techniques to estimate target range. When more than one participant holds contact,
units should periodically exchange range estimates.
7. Ships break off tracking 5 minutes prior to FINEX.
8. At FINEX submarine is surfaced in accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations in force
otherwise permit.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Ships should maintain radar and visual watches as a safety precaution and contacts should be passed to
the bridge for manoeuvring purposes. Contacts should not, however, be divulged to the ship plotting
team in CIC.
RECORDS
As required.
3-A13-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-21
BASIC PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE
PURPOSE
To exercise the TAS Unit command and analysis team in basic classification, tracking, Target Motion
Analysis (TMA) and cross-fixing procedures.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more TAS units.
2. One noise enhanced submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is at start position, at PD at Go Time.
2. TAS Unit with array streamed, is on specified side of safety haven/zone within UHF
communication range of the submarine.
PROCEDURE
1. Establish communications prior to COMEX.
2. TAS Unit and submarine lock plots. Safety haven/zone to be drawn on both TAS Unit and
submarine plots.
3. Establish proper working order of noise augmenter.
4. When ready, TAS Units initiates COMEX and orders the submarine to proceed to best tracking
depth.
5. Submarine proceeds on track ordered in CASEX signal.
6. TAS Unit manoeuvres to maintain contact, opening and closing range as required for TMA.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The risk of submarine and TAS Unit collision is reduced by the establishment of the safety
haven/zone specified in the CASEX signal (see 14 Series Relaxations).
2. Primary communications are by Secure Voice or UWT.
RECORDS
See Article 6002.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-22
LONG-RANGE PASSIVE DETECTION AND LOCALIZATION EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise a TAS Unit command team in establishing an effective barrier patrol in a known Area
of Probability (AOP).
2. To exercise command team in classification, Target Motion analysis and localization of a

submarine whose route is predicted.
3. To exercise passive sonar operators in initial detection and classification of a submarine.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more TAS Units.
2. One noise enhanced submarine.
3. ASW helicopters, if available.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is at start position at PD at Go Time.
2. TAS Unit with array streamed, establishes a barrier patrol outside the submarine safety haven
promulgated in the CASEX signal.
PROCEDURE
1. The submarine and TAS Unit should take a satisfactory fix as close as practicable to Go Time, and
thereafter as frequently as possible.
2. COMEX is assumed at Go Time.
3. At COMEX submarine is to proceed to the best depth for tracking (unless otherwise ordered) on
the track ordered in the CASEX signal, minimizing manoeuvres, except as necessary, to clear stern
arcs.
4. TAS Unit attempts to detect, track and localize submarine remaining outside the submarine safety
haven.
5. ASW helicopters may be used to assist tracking and localization operating in or outside the safety
haven.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The risk of submarine and TAS Unit (hull or array) collision is minimized by the establishment of a
submarine safety haven of 4000 yards radius based on the submarine track ordered in the CASEX
signal.
3-A22-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORDS
See Article 6002.
3-A22-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-23
NOT RELEASABLE
3-A23-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 4

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX A-24
INTERMEDIATE ASW AREA SEARCH
PURPOSE
1. To exercise one or more ships and/or helicopters in the conduct of Intermediate ASW Area Search
Operations.
2. To exercise submarines in detection avoidance and subsequent simulated attack on escorts without
being counter detected.
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial detection and contact classification.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships assisted by ASW helicopters, if available.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
Submarine is on patrol in allocated areas and has freedom to manoeuvre limited only by Table 2-2.
PROCEDURE
1. Units conduct ASW Area Search until contact gained.
2. To avoid submarine smokes influencing the classification process, attacks are to be marked with
signal A1 until completion of the first period of ASW action. In any subsequent period of ASW
action, attacks may be marked by any appropriate signal.
3. Duration is to be 30 minutes or until Stop Time.
4. Relaxations 2*J, 3A, 3D, 3*E, 3*H, 3*K are to be considered.
5. If sufficient serial time remains at FINEX, ship(s) may break off and attempt to regain contact re-
establishing COMEX as required.
6. Unit(s) break off attacks 5 minutes before FINEX.
7. Submarine need not return to PD at Stop Time.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Although this CASEX is predominantly designed for surface ships, it has been written to allow
submarine training as individual submarine Commanding Officers see fit. Submarine is to provoke
attacks by surface forces in the final hour of the serial if no contact has been gained.
RECORDS
See Article 6002.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-1
BASIC SEARCH, HOMING AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT
PURPOSE
1. To exercise aircraft in search, detection, classification, homing procedures and attack.
2. To exercise submarines in visual detection of aircraft.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more aircraft.
SITUATION
1. The submarine will provide the type and degree of detection opportunity desired by conducting
surfaced, periscope, or snorkelling operations as ordered. Submarine course and speed may be
restricted or unrestricted.
2. The initial position of the aircraft will be determined by the type of search to be conducted.
Detection may be followed by homing and illumination and/or attacks.
PROCEDURE
2. Submarine reports "Ready to commence the exercise".
3. At Go Time submarine proceeds as ordered and aircraft conducts type of search/homing/

illumination and attack runs ordered.
4. Aircraft breaks off attacks five minutes before Stop Time.
5. At Stop Time the submarine establishes communications with the aircraft.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
When more than one aircraft is operating with the same submarine, the senior aircraft commander
assumes the responsibilities of the Scene of Action Commander (SAC).
RECORDS
As required.
3-B1-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-2
BASIC LOCALIZATION AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT
PURPOSE
1. To exercise aircraft in localizing, classifying, tracking and attacking a submerged submarine, the
initial position of which is known.
2. To exercise a submarine in evasion.
FORCES REQUIRED
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. When ordered, the submarine acts as a submerged target and may be restricted or unrestricted.
2. The initial position of the aircraft is determined by the type of localization to be conducted.
PROCEDURE
1. Prior to Go Time, aircraft and submarine must be in visual contact, and establish communications.
2. Submarine reports "Ready to commence the exercise".
3. Aircraft initiates COMEX.
4. At COMEX, submarine dives and manoeuvres as prescribed by exercise instructions.
5. EER charges are not to be employed within five minutes of FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is
earlier.
6. At FINEX or Stop time, the submarine surfaces or returns to PD, at the discretion of the
Commanding Officer, and establishes communications with the aircraft.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
When more than one aircraft is operating with the same submarine, the senior aircraft commander
assumes the responsibilities of Scene of Action Commander (SAC).
RECORDS
As required.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-3
ADVANCED SEARCH, LOCALIZATION AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT
PURPOSE
1. To exercise aircraft in search for, localizing, and attacking submarine.
2. To exercise submarines in detecting and evading aircraft.
FORCES REQUIRED
SITUATION
1. At Go Time, the submarine is in a defined area with a specific mission which must be
accomplished within conditions ordered.
2. Aircraft conduct an area search designed to detect the submarines.
PROCEDURE
1. Prior to GO TIME the aircraft and submarine may be ordered to establish communications by an
instruction of the Order Table. Otherwise, they wait until the end of the first ASW action or STOP
TIME to establish communication.
2. After Go Time, the submarine is to take appropriate action when action aircraft are detected.
3. After Go Time, the aircraft is to take appropriate action to detect, localize and attack the
submarine.
4. EER charges are not to be employed within 5 minutes of FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is
earlier.
5. At FINEX or Stop Time the submarine either surfaces or returns to PD, at the discretion of the
submarine commanding officer, and establishes communications with the aircraft. If time remains, the
exercise can be initiated again or another CASEX ordered.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. When more than one aircraft is operating with the same submarine, the senior aircraft commander
assumes the responsibilities of the Scene of Action Commander (SAC).
2. Go Time/COMEX may be ordered to be coincident for this exercise. COMEX is initiated by the
first aircraft attack using signal A4 or MK 84 Code 1.
RECORDS
See Article 6002.
3-B3-1 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 4

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY09AIR)
CASEX B-4
BASIC AIR/SUB OPERATION EXERCISE
PURPOSE
To train submarines and aircraft in air/sub operations against a snorkeling submarine target or surface
contacts of opportunity.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more, nuclear powered or snorkel-equipped, submarines equipped with medium or long-
range passive sonar.
2. One or more ASW aircraft.
3. One snorkel-equipped transiting submarine.
SITUATION
1. Patrolling friendly submarines are in assigned JTAAs within the exercise area and transiting
submarine is in assigned start position at communication depth prior to Go Time.
2. Cooperating aircraft are in assigned Aircraft Patrol Areas (APA) prior to Go Time.
3. The transiting submarine will operate to provide a maximum number of incidents between Go
Time and Stop Time.
PROCEDURE
1. Submarines and assigned cooperating aircraft start establishing communication 45 minutes prior to
Go Time. Aircraft will designate type of rendezvous desired (e.g., Net Ball, Sunlamp, etc.).
2. All participants report "Ready to Go" to the OTC/OCS at Go Time.
3. At Go Time:
a. Aircraft report "Ready" to cooperating submarines and commence operations in assigned

APAs.
b. Friendly submarines in JTAAs dive and commence patrols.
c. Transiting submarine dives and commences transit as directed.
4. On gaining contact, submarines cooperate with assigned aircraft, employing the procedures
promulgated in the current air/sub operation doctrine.
5. On being attacked, by any means, the transiting submarine is to secure snorkeling and evade for
the duration of the specified ASW action period, giving due regard to the Safety Instructions.
6. On completion of the cooperating phase:
3-B4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
a. The OTC/OCS orders cooperating units to return to their assigned patrol areas in preparation
for the next phase, and target data is exchanged.
b. On completion of the exchange of information, the patrolling sub-marine goes to best depth.
c. The transiting submarine resumes snorkel transit.
7. At Stop Time:
a. The patrolling submarine surfaces and report results to OTC/OCS.
b. The cooperating aircraft proceed as previously directed (when released).
c. The transiting submarine surfaces and reports to the OTC/OCS giving an evaluation of attacks
received.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. By the OSE, designate:
a. Transiting submarine's SOA.
b. Operating instructions for transiting submarines, designed to generate a maximum number of

incidents.
c. Simulated weapon assignments and loadings.
d. The OCE.
2. By the OTC/OCS:
a. Prepare and send the CASEX message using the Order Table (Table 3-1), and obtain
acknowledgement from all participants.
b. Coordinate with the appropriate SUBOPAUTH and AIROPAUTH to:
c. Establish JTAAs and APAs for friendly forces and a submarine exercise operating area(s) for
the transiting submarine(s).
d. Order the appropriate level of cooperation in accordance with current Air/Sub operations
doctrine.
e. Specify required measures to prevent mutual interference including depth strata assignments,
stovepipe plan, and safety orders for patrolling and transiting submarines. Provisions of Article
2213 of this publication apply.
f. Designate the duration of each cooperative phase of ASW action.
3. Simulated attacks may be made using appropriate attack signals and safety precautions contained
in Articles 2240, 2252. 1.b. and 1.c., and 2254.
3-B4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY09AIR)
4. When surface targets of opportunity are used for this exercise, only "Call for Assistance"' "Aircraft
Approach Methods" and "Contact Handover" procedures are to be conducted.
RECORDS
As required.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-5
ADVANCED AIR/SUB OPERATION EXERCISE
PURPOSE
To train submarines and aircraft in advanced air/sub operations. Such training includes detection,
classification, localization and attack, with evasion and attack by transiting submarines allowed.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more, nuclear-powered or snorkel-equipped, submarines equipped with medium or long

range passive sonar. Active sonar may also be employed.
2. One or more ASW aircraft.
3. One or more nuclear-powered or snorkel-equipped transiting submarines.
SITUATION
1. Patrolling friendly submarines are in assigned JTAAs within the exercise area and transiting
submarines are in assigned start positions at communication depth prior to Go Time.
2. Co-operating aircraft are in assigned APAs prior to Go Time.
3. Transiting submarines conduct their transit to avoid detection and are to attack patrolling
submarines as opportunity occurs.
PROCEDURE
1. All participants establish communications with the OTC 45 minutes prior to Go Time in
accordance with the COMPLAN.
2. All participants report "Ready to Go" to the OTC/OCS at Go Time.
3. At Go Time:
a. Aircraft report "Ready" to cooperating submarines and commence operations in assigned APAs.
b. Friendly submarines in JTAAs dive and commence patrols.
c. Transiting submarines dive and commence transits as directed.
4. On gaining contact, submarines and assigned aircraft conduct operations prescribed in current
air/sub operations doctrine.
5. Patrolling submarines are to conduct attacks on transitors as opportunity occurs.
6. On completion of each incident, cooperating units exchange target information.
7. At Stop Time:
3-B5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
a. Patrolling submarines surface and report results to the OTC/OCS.
b. Aircraft proceed as directed by the OTC/OCS.
c. Transiting submarines surface and report to the OTC/OCS, giving an evaluation of attacks
received.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The OSE designates:
a. Transiting submarine's SOA.
b. Points through which transiting submarines are to pass.
c. Evasion and attack restrictions for transiting submarine.
d. Simulated weapon assignments and loadings for all participants.
e. The OCS (preferably HQ ashore).
2. By the OTC/OCS:
a. Prepare and send the CASEX message using the Order Table (Table 3-1), and obtain
acknowledgement from all participants.
b. Coordinate with the appropriate SUBOPAUTH and AIROPAUTH to:
c. Establish JTAAs and APAs for friendly forces and a submarine exercise operating area(s) for the
transiting submarine(s).
d. Order the appropriate level of cooperation in accordance with current Air/Sub operations
doctrine.
e. Specify required measures to prevent mutual interference including depth strata assignments,
stovepipe plan, and safety orders for patrolling and transiting submarines. Provisions of Article
2213 of this publication apply.
f. Designate the duration of each ASW action.
3. Simulated attacks by all participants may be made using the appropriate attack signals and the
safety precautions contained in Articles 2240, 2252.1.b. and 1.c., and 2254.
RECORDS
Full records as required.
3-B5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-6
BASIC PASSIVE TRACKING AND ATTACK BY AIRCRAFT
PURPOSE
To exercise aircraft in the passive tracking and attacking of submarines.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One aircraft (OCS).
2. One nuclear submarine or noise enhanced diesel electric submarine.
SITUATION
1. At Go Time the submarine is in a defined area with the specific mission of proceeding to a given
position by Stop time.
2. The aircraft conducts passive tracking and attacks on passive information.
PROCEDURE
1. Prior to go Time the aircraft and submarine rendezvous to establish communications and to lock
plots.
2. After Go Time the submarine is to proceed to an ordered position making major course alterations
at a frequency not exceeding 2 per hour and as directed by the OCS.
3. After Go Time the aircraft is to take appropriate action to passively track and attack the submarine
in passive information.
4. The submarine is to acknowledge all aircraft attacks with a smoke candle, and record the time
interval between hearing the attack and firing the candle.
5. Aircraft crews are to measure the accuracy of all attacks by timing from on top the attack marker
to on top the submarine candle.
6. SUS are not to be employed within 5 minutes of FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is earlier.
7. At FINEX or Stop Time the submarine either surfaces or returns to PD, at the discretion of the
submarine commander. After establishing communications, the submarine is to pass the submarine
track plot and the time intervals between hearing aircraft attack and firing candles. The aircraft is to
mark on top the submarine's position to lock plots.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Go Time-COMEX are coincident for this exercise.
RECORDS
As required.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX B-7
DEFENCE OF A COASTAL AREA BY MPA AGAINST SUBMARINE IN MIO
PURPOSE
1. To exercise aircraft in localizing, classifying and attacking a submarine in MIO patrolling along a
coastline.
2. To exercise submarines in patrolling littoral waters collecting information (IMINT, COMINT,

ELINT) and avoiding MPA detection.
3. To exercise participants in conducting inshore operations.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One ASW aircraft or more.
2. One submarine.
DURATION
3 to 5 hours - Day or Night.
LIMITATION
Environmental conditions: sea state and area size in accordance with MPA radar limitations.
SITUATION
1. At GO TIME, the submarine is in a defined area in littoral waters with a specific intelligence
mission.
2. ASW aircraft conduct an area search to detect, classify and attack the submarine.
PROCEDURE
1. No communication established between participants prior to GO TIME in order to increase exercise

realism.
2. After GO TIME, the submarine executes her mission at CO discretion, raising masts in accordance
with primary mission (IMINT, COMINT, ELINT).
3. The submarine returns at PD to transmit result of investigations to her OPCON.
4. The ASW aircraft is to take appropriate behaviour to detect, classify and attack submarine. MPA
initiate COMEX when gaining contact. Attacks are not allowed within 5 minutes of FINEX or STOP
TIME.
5. After GO TIME, the submarine is to take appropriate action to evade when detected.
6. After ASW action, a 45 minutes out of period is initiated.
3-B7-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
7. At FINEX or STOP TIME, the submarine establish communication for hot wash up at CO
discretion, only if no other B-7 CASEX scheduled.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. OSE will inform ASW aircraft on Risk Level and on MANPAD threat.
2. ASW aircraft will not radar shine on search area before GO TIME.
3. The submarine transmits environmental conditions to MPA home base at GO TIME minus 3 hours.
RECORDS
See Article 6004 (give details on number of masts raised when at PD).
3-B7-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-1
NOT RELEASABLE
1.
3-C1-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-2
BASIC COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW units in localizing, attacking, and reporting a submarine whose initial position is
known.
2. To exercise ASW units in Scene of Action Commander (SAC) duties.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships and helicopters.
2. One or more fixed wing aircraft.
3. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on the surface or snorkelling, at 10-20 miles from the ships and helicopters, and
remains in the vicinity of its initial position until attacked by fixed wing aircraft. If aircraft fail to
locate the submarine, the latter should assist the aircraft by any means available.
2. Initial contact is made by fixed wing aircraft. After first attack, submarine goes to most favourable
depth to facilitate tracking.
3. SAU is formed.
PROCEDURE
1. Units establish communications prior to Go Time.
2. Prior to Go Time, aircraft completes Joining Procedure.
3. Aircraft locates, attacks and tracks submarine, making contact reports to OTC/ OCS.
4. Helicopters and ships close scene of action as ordered by OTC/OCS.
force.
6. If the submarine is prematurely forced deep, it may return to PD, when safe to do so, provided
7. SAC tracks, attacks and reports the submarine.
8. SAU Commander initiates SWAP.
9. First ship or helicopter in the SAU gaining contact initiates COMEX.
3-C2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
11. Submarine acts in accordance with Exercise Instructions.
12. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time depending on relaxations in force.
13. ASW units break off attack five minutes before FINEX.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. To provide balanced training, the exercise should progress through the following three phases:
a. Phase One. Search by aircraft, resulting in a contact and attack, with subsequent tracking and
reporting. (Recommended duration 30 minutes.)
b. Phase Two. SAU approaches Datum; helicopters are homed by aircraft to contact (or Datum) to
assist prosecution of the contact. (Recommended duration 30 minutes.)
c. Phase Three. SAU arrives at Scene of Action, executes SWAP and prosecutes contact in a
coordinated ASW action until FINEX or Stop Time. (Recommended duration 30 minutes.)
NOTE:
The duration of phases may be varied by the OTC/OCS to accomplish specific objectives.
2. Aircraft tracking methods, with times, should be specified.
RECORDS
As required.
3-C2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-3
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE
PURPOSE
To exercise ASW ships, helicopters and fixed wing aircraft in coordinated ASW search and attack
tactics including advanced SAU procedures.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ASW ships and helicopters.
2. One or more fixed wing aircraft.
3. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine is on surface or snorkelling in a delineated area, its position unknown to participating

units. Aircraft should be outside the area at least 30 miles from the submarine, ships should be at least
10 miles from the submarine, or at least five miles further than the longest Convergence Zone
(CZ)/Bottom Bounce (BB) range if ship sonars are CZ/BB mode capable, depending on training
objectives. The submarine is to remain the surface or continue snorkelling until attacked by ASW
aircraft.
2. Initial contact is made by aircraft. After first attack, submarine dives to most favorable depth to
facilitate tracking.
3. SAU is formed.
PROCEDURES
1. Units establish communications prior to exercise commencement (Go Time).
2. Aircraft complete joining procedures (if applicable) prior to Go Time.
3. At Go Time, aircraft commence ASW search as directed by SAU commander, locates, attacks and
tracks submarine, making contact reports to the OTC/OCS.
force.
5. SAU closes scene of action, conducting Direct Path (DP), CZ or BB, active or passive sonar
operations as dictated by exercise training objectives. If aircraft weapons are available, CZ/BB
environmental conditions exist, and ships are CZ/BB sonar mode capable, the SAU need not enter the
Torpedo Danger Area (TDA).
6. First unit gathering contact initiates COMEX.
3-C3-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
7. SAU conducts ASW prosecution; including directing aircraft ASW operations, swap with aircraft
and simulated attacks (if tactically advisable, or if ships cannot conduct CZ/BB sonar operations).
8. Submarine acts in accordance with exercise instruction.
9. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time, depending upon relaxations in force.
10. ASW units continue prosecution and attacks, breaking off action five minutes prior to FINEX.
relaxations in force permit otherwise.
RECORDS
As required.
3-C3-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-4
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE - PROTECTION OF A FORCE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW units in protecting a force in a submarine probability area.
2. To exercise submarines in tracking, reporting, attacking and avoiding detection.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships representing the main body.
2. Assigned ASW units.
3. An aircraft carrier if available, or aircraft control unit.
4. Carrier borne and/or land based aircraft.
SITUATION
1. Submarines are positioned to detect and track the main body transiting a prescribed exercise area.
2. When detecting the main body, submarines may be required to report to authority designated by
OSE; carry out attacks, avoiding detection.
3. ASW forces will oppose submarines to prevent attacks on the main body.
4. The track of the main body is planned to meet the training objectives of the participating forces.
PROCEDURE
1. When detecting ASW units, submarines take appropriate action.
2. Submarines go to Safe Depth in accordance with the Safety Precautions and the relaxations in
force.
3. If submarines are prematurely forced deep, they may return to PD, when safe to do so, provided
4. Fixed wing aircraft carry out attacks at every opportunity, marking the attacks by Signal A2 or Mk
84 Code and subsequent attacks by Signal A1, A2 or Mk 84 Code 1. Prosecution of contact continues
until relieved or as ordered by the authority controlling the aircraft.
5. The first ASW unit gaining contact may initiate COMEX in accordance with OCE/OCS
instructions and prosecute the contact.
3-C4-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
6. Submarine remains at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop time unless relaxations in force otherwise
permit.
7. Units break off attack 5 minutes before FINEX, and depart the Scene of Action to facilitate
continuation of the exercise (see Relaxations 3D and 3*H).
8. At FINEX, a submarine which has been engaged is to act in accordance with relaxations and
Exercise Instructions in force.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Participating submarines must be positioned to avoid mutual interference.
2. Submarines may be aided by cooperating aircraft or ships.
3. Out of action periods may be declared to reposition participants.
RECORDS
As required.
3-C4-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-5
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE AGAINST TRANSITING/PATROLLING

SUBMARINES
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW forces in carrying out coordinated operation against transiting or patrolling
submarines.
2. To exercise transiting or patrolling submarines in evading ASW forces.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Ships, helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft are assigned.
SITUATION
1. At Go Time, submarines are positioned within a defined area, and given a transit or patrol mission,
acting to avoid detection by ASW forces.
2. ASW forces commence search at Go Time, in positions which provide exercise realism.
PROCEDURE
1. On detecting ASW units, the submarine is to take appropriate action.
2. Submarines go to Safe Depth in accordance with the Safety Precautions and the relaxations in
force.
3. If submarines are prematurely forced deep, they may return to PD, when safe to do so, provided
4. Fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters carry out attacks at every opportunity, marking the attacks by
signal A1 or MK84 Code 1. Prosecution of the contact continues until relieved or as ordered by the
authority controlling the aircraft.
5. The first ASW unit gaining contact may initiate COMEX in accordance with OCE/OCS
instructions and prosecute the contact.
6. Submarines remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time unless relaxations in force otherwise
permit.
7. Units break off attacks 5 minutes before FINEX, and depart the scene of action to facilitate
continuation of the exercise. (See Relaxations 3D and 3*H.)
8. At FINEX, the submarine which has been engaged is to act in accordance with Relaxation and
Exercise Instructions in force.
3-C5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Out-of-action periods may be declared to reposition forces.
2. Counter-attacks by submarines must be positioned to avoid mutual interference.
3. Submarines may be aided by cooperating aircraft or ships.
RECORDS
As required.
3-C5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-6
VDS/MTAS EXERCISE USING SAFETY ZONE SEPARATION
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW units, including VDS/MTAS fitted ships, in detecting and attacking a
submarine.
2. To exercise ASW units in Scene of Action Commander (SAC) duties.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships/helicopters with at least one VDS/MTAS ship.
2. One or more fixed-wing aircraft.
3. One submarine.
SITUATION
2. The OCS is in visual contact and within 5 miles of the submarine. Under Relaxation 14*D, the
exercise may be started when the participants are not in visual contact. (See Article 2237.1.b.(4).)
3. The aircraft starts joining the ships at Go Time.
PROCEDURE
1. OCS orders all ASW units and submarine to lock plots at Go Time. The Safety Zone (see Special
Provisions) is marked on the plots of submarine and all ships.
2. The ships do not come within 10 nautical miles of the submarine while the aircraft joins, or they
open out if they have been directed to close at Go Time for a visual fix.
3. The aircraft, on completion of joining the ships; locates, attacks and tracks the submarine, making
contact reports to the OCS.
4. The submarine dives when attacked by the aircraft and manoeuvres to facilitate tracking without
going into the Safety Zone.
5. SAU closes the scene of action as ordered by the OCS. VDS/MTAS ships must not enter the
Safety Zone.
6. Against non-VDS/MTAS ships, the submarine complies with Article 2232.
7. SAU Commander initiates SWAP.
3-C6-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
9. Submarine acts in accordance with the exercise instructions, remaining on her own side of the
Safety Zone. The submarine is to remain at Safe Depth until FINEX or Stop Time, VDS/MTAS depth
should not be considered when calculating submarine Safe Depth, and if all ships are VDS/MTAS-
fitted the S/M is unrestricted in depth throughout.
11. The submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273, unless relaxation in force
permits otherwise.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. This special CASEX C-6 (Safety Zone) is designed to allow both VDS/MTAS ships and
submarine freedom from depth restrictions with regard to each other.
2. The danger of submarine/VDS/MTAS collision is minimized by the establishment of a central

corridor at the start of the exercise. Unless special Relaxation (14*) is granted, the central corridor
shall be 4,000 yds wide and parallel to the safety course. Insofar as possible, it shall not be at right
angles to the current. When Relaxations 14* is in effect, any change in the profile or dimensions of
the central corridor shall conform to Figures 2-2 and 2-3.
3. Unless Relaxation 14*D is in effect, the lock point for the central corridor is the position of the
submarine at mutual locking time, when the submarine is on the surface within 5 nautical miles and in
visual contact with the OCS. The submarine area is to be indicated in paragraph U of the Order Table
as follows: "Submarine area West (or North or East or South)". The area reserved for VDS/MTAS
ships is located on the other side of the central corridor. (See diagram.)
CASEX C-6 DIAGRAM
4. The procedures outlined in 2 and 3 above may be altered by the use of a starred relaxation in the
14 series (see Article 2237.1.b).
3-C6-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
5. The submarine and VDS/MTAS ships mark the central corridor on their plotting tables and remain
in their respective areas using best available navigation. The central corridor is never to be locked
geographically and may not be updated except under the stringent conditions used in the initial
locking. If Relaxation 14*D is to be ordered, see Article 2237.1.b.(4).
6. There are no restricted areas for non-VDS/MTAS ships.
7. The OCS is always to be aboard a VDS/MTAS ship.
8. Unless Relaxations 14*A and 14*D are in effect, this CASEX must not exceed 2 hours, and in
areas of strong or variable tidal stream this period should be reduced.
9. Only one run is allowed.
10. Submarine radar must be operating efficiently and radar range checked.
11. The submarine area is to be a minimum of 5 miles wide.
12. The exercise is not to be conducted in visibility of less than 2000 yards. Relaxation 13*B is not
to be authorized.
3-C6-3 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 4

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-7
DEFENCE OF MAIN BODY DURING OPPOSED SORTIE/ENTRY
PURPOSE
1. To exercise ASW forces in protecting a main body while entering or leaving port.
2. To exercise ASW ships, fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters in detecting and attacking submarines.
3. To exercise submarines in penetrating a screen and attacking a main body.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more target ships, or a reference ship.
2. Two or more ASW ships, fixed-wing aircraft and/or helicopters.
SITUATION
1. ASW forces defend the designated sortie/entry area while submarines endeavour to penetrate the
ASW screen and attack the main body.
2. All friendly forces are transiting from port to sea or vice versa.
PROCEDURE
1. The OSE/OCE designates the area and establishes mine fields or other constructive barriers.
2. At Go Time, or as ordered, the submarine is to dive, remaining in assigned sortie/ entry area and is
to try to penetrate the ASW screen formed by the ASW ships exiting/ entering the harbour.
3. ASW units defend the main body by designated search pattern or formation.
4. Submarines penetrate the screen and attack the main body.
force.
8. At FINEX or Stop Time, submarine is to be surfaced in accordance with Article 2273, unless
3-C7-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Submarines are to be informed of the sortie/entry area limits and may be given information on the
type of screen to be used by the ASW units.
2. If more than one submarine takes part, the Senior Submarine Commanding Officer is to coordinate
attacks.
3. NOT RELEASABLE.
RECORDS
As required.
3-C7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-8
NOT RELEASABLE
3-C8-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-C8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-9
ASW FORCES AREA SEARCH FOLLOWED BY SUBMARINE ATTACK ON UNDERWAY

REPLENISHMENT GROUP
PURPOSE
1. To exercise two or more ships, helicopters and aircraft in the conduct of ASW area search
operations and detecting, attacking and counter-attacking a submarine or submarines.
2. To exercise submarines in detection, avoidance and subsequent simulated attacks on escorts and
screened targets without being counter detected.
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial detection, contact classification and weapon attack
procedures.
4. To heighten command and control procedures in a complex serial.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more ships.
2. Organic/non-organic helicopters.
4. A high value unit.
5. One Maritime Patrol Aircraft (MPA) (Optional).
SITUATION
1. For the first phase of the exercise, the submarine is to be on patrol in the allocated areas and has
freedom to manoeuvre in accordance with the relevant relaxations and instructions.
2. ASW units will form up at a rendezvous position and commence the area search.
3. After the first period of ASW action is complete, units will break off attacks, go to an R/V and
reform as an Underway Replenishment Group (URG).
4. Helicopters and aircraft may be left at the scene of action to maintain pressure on the submarine.
5. The URG will then steer a course along a NAV PIM, passing through the centre of the allocated
area. The group must reach a specified point by a certain time.
6. Countermeasures are to be employed as authorized in the CASEX signal.
7. The submarine is to reposition itself in order to avoid detection and achieve a fire control solution.
3-C9-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
PROCEDURES
Phase 1 (two hours)
1. Units conduct area search until contact is gained
2. In order to avoid submarine smoke candles from influencing the classification process, attacks
may only be marked by using signal A1 during the first period of ASW action. In subsequent periods
of ASW action, attacks may be marked by the appropriate signals in accordance with instructions in
force.
3. COMEX is at the discretion of the OCE/OCS (normally after the final attack).
4. Duration is to be 30 minutes.
5. Relaxation’s 2*J, 3A, 3D, 3*F and 3*K are to be considered.
6. The submarine may carry out attacks and counter-attacks as opportunities occur.
7. Units are to break off attacks five minutes before FINEX.
Phase 2 (one hour)
1. On completion of the appropriate period of ASW action, ships are to break off attacks and
rendezvous with the high value unit.
2. The rendezvous position should be at least ten miles away from the last known position of the
submarine.
3. During this time, the submarine is to reposition itself.
Phase 3 (two hours)
1. Units form up as an URG around the HVU and the OCE/OCS orders one ship to replenish.
2. The HVU is to be screened appropriately and escorted through the submarine probability area.
3. The submarine will make its approach and carry out attacks.
4. COMEX is at the discretion of the OCE/OCS (normally after the first attack).
5. Duration of ASW action is until stop time.
6. The submarine may carry out attacks and counter-attacks as opportunities occur.
7. Units are to break off attacks five minutes before FINEX.
3-C9-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. If more than one submarine is involved, the OSE is to ensure that they are positioned at least ten
miles apart with the appropriate safety separation between their areas.
2. When more than one submarine is in the serial, any relaxations relating specifically to that
submarine must refer to it by name (i.e. 12A(16)(WALRUS), 12A(18)(TALENT)).
3. A setting signal is required.
RECORDS
1. SUBVEC’s and ME/YOU messages are required from the submarine(s) to the OCE/OCS of the
serial.
2. ME/YOU messages are to be signalled to the submarine(s) by surface on completion of the serial.
3. All units in the serial are to signal their initial detection ranges and amount of time in contact to
the OCE/OCS.
4. The OCE/OCS is to signal to all participating units a summary of the overall conduct of the serial.
This should include:
a. Time, range and method of initial detection.
b. Approximate percentage time in contact.
c. Effectiveness of submarine evasion.
d. Comments.
3-C9-3(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-10
COORDINATED PASSIVE TRACKING EXERCISE BY TAS UNITS AND AIRCRAFT
PURPOSE
1. To exercise command and ASW teams of TAS unit and aircraft in localizing a submarine.
2. To exercise sonar operators in classifying and tracking a submarine.
3. To exercise a submarine in evasion tactics.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more TAS units.
2. One nuclear submarine which may be noise enhanced, or a noise enhanced conventional
submarine.
3. One or more ASW air units.
SITUATION
1. The submarine is in the defined area at Go Time with orders to follow a specific run plan or with
the specific mission of proceeding to a given position by Stop time.
2. TAS unit start position is to be at a range from the submarines defined area at Go Time greater
than the predicted initial detection range.
3. At Go Time helicopters may be airborne in the vicinity of the TAS unit or at deck alert.
4. MPA should be within radio communication range of TAS unit one hour after Go Time.
PROCEDURE
1. The submarine and TAS unit are to take a satisfactory fix as close as practicable to Go Time,
ideally within 60 minutes beforehand.
2. The submarine proceeds at the specified depth (if ordered) on the ordered track, or to the given
Stop Time position.
3. The TAS unit manoeuvres to gain detection and remain outside the submarine safety lane/haven if
ordered.
RECORDS
See Article 6002.
3-C10-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-11
INTERMEDIATE COORDINATED ASW AREA SEARCH
PURPOSE
1. To exercise one or more ships assisted by ASW helicopters/MPA in the conduct of intermediate
ASW Area Search Operations.
2. To exercise submarines in detection avoidance and subsequent simulated attack on escorts without
being counter-detected.
3. To exercise sonar operators in initial detection and contact classification.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ships assisted by ASW helicopters/MPA.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
Submarine is on patrol in allocated areas and has freedom to manoeuvre limited only by Table 2-2.
PROCEDURE
1. Units conduct ASW Area Search until contact gained.
2. To avoid submarine smokes influencing the classification process, attacks are to be marked with
signal A1 until completion of the first period of ASW action. In any subsequent period of ASW
action, attacks may be marked by any appropriate signal.
3. Duration is to be 30 minutes or until Stop Time.
4. Relaxations 2*J, 3A, 3D, 3*E, 3*H, 3*K are to be considered.
5. If sufficient serial time remains at FINEX, ship(s) may break off and attempt to regain contact re-
establishing COMEX as required.
6. Unit(s) break off attacks 5 minutes before FINEX.
7. Submarine need not return to PD at Stop Time.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Although this CASEX is predominantly designed for surface ships, it has been written to allow
submarine training as individual submarine Commanding Officers see fit. Submarine is to provoke
attacks by surface forces in the final hour of the serial if no contact has been gained.
RECORDS
See paragraph 6002.
3-C11-1(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX C-12
ADVANCED COORDINATED ASW EXERCISE (PROWLEX)
PURPOSE
1. PROWLEX is an advanced ASW exercise designed to provide additional training to submarines,

surface ships and/or aircraft outside CASEX periods.
2. This CASEX is designed to:
a. provide submarine attack training; and
b. exercise ASW units in detecting, attacking and counter-attacking dived submarines.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ship and helicopters.
2. One submarine.
SITUATION
1. There are many occasions when submarines, which are operating in exercise areas and are not
carrying out specific exercises, can both provide and receive valuable training by carrying out
unscheduled attacks on ASW capable ships and be attacked/counter-attacked by ASW forces.
2. PROWLEX will either be scheduled in a Schedule of Events (SOE) or in a message to the

participating units from the OSE. If a message is used, it must contain the outline schedule of
participating units to include serial number, time, exercise description, units involved, OCS and
exercise area. The OSE will also send the standard PROWLEX CASEX message.
PROCEDURE
1. During PROWLEX periods, the submarine is free to practice attacks on ships indicating that she
has done so in the normal way. Similarly, ships and/or aircraft may attack and counter-attack the
participating submarine.
2. The OSE is to ensure that no evolutions hazardous to submarine operations are conducted during
PROWLEX periods in areas allocated to PROWLEX.
3. To avoid the possibility of carrying out PROWLEX against a non-exercise submarine, the
following rules are to be observed:
a. The contact must be at least one mile inside the exercise area.
b. The sighting of a green grenade/ smoke can be taken as a positive identification of a PROWLEX
submarine and COMEX can be initiated by any participating PROWLEX unit. ASW action may
then be started in accordance with the Standard PROWLEX CASEX Order below.
c. If initial contact is obtained by sonar, radar, EW or visually, the detecting ship is not to approach
within 1200 yards (or 4000 yards if VDS is streamed) until the contact has been positively identified
3-C12-1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
as the nominated PROWLEX submarine. This identification is not to be attempted until the contact
has been classified "POSSUB High 3" or higher and is to follow the “ Uncle Joe “ procedures
specified at Article 5021. Once the contact has been established as the nominated PROWLEX
submarine ASW action may be commenced in accordance with the Standard PROWLEX CASEX
Order below.
4. Ships and/or aircraft may break off their scheduled SOE serial at the OTC's discretion to attack or
counter-attack submarine contacts.
5. Submarines may, on occasions, use radar before attacking. EW operators should, therefore, be
alert during PROWLEX periods.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. It is emphasized that Exercise PROWLEX can only be ordered with the prior approval of the
relevant national SUBOPAUTH and OPCON authority.
2. Once approved by SUBOPAUTH and OPCON authority, unless otherwise directed, the following
standard PROWLEX CASEX Order is to be used:
A. PROWLEX CASEX C12
B. OSE
D. OTC
E. OCS
F. FRNFOR
G. OPFOR
H. Zone time
J. Go time
JJ. Stop time
K. For one hour or to the end of the current PROWLEX period, whichever is the shorter
KK. Out of action period (Submarine not available for PROWLEX)
L. Assigned area
P. Safety course
Q. 2*B, 2D, 2G, 2L, 3A, 3D, 4*E, 5J, 7*C, 8*B (60m), 8D (60m), 9D(A), 10*A, 11A
T. 140, 141, 149F, 150, 158, 323, 401, 508, 513, 605
U. 1. Relaxation 4*E is only in force after the PROWLEX submarine has been positively identified.
3-D2-3(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2. To avoid possible damage from green grenades, aircraft are to be above 50 feet unless they are
helicopters going into or breaking dip, or dipping.
X. 3-4
RECORDS
As required.
3-C12-3 (Reverse Blank) CHANGE 4

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D-1
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D1-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3-D1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D-2
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3-D2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3-D2-3(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D-3
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D3-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D3-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D-4
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D4-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D4-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D4-3 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE.
3-D4-4 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D-5
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D5-1 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D5-2 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D5-3 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-D5-4 CHANGE 1
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-1
FAMILIARIZATION - SUBMARINE AND ASW UNITS
PURPOSE
1. To familiarize personnel in recognizing a submarine manoeuvring on the surface and dived

exposing masts and equipment in accordance with the programme.
2. To provide basic acoustic recognition training of submarine active sonar intercepts.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One submarine.
2. One or more ASW ships and/or helicopters.
3. One to three fixed-wing aircraft.
SITUATION
1. The submarine is on the surface by day, at rendezvous.
2. Ships maintain station on the submarine throughout the exercise and are not to approach closer
than 500 yards to the submarine.
3. Aircraft join the submarine at rendezvous, at ordered altitude.
PROCEDURE
1. Establish communications and conduct time check prior to Go Time.
2. OTC/OCS designates Zero Time and Base Course.
3. Submarine steers Base Course and conducts the programme appropriate to participating ASW
units. (Annex A or Annex B to this CASEX.)
4. Annexes A and B are for guidance and may be altered mutually by the OTC/OCS and the
5. The exercise terminates with the submarine on the surface.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. Annexes A and B are for guidance and may be altered mutually by the OTC/OCS and the
2. Paragraph 'A' of the Order Table should indicate which programme is to be conducted (e.g. A.
CASEX E-1 (SHIPS)).
3. The following action should be taken:
3-E1-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(1) Sonar operators should be listening for/to submarine HE.
(2) ESM operations should man equipment to intercept radar transmissions.
(3) Opportunity should be taken to allow the maximum number of personnel to observe the
submarine's activities. Where possible, a running commentary should be given.
(4) The ASW ACINT teams should be exercised and full analysis undertaken of submarine
acoustics.
RECORDS
Not Required.
3-E1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-1
ANNEX A - SHIP PROGRAMME
Time (min) Action by Submarine

Zero (Z) Dive - Show attack periscope.
Z plus 5 Show search periscope. Lower attack periscope.
Z plus 7 Show ESM mast.
Z plus 9 Show snorkel mast(s). Lower ESM mast. Leave search periscope and snorkel
mast(s) up for remainder of exercise.
Z plus 11 Show radars.
Z plus 13 Show communications masts.
Z plus 15 Show all masts and periscopes.
Z plus 17 Fire a white smoke/flare.
Z plus 18 Fire a yellow smoke/flare (grenade).
Z plus 19 Fire a green (black) smoke/flare (grenade).
Z plus 21 Commence snorkelling.
Z plus 22 Transmit on search radar (all round). Commence transmissions on active sonar.
Z plus 24 Transmit on search radar (sector scan at each ship in formation).
Z plus 26 Transmit on periscope radar (several transmissions at each ship in formation).
Z plus 28 Stop snorkelling. Lower all masts except search periscope. Cease transmissions
on active sonar. Commence transmissions on echo sounder.
Z plus 30 Surface. *After surfacing, submarine fires a red smoke/flare (grenade). Cease
transmissions on echo sounder.
*This is the only occasion on which a submarine is authorized to fire a red pyrotechnic except in
emergency. Firing a red smoke/flare is not allowed when confusion with a real emergency can arise.
3-E1-A-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-1
ANNEX B - AIRCRAFT PROGRAMME
Time (min) Action by Submarine

Zero (Z) COMEX. On surface at rendezvous.
Z plus 2 Proceed on Base Course at 5 knots.
Z plus 5 Increase to maximum surface cruising speed.
Z plus 8 Manoeuvre at maximum speed and steer:
Into (up) sea;

Across Sea; and,
(3) Down sea.
Z plus 17 Dive on Base Course.
Z plus 19 Take evasive action below periscope depth and release pyrotechnics, air and dye
markers at intervals. Commence transmissions on active sonar.
Z plus 23 Cease transmissions on active sonar. Commence transmissions on echo sounder.
Z plus 24 Cease transmissions on echo sounder.
Z plus 25 Return to periscope depth on Base Course at minimum speed, exposing periscopes
for periods of 30 seconds.
Z plus 30 Increase speed to 6 knots, continue exposing periscope for periods of 30 seconds.
Z plus 33 Expose periscope continuously. Alter course 90 degrees to starboard.
Z plus 36 Alter course 90 degrees to port.
Z plus 40 Reverse course.
Z plus 45 Commence snorkelling at slow speed.
Z plus 55 Increase to maximum snorkelling speed.
Z plus 58 Alter course 90 degrees to starboard.
Z plus 61 Alter course 90 degrees to port.
Z plus 70 Surface trimmed down.
Z plus 75 Proceed on surface trimmed down, steering:
(1)Into (up) sea;
(2)Across sea; and
(3) Down sea.
Z plus 85 Surface fully. FINEX.
3-E1-B-1 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-2
NOT RELEASABLE
3-E2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-E2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-3
MUTUAL SENSOR EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To train lookouts, radar, ESM and sonar operators in detecting and tracking a submarine.
2. To train submarines in obtaining Fire Control data.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships.
2. Ships are in assigned sectors.
3. One Submarine.
SITUATION
1. Submarine on the surface, or snorkeling, or at periscope depth.
2. Ships are in assigned sectors.
PROCEDURE
2. Ships take station as ordered by OTC/OCS.
3. Submarine reports to OTC/OCS when ready to proceed with the exercise.
4. OTC/OCS orders the submarine to proceed as required.
5. Submarine carries out the exercise at depth, course and speed ordered.
6. Ships vary course, speed and range from the submarine to determine maximum detection ranges
(closing and opening) of all sensors.
7. While the submarine is obtaining Fire Control data, and when requested, ships pass the required
information using the ME-YOU method (Article 6003).
8. Submarine surfaces at Stop Time.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The submarine is never to be approached closer than 1000 yards by day or 1500 yards by night.
2. If forced deep at any time, the submarine is to carry out full surfacing procedure in accordance
with Article 2273, unless Relaxations in force permit otherwise. If desired, the exercise
3-E3-1 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
may be restarted after the submarine has returned to periscope depth.
3. Relaxation 13*B is not to be ordered.
RECORDS
ME-YOU Message.
3-E3-2 CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
CASEX E-4
ASW ACTION AGAINST BOTTOMED SUBMARINE OR TARGET
PURPOSE
1. To train sonar operators in locating, holding and classifying a bottomed or hovering submarine, or
target.
2. To train ASW teams in attacking a bottomed submarine or target.
NOTE:
A known wreck may be used as a target.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more ASW ships or helicopters.
2. One submarine or target.
SITUATION
1. Initially, submarine is on the surface or at periscope depth in visual contact with ASW units.
2. ASW units are stationed outside sonar range from the submarine or bottomed target.
PROCEDURE (when a submarine is participating)
3. OTC/OCS orders submarine to dive.
4. Submarine dives and bottoms, or hovers at Safe Depth.
5. When bottomed or hovering at safe depth, the submarine reports by UWT, SST or pre-arranged
pyrotechnics.
6. ASW units carry out exercise.
7. When contact has been gained, ASW units initiate COMEX.
8. ASW units break off attacks five minutes before FINEX or Stop Time.
Relaxations in force otherwise permit.
3-E4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Submarines are to bottom only in a designated safe bottoming area.
RECORDS
Not required; but after surfacing the submarine is to report its heading while it was bottomed (or
hovering).
3-E4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-5
EXERCISE IN SEARCHING FOR A SIMULATED SUBMARINE CASUALTY (SMASHEX)
PURPOSE
To exercise ASW forces in conducting SUBMISS/SUBSUNK operations.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. The scope of the exercise will depend on the forces available. Any of the following may take part:
a. One submarine to simulate the submarine casualty, hereinafter referred to as the Target
Submarine.
b. One or more submarines to assist in searching.
c. Two or more ASW ships.
d. One or more fixed wing aircraft.
e. One or more ASW helicopters.
SITUATION
1. This exercise envisages a situation in which a simulated submarine casualty has occurred. ASW
ships and aircraft proceed to search for the Target Submarine in accordance with the current doctrine
for submarine search and rescue (ATP-10, and/or National Instructions).
2. The Target Submarine's bottoming position is to be ordered beforehand. It is to be given a double

letter reference (for example, KK) and is to be referred to as such in all messages. The Target
Submarine is to report its position in the diving message as a bearing and distance from the lettered
position. It is not to dive until within two miles of this position.
3. The datum position given to the searching force may be up to 20 miles from the target submarine's
actual bottoming position.
4. Depending on the type of exercise, ships and submarines of the searching force may be either in
harbour or at sea at the start of the exercise. If at sea, the searching force should be more than two
hours steaming from the datum.
5. Depending on the type of exercise, aircraft and/or helicopters may be either available at their bases
or actually airborne.
PROCEDURE
1. The exercise is given the code name SMASHEX to facilitate message processing.
2. The codeword SMASHEX is to be included at the beginning of the text of all messages concerning
the exercise, except manoeuvring signals.
3-E5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. Although Go Time will have been included in the Exercise Message, the exercise is not to start
until the Target Submarine has made its diving message, and the Shore Conducting Authority has sent
a message authorizing forces to proceed.
4. The target Submarine is to dive and bottom in the ordered position at Go Time, releasing an
indicator/messenger buoy as ordered. (Time of release to be specified by OSE.)
5. The Target Submarine commences releasing smoke candles/flares; the number to be fired and the
rate of firing will be dictated by the number available, or as ordered.
6. On receipt of the message authorizing the start of the exercise, search forces are to assemble and
proceed to the search area as ordered.
7. The methods of searching and the action to be taken on locating the Target Submarine are to be in
accordance with current doctrine.
8. Exercise Completed
a. The Senior Officer of the Search Force (SOSF) is to report "Exercise Completed" to the Shore
Conducting Authority, after consideration of whether:
(1) UWT communication has been satisfactorily established with the Target Submarine;
(2) ASW ships have located and classified the Target Submarine;
(3) all ships and aircraft have had an opportunity of sighting the indicator buoy; and
(4) all ships have converged on the position of the Target Submarine and made full
arrangements for the rescue and treatment of survivors.
b. The exercise should also be terminated:
(1) if the Target Submarine has not been located within 30 minutes of Stop Time; or
(2) if it is considered that no further value can be obtained from the exercise; or
(3) when the SOSF has surfaced the Target Submarine, seen it surface, or heard it report
"Surfaced".
9. The following methods are to be employed to surface the Target Submarine:
a. The SOSF is to order one ship or submarine to surface the Target Submarine using Signal A5.
b. If the Target Submarine has not been located by Stop Time, it is to surface, using Signal B1.
c. If either of the above signals are made, or five minutes before Stop Time, ships and submarines
employed in the search are to comply with Article 2273, unless Relaxations in force otherwise
permit.
10. The Target Submarine is to surface at Stop Time or as ordered by the SOSF and send its
SURFACED message.
3-E5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
11. On receipt of the SURFACED message, the Shore Conducting Authority is then to send the
message "SMASHEX Completed".
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The exercise is to be ordered by message, referring to the Order Table (Table 3-1), modified as
follows:
C Shore Conducting Authority
D Senior Officer Search Forces
JJ Stop Time (should nor normally be more than 12 hours after Go Time)
M Datum Position for Search. (The Target Submarine's actual diving position is given only to
the submarine and to the Senior Officer Search Forces in a sealed envelope.)
U Should include the following:
(1) whether a Basic or Advanced exercise, and
(2) whether Medical or Salvage organizations are to take part.
2. Depending on the standard of training required, this exercise can be conducted either as:
a. a basic exercise to practice the search procedures involved (in which case, notification of the
exercise may be included in normal training programs); or as
b. an advanced exercise to test the capability of the command and forces available to carry out
SUBMISS/SUBSUNK procedures in as realistic a manner as possible. (In this case, the exercise
would be announced at short notice.)
3. Before the exercise, the Target Submarine should be informed which compartments are considered
to have been flooded. From the moment of bottoming, no equipment from the flooded compartments
is to be used for indicating the Target Submarine's position. The use of SST will also be dependent on
the compartments available.
4. No messages organizing the searching force are to be made until the exercise has started. The
Shore Conducting Authority is then to conduct the exercise, ordering the Senior Officer Search Forces
to take charge at sea as appropriate.
5. Oil is not to be discharged unless specified in the Exercise Orders.
6. If the indicator buoy should fail to surface, a second buoy may be released for test purposes after
the Target Submarine's position has been established.
7. The indicator buoy is to be recovered on completion of the exercise and, if recovered by a surface
ship, should be returned to the Target Submarine as soon as practicable.
3-E5-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
RECORDS
A detailed narrative report is to be forwarded to the Shore Conducting Authority by all participating
forces. Any other records as required.
3-E5-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-6
COORDINATED SUBMARINE RESCUE OPERATIONS
PURPOSE
1. Advanced training for submarines, mother submarine and vehicles in rescue operations to.
a. Make coordinated submerged rendezvous (RV).
b. Initiate contact between sub-marine and rescue forces.
c. Rescuing crew members from a simulated disabled submarine (DISSUB).
d. Provide mutual support.
2. To train Rescue Support Submarines (RSS) in assisting rescue vehicles in rescuing crew members
from DISSUB.
3. To develop procedures for mutual support with several rescue systems operating with one
DISSUB.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One DISSUB.
2. One or more Submerged Rescue Vehicles (SRV).
3. One Rescue Support Submarine (RSS).
4. One MOSUB or MOSHIP.
SITUATION
1. DISSUB makes RV with RSS. DISSUB bottoms and gives depth release IAW RV procedures.
2. RSS initiate communication with Commander Rescue Forces (CRF) IAW RV procedures and
bottom in vicinity of DISSUB IAW relaxations in force.
3. Rescue forces enter the designated area and initiate rescue procedures.
PROCEDURES
1. DISSUB/RSS. The DISSUB will be responsible for issuing RV signal covering the RV and
DISSUB and is OCS for this serial. When DISSUB gives depth release RSS will bottom at distance
off DISSUB not less than given in Relaxation 24*C.
NOTE
The procedure requires the RSS to know the position of the DISSUB at all times.
3-E6-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2. SRV/DISSUB/MOSHIP(SUB)/RSS. OCS will be responsible for issuing appropriate RV

procedures and sequence of events to cover the conduct of the serial
3. The exercise ends at Stop Time or when the exercise objectives have been achieved.
4. The OCS is responsible for surfacing the DISSUB and the RSS IAW para 2273.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Submarine safety must be the primary concern when conducting coordinated sub-marine rescue
operations. The OCS must ensure that all participating forces are acting IAW mutual agreed
procedures at all times.
RECORDS
As necessary or as laid down in the exercise operation order.
3-E6-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-7
NOT RELEASABLE
3-E7-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
3-E7-2 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
CASEX E-8
HELICOPTER DELIVERED DEPTH CHARGE EXERCISE

(By DAY Only)
PURPOSE
To give submarine crews experience in the effects of a depth charge exploding in the vicinity.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One submarine.
2. One helicopter with authorized Depth Charge.
SITUATION
1. Approval has been obtained from National SUBOPAUTH.
2. Water for the drop of a Depth Charge has been allocated.
3. Submarine and helicopter rendezvous and establish communications.
4. Submarine is at periscope depth. Steering directly into wind at slow speed.
5. Helicopter releases smoke marker at agreed stand-off range (normally 500 yards). Helicopter then
climbs to release altitude and increases to release speed.
6. Helicopter then releases depth charge directly over smoke marker while flying directly into the
wind, parallel to the submarine track, thus maintaining stand-off range.
7. The submarine need not surface at the end of the exercise but is to report all well within 5 minutes
of detonation.
PROCEDURES
1. At rendezvous the submarine signals his course and speed to the helicopter; the course is to be
directly into the wind and the speed is to be less than 6 knots.
2. The helicopter assumes a hover 500 yards (or the stand-off range as promulgated in the CASEX
standard orders) on the beam of the submarine. The helicopter is to pass his hover height and his
overall height to the submarine at the rendezvous (if not signalled beforehand) to allow periscope
ranging. The hover should normally be at an altitude of about 40 feet. The helicopter should operate
radar (if fitted).
3. When stand-off range of 500 yards is mutually agreed the helicopter is to release a smoke marker.
4. The submarine signals ready.
3-E8-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
5. The helicopter will then break hover, increase altitude to the release height (normally 500 feet) and
increase to a ground speed of 90 knots while conducting a retiring turn.
6. The helicopter then manoeuvres to over-fly the smoke marker at an altitude of 500 feet, ground
speed of 90 knots while flying directly into the wind on a course parallel to that signalled by the
submarine. of run has been signalled
7. On over-flying the smoke marker the helicopter releases the authorized depth charge.
8. The accuracy of the drop depends entirely upon the ability of the helicopter to maintain the
signalled course, ground speed of 90 knots and an altitude of 500 feet and to over-fly the smoke
marker. Articles.
9. Altitude 500 feet and ground speed 90 knots are invariably to be used to comply with air-dropped
ordnance regulations and to provide a fixed forward throw to ensure that the charge explodes on the
beam of the submarine.
10. The submarine need not surface after the depth charge has exploded but is to report within 5
minutes that all is well. The exercise terminates when the submarine has reported or is on the surface.
11. Example helicopter true heights (from bottom of hull to top of the rotor hub) are:
UK Merlin 5.24m (17 feet 3 inches)
UK Lynx 2.97m (9 feet 9 inches)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. This exercise requires the approval of the National SUBOPAUTH.
2. This exercise requires water suitable for the dropping of live ordnance to be allocated.
3. This exercise may only take place in calm weather, in good visibility. Cloud base is not to be
below 600 feet.
4. Depth Charges are not to be armed until:
a. The submarine has signalled ready.
b. The helicopter has achieved the release course, altitude and ground speed.
5. Helicopters carrying live weapons are not to over-fly submarines.
6. The stand-off range is normally to be 500 yards. Any change to this requires the approval of the
SUBOPAUTH.
RECORDS
No records required.
3-E8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX E-9
SUBMARINE ESCAPE EXERCISE (ESCAPEX)
PURPOSE
1. To exercise submarine crew in different aspects of submarine escape.
2. To exercise rescue assets in procedures and rules to conduct escape from submarines.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One surface Rescue Support Vessel fitted with decompression chamber and UWT, listed under
Designator F, Friendly Forces, in Order Table 3-1.
2. Rescue personnel and divers required as follows:
a. 1 Submarine Officer, as Liaison Officer onboard the Rescue Support Vessel.
b. 3 Medical Officers, onboard the Rescue Support Vessel, assistance boat and the submarine.
c. 6 divers (2 onboard zodiacs - ready to dive, 2 onboard assistance boat, 2 submerged - close to the
escape tower and connected by UWT to the inflatable boat providing direct support to the escapee)
3. One submarine, capable of bottoming and fitted with an escape system, listed under Designator G,
Opposing Forces in Order Table 3-1.
4. One or more escapers, to be designated prior to the exercise amongst expert personnel.
SITUATION
1. Rescue Support Vessel and submarine R/V in designated area. At Go-Time submarine will be on
the surface or at periscope depth. Rescue Support Vessel will be always at a safe distance from the
initial position to facilitate submarine and diver operations. The Rescue Support Vessel may
anchor/moor not less than 300 yards from submarine bottoming position.
2. OCS will normally be a Senior Diving Officer onboard the Rescue Support Vessel.
PROCEDURE
1. Prior to Go-Time Submarine and Rescue Support Vessel will establish communications and will
agree a waiting position in a safety bearing of the Rescue Support Vessel, taking in account not to
interfere with submarine movements, maintaining UWT communications. Submarine will be marked
with a beacon buoy in order to facilitate her location at any time.
2. Once the submarine is in the initial position and the rescue personnel are ready, the submarine
establishes UWT communications with the Rescue Support Vessel and dives. OCS orders submarine
to bottom. This is acknowledged by the submarine with Time-Zero.
3. When safely bottomed, the submarine reports Q Q Q.
3-E9-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOTE
Submarine is only to bottom in a designated area in accordance with Section C of this EXOPORDER.
Maximum escape tower hatch depth will not exceed 40 metres. The submarine may fire a smoke
candle to indicate the bottoming position.
4. One diver team will be stationed close to the vertical position of the submarine. Inflatable boats
(zodiacs) will be placed in the vicinity, keeping in mind not to interfere with escapers during their free
ascent. The OCS will report to the submarine “divers and boats ready” and order the first escape.
NOTE
The first escape will normally be a rehearsal with a dummy in order to verify the correctness of the
whole procedure. Any further escape has to be authorized by the OCS.
5. Once the first escaper reaches the surface, a team of swimmers will recover the escaper to the
inflatable boat for a first medical check-up and immediate transfer to the Rescue Support Vessel for a
more exhaustive medical check-up. After this operation, the Rescue Support Vessel will establish
UWT communications with the submarine in order to proceed with the next escaper. This routine will
be repeated until the last escaper arrives to the surface. The escape of each person will not start until
OCS has given clearance to proceed with the exercise.
6. Once the escape exercise is completed, diver will clear the area proceeding to the Rescue Support
Vessel in the inflatable boats. One inflatable boat may remain in a safe distance, in order to release the
beacon buoy when the submarine is on the surface.
7. The OCS may call FINEX and passes a Surfacing Sitrep to the submarine.
8. Submarine fires smoke candle on un-bottoming and when happy returns to PD/surface
independently.
SAFETY
1. Personnel safety is paramount over any other exercise objectives.
2. The Rescue Support Vessel has to be fitted with decompression chamber and at least one medical
specialist in treatments of possible injuries caused by the escape process, must be embarked.
3. An ambulance/helo assistance stationed in the closest possible coastal position to the area of the
operations must be available for MEDEVAC.
4. Three inflatable boats will be permanently available in the water at standby. One boat will be
dedicated to swimmer and medical personnel, the second boat for the diving team that will provide
safety to the divers located in the vertical position of the submarine, assisting the escapers. A third
boat in charge of the safety zone and in standby for the other boats.
5. If possible, a diving team will be embarked onboard the submarine. One of these divers will
remain in the escape tower throughout the escape operation in order to assist, supervise and provide
safety to the escapers. At ENDEX these divers will remain onboard the submarine.
3-E9-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
6. The Rescue Support Vessel will be fitted with a fixed UWT and potable UWT as a backup. If the
Rescue Support Vessel is not fitted with a fixed UWT, two portable UWTs must be available.
7. Except in an emergency the submarine is not to un-bottom without the permission of the OCS.
a. In a case of emergency that requires the submarine to surface immediately, the submarine is to
release a red candle/flare.
b. In a case of emergency that allows the submarine to surface within 30 minutes, the submarine is
to release a yellow candle/flare to alert personnel on the surface and allows time to clear the area
before surfacing.
In addition the submarine crew will hammer the hull ten times to alert the divers in the water.
On receipt of these signals, the inflatable boats will recover the divers and clear the submarine at a safe
distance.
3-E9-3(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX F-1
BASIC SIMULATED ANTI SUBMARINE WARFARE EXERCISE

LINK EXERCISE (LINKEX)
PURPOSE
Train basic ASW procedures (SAU procedures and close ASW action) when no submarine is
available.
DURATION
Three hours
EXECUTION
1. A unit providing threat simulation (TSU)(position, course and speed of the synthetic submarine by
voice or link) is to be assigned by the OCE. This unit will also provide elements for the classification
process.
2. The OCE promulgates a DATUM and designates a SAU, a SAU approach is to be executed and
once units are within range, the TSU provides information concerning the position (bearing and range
relative to each unit), course and speed of synthetic submarine. This information is plotted or, when
available, fitted into the sonar simulation system.
3. Plans BLACK and RED are to be executed.
4. Once attack criteria are met, weapon co-ordination and simulated weapon engagements are to be
executed.
5. A simulated HELO/MPA or a HELO in flight conducting simulated ASW operations (sonar

operator on threat simulation circuit) may be introduced for initial DATUM search, training of SWAP
procedure and stand-off attacks.
6. During the approach the TSU is to provide EW/riser info, forcing DATUM/ETA-TDA updates
and SAU manoeuvring. Furthermore the TSU may initiate counter attacks by the synthetic submarine
to provoke TCM’s.
7. This exercise can be executed with ships manoeuvring or static (in harbour).
8. Duties of the OCE:
a. Provide a scenario (including sonar detection ranges);
b. Assign a TSU; and
c. If required, assign a unit simulating a HELO/MPA.
3-F1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
9. Duties of the OCS:
a. Act as ASWC/FTC/EWC/ACU; and
b. Assign data link, threat simulation and coordination circuits.
3-F1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX F-2
SIMULATED ANTI SUBMARINE WARFARE EXERCISE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise advanced ASW procedures when no submarine or MPA is available. The following is
to be practiced:
a. MPA joining procedures.
b. SAU procedures.
c. Stand-off conventional and close ASW action.
DURATION
Approximately three hours
EXECUTION
SUBMARINE AND MARITIME PATROL AIRCRAFT
1. One ship takes station 15 nm ahead of the force. This ship will represent the submarine target. The
target ship is limited to a maximum speed of 18 knots.
2. The target ship’s helicopter (if carried) is to be used to simulate the MPA.
3. Other ships are not to take tactical advantage of the targets ship’s radar echo, except as provided
for in paragraphs C.5 and E.1 below.
MAIN BODY AND SCREEN
1. The OCS will signal the OPGEN for the serial, designating one ship as the main body, and a
screen commander. The screen commander will form a screen around the main body.
2. The screen commander will detach a SAU based on the information from the MPA after full MPA
joining procedures have been carried out.
3. Once a SAU has been detached, the ship representing the main body, may be diverted by the
screen commander. It should continue to act as a merchant ship to give the target submarine
opportunity to evade the SAU and press home his attack. Alternatively, the main body can be detached
and “leapfrogged” ahead as the OCS of another serial to follow.
MARITIME PATROL AIRCRAFT
1. Full MPA joining procedures can be exercised if desired. This should be done before the SAU is
detached.
2. If the helicopter simulating the attack is not IFF equipped, a suitable radar responder can be used.
3-F2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. Once the joining procedure has been completed, the MPA will initiate the detection of the
submarine as a JEZEBEL or radar contact.
4. The actual radar echo of the target must not be plotted. To assist realism, MPA may report an
incorrect grid position, such as could occur in the event of an inaccurate gridlock on joining.
5. Radar on top of KINGPIN or target position can be exercised using actual radar echo as the on-top
position. The plot may then be marked but further movement of the target radar echo must be
disregarded.
SEARCH ATTACH UNIT
1. Full SAU procedures, including ETA at TDA, submarine’s limiting courses, and Plans Red and
Black are to be practiced.
2. Ships in the SAU are to disregard the target’s radar echo, except when the MPA marks on top.
3. SWAP is to be executed with the MPA at an appropriate moment.
4. Active and/or passive sonar is to be used to search for and track target ship.
ATTACKS
1. Once the SAU has gained sonar contact with the target, simulated stand-off attacks, using the
appropriate Plan Red, may be carried out with helicopters or other stand-off ASW weapon systems.
Helicopters may simulate either a torpedo or a nuclear depth charge loadout. In the event of poor sonar
conditions, the OCS may order the SAU to use the target radar echo for attacks.
2. If desired, a close ASW action by no more than two ships at a time may be ordered using Plan Red
3A (Geographic Sector).
SAFETY
1. No air-dropped weapons are to be released.
2. No surface-launched weapons may be fired except “air-shots”.
3. In a close ASW action, the rules of the road are to be obeyed and no ship is to close within 600
yards of the targets.
4. The target ship is to man the SAU/fighting net and if she at any time is in doubt of her safety, she
is to broadcast the message “break off” three times (i.e. “Break-off, Break-off, Break-off), which
means that all ships immediately stop the exercise and act in accordance with the International Rules
for Preventing Collision at Sea. If the message “Break-off” has been broadcast, only the OCS can
order continuation of the exercise.
METHOD OF ORDERING
The OCS will send a CASEX order message and the appropriate OPGEN/ OPTASK supplement as
required.
3-F2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
UMPIRING
The target ship is to monitor all tactical circuits and is to report on the performance of the SAU and
other relevant comments.
DEVELOPMENT
1. Further development of the SYNTEX can be made as follows, if the basic procedures are
successful and safe:
a. The target ship can be designated nuclear and be unrestricted in speed. Course restrictions must
be applied at speeds greater than 18 knots for safety reasons.
b. The distance to the target must not be less than 3,000 yards to provide greater difficulty for sonar
operators.
3-F2-3(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 4
INSTRUCTIONS, DEFINITIONS, SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES

APPLICABLE TO SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES - COORDINATED SUBMARINE
OPERATIONS - "S" SERIES
4000 INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES
4001 PURPOSE
The purpose of conducting submarine ASW exercises is to train the Commanding Officer and the attack
team of a submarine in detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking submarine targets.
4002 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PARTICIPATING SUBMARINES
1. The following are the minimum requirements for submarines participating in ASW exercises:
a. Sonar. All participating Submarines must be capable of reliable underwater communication

with each other, either by underwater telephone (UWT) and/or SST. Should any submarine be
unable to communicate, it must surface and assume an "Out-of-Action" status until the equipment is
serviceable
b. Radar. All participating Submarines should be fitted with serviceable warning radars. The
range index error of the radar must be accurately known.
4003 WHEN EXERCISES MAY BE CONDUCTED
Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions for individual CASEXes, these exercises may be
conducted either by day and/or night.
4004 RECORDS
1. When submarine ASW exercises are to be analyzed, the following records, additional to those
required by National authorities, may be requested by the designated analyzing authority.
a. From the Attacking Submarine
(1) Attack form.
(2) Navigational plot (scale 1,000 yards: 1 inch).
(3) Attack log.
(4) Tracing of the time bearing plot.
(5) Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP).
4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
b. From the Target Submarine
(1) Navigational plot (scale 1,000 yards: 1 inch).
(2) containing depth, course, and speed for each incident.
(3) Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP).
2. For advanced or large-scale exercises, submarines may be required to forward the appropriate
FORMEXes.
3. When torpedoes are fired, complete attack and firing data are required by the analyzing authority.
4005 INTELLIGENCE BASED ON SAFETY SIGNALS
Intelligence gained from any of the safety signals required in submarine ASW exercises is not to be
used for attack or evasion by any of the participating units.
4006 - 4009 Spare
4010 DEFINITIONS APPLICABLE TO SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES
The following definitions are particularly applicable to submarine ASW exercises.
4011 MARKED SUBMARINE
1. A marked submarine is a submarine which proceeds at least 1 metre (3 feet) less than the optimum
periscope depth for the prevailing conditions with all masts and periscopes fully extended. Should there
be any doubt as to the visibility of the extended masts, a large red flag (BRAVO) is to be attached to one
of the masts.
2. A submarine may be ordered to be the 'marked submarine' in exercises where both the attacking and
target submarines are at periscope depth throughout, or during part of, the exercise. (See Exercise
Instructions 160 and 161.)
4012 RESPONSIBLE SUBMARINE
In submarine ASW exercises, the responsible submarine is the submarine responsible for taking action
to avoid a submerged collision.
4013 SAFETY BEARING
The safety bearing is the bearing of the target from the attacking submarine at the start of each Run.
4014 SAFETY CIRCLES
1. A safety circle drawn with its centre being the initial position of an attacking submarine at the start
of each Run. Two concentric circles are drawn on the plots of the attacking and target submarine and
called inner and outer safety circles.
4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2. The radii of the safety circles may be altered at the discretion of the SUBOPAUTH (Relaxation
24*A). The minimum radii must conform with the following:
a. the inner safety circle is never to be less than 3000 yards; and
b. the outer safety circles must be at least 2000 yards greater than the radius of the inner safety circle.
3. A special Safety Circle exists for use in CASEX S4 (Article 4022.3).
4015 SAFETY LINE
A safety line is a line drawn perpendicular to the safety bearing, at the range specified in the exercise
orders/message (Relaxation 23A), from the initial position of the attacking submarine. This range is
never to be less than 2000 yards.
4016 SAFETY ZONES
Safety zones are zones established on either side of a transit lane. The width of the safety zones is to be
specified in the exercise orders/message.
4017 TOO CLOSE
Throughout submarine ASW exercises, if the attacking and target submarines are at periscope depth
they are too close when the range is less than 1500 yards and the distance off track is less than 800
yards. (These limits may be reduced at the discretion of the national SUBOPAUTH by the use of
Relaxation 25*A.)
4018 TRANSIT LANE
A transit lane is a lane between transit positions in which the target submarine has complete freedom of
action except when restricted for depth. The lane width is to be specified in the exercise
orders/message.
4019 TRANSIT POSITIONS
Transit positions are positions specified in the exercise orders/message, which provide the centre line of
a transit lane.
4020 SAFETY RULES FOR EXERCISES INVOLVING MORE THAN ONE SUBMARINE
1. The following Articles are the rules which apply for the Prevention of Collision between submerged
submarines, and are applicable to all submarines.
2. The OTC/OCS is responsible for promulgating the Safety Instructions to all participants in
submarine ASW exercises.
3. When submarines are conducting coordinated operations, the OTC/OCS shall promulgate the Safety
Instructions.
4. NOT RELEASABLE.
4-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-CONFIDENTIAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
5. Delegation of responsibility for promulgation of the Safety Instructions does not in any way
relieve the Commanding Officers of participating submarines of their individual responsibility for the
safety of their own commands.
4021 RESPONSIBILITY FOR AVOIDING SUBMERGED COLLISION
1. In submarine ASW exercises, both the attacking and the target submarine are equally responsible
for target action to avoid a submerged collision.
2. In exercises where one submarine is ordered to be 'marked submarine' (Article 4011.1), the
unmarked submarine automatically becomes responsible for taking action to avoid coming Too Close
to the marked submarine.
3. If two submarines get Too Close (Article 4017) or if a submarine collision appears imminent:
a. the target submarine is to surface; and
b. the attacking submarine is to go to a safe depth (as described in Article 2213) and remain
there until surfaced by the target submarine. (Article 2273 applies unless Relaxations in force
otherwise permit.)
4022 SAFETY CIRCLE
1. The attacking submarine may be at any depth within the inner safety circle. When outside the
inner safety circle, the attacking submarine must remain below 97 metres (318 feet). If Relaxation
21*C (Table 3-2) is in force when HE is detected, the attacking submarines may proceed to periscope
depth to classify the noise source, provided:
a. it points the bearing (toward or away);
b. the bearing is changing; and
c. it returns to 97 metres (318 feet) within 5 minutes of reaching periscope depth.
2. When submerged, the target submarine is never to cross the outer safety circle. If forced deep, it
is not to go below 62 metres (203 feet) and is to increase speed as necessary to continue cavitating. If
unable to cavitate, it is to transmit on UWT or SST its call sign at least once every minute.
3. Unless otherwise specified in the exercise orders/message the Special Safety Circle in CASEX S-4
has a radius of 3000 yards centred on the initial position of each attacking submarine (see Relaxation
24*B). In this case there is no outer safety circle and attacking submarines are never to cross their
safety circles.
4. The radius of the special safety circle is defined in Relaxation 24*C. This safety circle only
applies for bottomed submarines. A Rescue Support Submarine must never bottom within this safety
circle. The safety circle is never to be less than 200 yards.
4023 SAFETY LINE
Attacking submarines are never to cross the safety line.
4-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
4024 SAFETY ZONES AND TRANSIT LANES
1. Attacking submarines are to be at Safe Depth (Article 2213) when entering a Safety Zone or a
Transit Lane.
4025 SAFETY RULES FOR BASIC EXERCISES
1. In basic submarine exercises, safety of participating submarines is achieved by:
a. Horizontal separation (e.g. safety line);
b. vertical separation (e.g. by assigning submarines separate depth zones); or
c. a combination of a. and b. (e.g. safety circles).
4026 SAFETY RULES FOR ADVANCED EXERCISES
1. In advanced submarine ASW exercises, when both the attacking and target submarines may
operate at periscope depth without horizontal separation, safety is achieved by:
a. time separation during which either the attacking or target submarine may be at periscope
depth; and/or
b. either the attacking or target submarine being ordered to actively transmit on UWT or SST while
at periscope depth.
2. Submarines not required to actively transmit on UWT or SST may snorkel when periscope
visibility is not less than 2000 yards during daylight and at night during assigned periods only.
3. Submarines required to transmit at periscope depth are to broadcast "SCOPE-SCOPE-SCOPE" or

"ACA" on UWT or SST, respectively, at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes.
4027 NOT RELEASABLE
4-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
AXP 1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4028 SEPARATION BETWEEN TARGET SUBMARINES
1. When two or more target submarines are participating, each having its own Transit Lane, the
boundaries of their respective Transit Lanes are to be separated by not less than 5 miles.
2. When routed via the same Transit Lane, target submarines are to be not less than 10 miles apart.
this separation is to be increased to not less than 20 miles for exercises of more than 24 hours duration.
4029 Spare
4030 PROCEDURES APPLICABLE TO SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES
4031 GRIDLOCK
1. In open water, where accurate navigation may not be possible, submarine ASW exercises may
achieve a degree of accurate positioning by grid locking the relative positions of participating
submarines prior to Go Time for each run/exercise.
2. Method for Gridlock
a. Both the target and attacking submarines are stopped on the surface or at periscope depth in pre-
selected positions not more than 8000 yards apart.
b. Both submarines fix their relative positions, by the most accurate method available, and mutually
exchange bearing and range.
4-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
c. Using a modified Cartesian coordinate grid, see ATP 1 Vol I, the attacking submarine's initial
position is the grid position (0,0) plotted on its DR plot. To improve accuracy the size of the grid is
reduced to 100 by 100 nautical miles.
d. Both submarines start their DR plots at the time ordered by the attacking submarine.
4032 PROCEDURE FOR SUBMARINES CHANGING DEPTH THROUGH DEPTH ZONES

ASSIGNED TO OTHER SUBMARINES
1. In advanced exercises where submarines have freedom of action in assigned depth zones, they are
to observe special caution when changing depth through depth zones assigned to other submarines.
(see Relaxations 21*E, 21*F and 21*G).
2. When changing depth zones, or if out of assigned depth zone for any reason, the following
procedure shall apply:
a. From 3 minutes before changing depth, while passing through, and clear of the other submarine's
depth zone, each submarine shall:
(1) steer Safety Course, and
(2) transmit the appropriate signal from Table 4-1 at least once a minute.
b. Any submarine hearing these Safety Signals will become the responsible submarine, and if there
is risk of submerged collision shall take the following action -
(1) turn to and remain on the ordered Safety Course until the transmission of the Safety Signals
has ceased, indicating that the other submarine has reached its assigned depth zone; and
(2) initiate a range check (Table 5-9).
(3) If the changing depth signal is answered within the 3 minute period (paragraph 2a above)
neither submarine is to change depth until it has ascertained that it is safe to do so.
3. When changing depth in order to go to periscope depth submarines may clear baffles in the depth
zone allocated to another submarine only if Relaxation 21*F and 21*G are in force and provided they
transmit the word “Baffles” vice the codeword for the safety course (see Table 4-1).
4033 USE OF UNDERWATER TELEPHONE
1. During submarine ASW exercises, the volume control of the UWT must be at a gain setting which
will ensure reception of Safety Signals.
2. When transmitting Safety Signals, the UWT transmitter gain control should be at a maximum
practical setting. It may be dangerous to reduce the volume of the Safety Signals by turning down the
gain or by 'whispering'.
4-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 4-1 Changing Depth Safety Signals
Heading VOICE/UWT CW/SST

Coming Up Going Down Coming Up Going
Down
North Deep-Deep-Deep Shallow-Shallow-Shallow UUN UUB QN
Coming Up Going Down November
November
East Deep-Deep-Deep Shallow-Shallow-Shallow UUE UUB QE
Coming Up Echo Going Down Echo
South Deep-Deep-Deep Shallow-Shallow-Shallow UUS UUB QS
Coming Up Sierra Going Down Sierra
West Deep-Deep-Deep Shallow-Shallow-Shallow UUW UUB QW
Coming Up Whiskey Going Down Whiskey
Clearing Deep, deep, deep UUB
Baffles coming up Baffles,
(…..) depth in meters
4034 MARKING ATTACKS
1. When a submarine has made an attack on another submarine, and to enable the attacking
submarine to make an initial assessment of its attack, the following procedure for marking attacks is to
be followed:
a. By the Attacking Submarine
b. Make appropriate Attack Signals (Table 5-4).
c. Initiate a range check by Mark-Snap method (Table 5-9).
d. Make ME-YOU Message (Article 6003).
e. By the Target Submarine
f. Acknowledge Attack Signals (Table 5-4).
g. Reply to Range check (Table 5-9).
h. Reply to ME-YOU Message (Article 6003).
4035 REQUIREMENTS WHEN TORPEDOES ARE FIRED
1. When Relaxation 2K has been authorized for submarine ASW exercises, torpedoes may be fired in
accordance with Articles 2252.1.C.(2) and NOT RELEASABLE.
2. The firing submarine is responsible for stationing the torpedo recovery vessel and for providing
information to spotter aircraft (if available).
4036 -4039 Spare
4-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
4040 METHOD OF ORDERING SUBMARINE ASW EXERCISES
1. (NU) Submarine exercises are to be ordered by using Order Table 3-1.
2. (NU) Standard submarine ASW exercises ('S' Series CASEXes) are listed in Table 4-2.
3. (NU) Appropriate relaxations (Table 3-2) and/or exercise instructions (Table 3-3) may be used as
required to achieve realistic training objectives.
4041 - 4049 Spare
4050 NOT RELEASABLE
4051 NOT RELEASABLE
4052 NOT RELEASABLE
4053 - 4999 Spare
4-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 4-2 'S' Series CASEXes
CASEX TITLE MINIMUM MINIMUM REMARKS

No. DURATION SIZE OF
AREA
S-1 Submarine, at or below safe depth, attacks 2 hrs per run 10 x 10 nm Basic Exercise
another submarine transiting its patrol area at
periscope depth.
S-2 Submarine, at periscope depth (or with 2 hrs per run 10 x 10 nm Basic Exercise (may
freedom in depth until detecting HE), attacks be made more
another submarine transiting its patrol area at advanced by
periscope depth. Relaxation 21*D)
S-3 Submarine, with freedom in depth, attacks 2 hrs per run 10 x 10 nm Intermediate Exercise
another submarine transiting close to its
patrol area at periscope depth.
S-4 One or more submarines, at periscope depth, 2 hrs 10 x 10 nm Intermediate Exercise
attack another submarine transiting their
patrol areas at periscope depth (by day only).
(for each patrolling
submarine)
S-5 One or more submarines, with freedom in 4 hrs 10 x 10 nm More Advanced
depth, attack another submarine, restricted in Exercise
depth, in a transit lane transiting through their
areas.
(for each patrolling
submarine)
S-6 One or more patrolling submarines, with 48 hrs 20 x 20 nm These are advanced
relative freedom in depth, attack other for each exercises designed to
submarines, with relative freedom in depth, patrolling exercise submarines
transiting their patrol areas. submarine as realistically as
S-7 NOT RELEASABLE possible, and are
particularly suitable
for large scale
exercises and/or
Sub/Air Barrier
exercises.
S-8 NOT RELEASABLE
S-9 Advanced exercise of detection, tracking and

Attack of a transiting submarine on a
SUBNOTE
S-10 NOT RELEASABLE
S-11 NOT RELEASABLR
S-12 to S-20: Spares
4-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-1
SUBMARINE, AT OR BELOW SAFE DEPTH, ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE

TRANSITING ITS PATROL AREA AT PERISCOPE DEPTH
PURPOSE
To exercise a submarine patrolling at or below Safe Depth in detecting, classifying, tracking and
attacking another submarine transiting its area at periscope depth.
FORCES REQUIRED
Two submarines.
SITUATION
1. The attacking submarine is at periscope depth in its assigned initial position.
2. The target submarine is at periscope depth in a position approximately 20,000 yards from the
attacking submarine's initial position.
PROCEDURE
2. Initiate runs by the Executive method.
3. At Go Time for each run, the target submarine commences a dived transit (remaining at periscope
depth and cavitating throughout) to pass within a specified range of the attacking submarine's initial
position. Unless otherwise ordered, the target is unrestricted for course and speed.
4. The attacking submarine is to remain at or below Safe Depth from 10 minutes after Go Time.
After detecting and classifying the target submarine, the attacking submarine is to track and close the
target to achieve a firing position.
5. On receipt of the Attack (or Run Completed) signal, the target submarine is to surface, and then
surface the attacking submarine in accordance with Articles 2272 and 2273 unless Relaxations in force
otherwise permit.
6. Target should not manoeuvre to avoid torpedoes.
7. It the Attack (or Run Completed) signal is not received by the time the target submarine has
reached a position 8000 yards beyond the attacking submarine's initial position, the target submarine is
to surface, and then surface the attacking submarine in accordance with Article 2273 unless Relaxation
in force permit otherwise.
8. The exercise ends on completion of the last Run or at Stop Time, whichever is the earlier.
4-S1-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The ranges in Situation (paragraph 2) and Procedure (paragraph 7) may be altered at the discretion
of the OTC/OCS.
2. To save time and to assist in classification, the attacking submarine may request the target
submarine to transmit (for a short time or at intervals) on its echo sounder (Designator U of the Order
Table).
RECORDS
1. ME-YOU Message on completion of each run.
2. In accordance with Article 4004.
4-S1-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-2
SUBMARINE, AT PERISCOPE DEPTH (OR WITH FREEDOM IN DEPTH UNTIL

DETECTING HE) ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE TRANSITING ITS PATROL AREA
AT PERISCOPE DEPTH
PURPOSE
To exercise a submarine patrolling at periscope depth, or with freedom in depth until detecting HE, in
detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking another submarine transiting its patrol area at periscope
depth.
FORCES REQUIRED
Two submarines.
SITUATION
1. The attacking submarine is on the surface in its assigned initial position.
2. The target submarine is at periscope depth in a position approximately 10,000 yards from the
attacking submarine's initial position. The target submarine's initial position is not to be disclosed to
the attacking submarine; however the Safety Bearing reported by the target submarine will be known
by the attacking submarine.
PROCEDURE
2. When the attacking submarine is ready for the exercise, it reports to the target submarine "Ready
for Run One".
3. On receipt of the "Ready" signal, the target submarine takes a bearing and radar range of the
attacking submarine and signals "Go Time Run One (time). Safety Bearing is (...). Read Back."
(see Article 4013). The target submarine is not to commence its transit, nor is the attacking submarine
to dive, until this signal has been read back correctly.
4. Both submarines establish the Safety Line on their plots (Article 4015 and 4023). The Safety
Bearing and Safety Line are not to be altered during the Run.
5. The target submarine is to remain at periscope depth throughout the Run. Unless otherwise
ordered, it is unrestricted for course and speed and must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA
on UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3).
6. After Go Time for the Run, the target submarine is free to open the range before actually
commencing its transit towards the attacking submarine's initial position.
7. The attacking submarine is to remain at periscope depth (unless Relaxation 21*D is in force) while
conducting its approach and attack.
4-S2-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
8. On completion of each attack/Run, the attacking submarine is to surface and inform the target
submarine "Run (No.) Completed" and remain in its surfacing position until Go Time for the next
Run.
9. On receipt of the Attack (Run Completed) signal, the target submarine may remain at periscope
depth while proceeding to the start position for the next Run, and signals "Go Time Run (No.) (time).
Safety Bearing is (...). Read Back".
10. The full procedures for plotting Safety Bearing and Safety Line, and for commencing the Run,
are to be conducted for each subsequent Run.
11. When attacking and target roles are reversed, the target submarine is to surface on receipt of
the "Run Completed" signal, and remain in its surfacing position for the attacking submarine. The
attacking submarine is now the target submarine and opens the range for the next Run and uses the full
procedure for starting a Run.
12. If the attack (or Run Completed) signal has not been received by the time the target submarine
has reached a position 8000 yards beyond the Safety Line, the target submarine is to surface, and then
surface the attacking submarine in accordance with Article 2273 unless relaxations in force permit
otherwise.
13. The exercise ends on completion of the last Run, or at Stop Time, whichever is the earlier.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The ranges in Situation (paragraph 2) and Procedure (paragraph 12) may be altered at the
discretion of the OTC/OCS.
2. Normally this exercise is conducted by day, but may be conducted by night if Relaxation 21*D is
in force.
3. Submarines are to surface if they are liable to be put deep by a surface vessel.
4. Submarines are to surface and stop the exercise if the visibility through the periscope becomes less
than 2000 yards unless Relaxation 13*B is in force.
5. Unless Relaxation 21*D is in force, the attacking submarine is to be marked and the following
rules apply:
a. the target submarine is the responsible submarine;
b. the target submarine is to surface if -
(1) within 1000 yards of the Safety Line without having sighted the attack submarine, or
(2) having crossed the Safety Line, it loses sight of the attacking submarine.
4-S2-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
c. the target submarine is not to alter course toward the attacking submarine once it has crossed
the Safety Line.
6. If, despite the Safety Rules, either submarine is forced deep, it is to turn to a course reciprocal to
the last bearing of the other submarine and is to remain within 40 degrees of that course until it is safe
to return to periscope depth.
7. This CASEX can be made more realistic by the use of Relaxation 21*D. In this case the following
rules apply:
a. On detecting and classifying the target submarine's HE, the attacking submarine is to signal
that it is going to Safe Depth. The target submarine must acknowledge the signal before the
attacking submarine goes deep.
b. After receipt of the acknowledgement, the attacking submarine is to go to and remain at the
end of the run. The attacking submarine is now free to cross the Safety Line.
c. The target submarine is to surface if, within 1000 yards of the Safety Line, it has not received
and acknowledged the attacking submarine's "Going to safe depth" signal.
RECORDS
1. ME - YOU Message on completion of each Run.
4-S2-3 (Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-3
SUBMARINE WITH FREEDOM IN DEPTH ATTACKS ANOTHER SUBMARINE

TRANSITING CLOSE TO ITS PATROL AREA AT PERISCOPE DEPTH
PURPOSE
To exercise, under realistic patrol conditions, a patrolling submarine in detecting, classifying, tracking
and attacking another submarine transiting close to patrol area at periscope depth.
FORCES REQUIRED
Two submarines.
SITUATION
1. More realistic patrol conditions are achieved by the attacking submarine having freedom of
movement and limited freedom in depth, but little or no knowledge of where or when the target
submarine will transit close to its area.
2. The attacking submarine, at any depth, is within a Safety Circle (Articles 4014 and 4022).
3. The target submarine is at periscope depth in a position not less than 10,000 yards from the centre
of the Safety Circles at Go Time.
4. The principles of this exercise may be employed in submarine ASW exercises and Sub/Air Barrier
exercise.
PROCEDURE
1. The target submarine commences its submerged transit any time after Go Time.
2. The target submarine is unrestricted in course and speed and is free to evade attack, but must
remain at periscope depth and cavitate throughout the exercise/Run and comply with Article 4022.2.
3. The attacking submarine commences its submerged patrol at Go Time and must comply with
Article 4022.1 until Stop Time or until surfaced by the target submarine.
4. If the target submarine has not been attacked and has reached a position beyond the centre of the
Safety Circles at which the distance is 2000 yards greater than the radius of the Outer Safety Circle, it
is to surface and then surface the attacking submarine in accordance with Article 2272, unless
Relaxation is in force otherwise permits.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The safety and success of this CASEX depend on accurate navigation. If accurate fixes cannot be
obtained, submarines must gridlock prior to Go Time (Article 4031).
2. The target submarine is to surface if it is liable to be put deep by a surface vessel.
4-S3-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
3. Sub/Air Barrier exercises are to be conducted in accordance with current Air/Sub procedures.
RECORDS
4-S3-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-4
ONE OR MORE SUBMARINES AT PERISCOPE DEPTH ATTACK ANOTHER

SUBMARINE TRANSITING THEIR PATROL AREAS AT PERISCOPE DEPTH
(BY DAY ONLY)
PURPOSE
To exercise submarines patrolling at periscope depth in detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking
another submarine transiting at periscope depth.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more attacking submarines.
2. One target submarine.
SITUATION
1. An exercise based on CASEX S-2 with any number of submarines attacking the same target. Each
attacking submarine is positioned within its Special Safety Circle (Article 4022.3).
2. The attacking submarines are on the surface, in their Special Safety Circles specified in the
exercise orders/message.
3. The target submarine is at periscope depth in a position not less than 10,000 yards from the centre
of the Special Safety Circle of the first attacking submarine. This position is not to be disclosed to the
attacking submarine.
PROCEDURE
2. When all attacking submarines have reported "Ready for Run One", the target submarine will
order "Go Time Run One (time), Acknowledge".
3. After acknowledging, the attacking submarines are to dive to periscope depth at Go Time for the
Run.
4. At Go Time for each Run, the target submarine commences a dived transit (remaining at periscope
depth throughout) to pass through each attacking submarine's Special Safety Circle. Unless otherwise
ordered, it is unrestricted for course and speed and must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA
on UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3).
5. Attacking submarines are to remain at periscope depth and within their Special Safety Circles
(Article 4022.3) while conducting their approach and attack.
6. On completion of each attack/Run, attacking submarines are to surface and return to their initial
positions, but are not to dive again until the target submarine has reported "Clear of Safety Circle".
4-S4-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
7. On receipt of each Attack (Run Completed) signal, the target submarine remains at periscope
depth and commences its Run for the next attacking submarine. When clear of an attacking
submarine's Special Safety Circle, it must report to that submarine "Clear of Safety Circle".
8. The exercise ends on completion of the Run for the last submarine, or at Stop Time, whichever is
the earlier.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. This exercise is to be conducted by day only.
2. The circumferences of individual Special Safety Circles should not be less than 4000 yards apart.
3. It is imperative that reliable fixes can at all times be obtained. Submarines are to surface if at any
time they are uncertain of their navigational positions.
4. Submarines are to surface if they are liable to be put deep by a surface vessel.
5. Submarines are to surface and stop the exercise if the visibility through the periscope becomes less
than 3000 yards.
6. Attacking submarines are to be marked and the following rules apply:
a. the target submarine is the responsible submarine;
b. the target submarine is to surface if -
(1) within 1000 yards of a Special Safety Circle without having sighted the attacking
submarine, or
(2) having crossed the Special Safety Circle, it loses sight of the attacking submarine; and
c. the target submarine is not to alter course toward the attacking submarine once it has entered the
Special Safety Circle.
7. If, despite the Safety Rules, either submarine is forced deep, it is to turn to a course reciprocal to
the last bearing of the other submarine and is to remain within 40 degrees of that course until it is safe
to return to periscope depth.
RECORDS
4-S4-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-5
ONE OR MORE SUBMARINES WITH FREEDOM IN DEPTH ATTACK ANOTHER

SUBMARINE RESTRICTED IN DEPTH IN A TRANSIT LANE TRANSITING THROUGH
THEIR AREAS
PURPOSE
To exercise patrolling submarines with freedom in depth in detecting, classifying, tracking and
attacking another submarine which is restricted in depth, transiting through their areas.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. One or more attacking submarines.
2. One target submarine.
SITUATION
1. The attacking submarines may be at any depth in their assigned patrol areas when outside the
Safety Zones and Transit Lanes (Articles 4016 and 4018).
2. The target submarine may be at any depth within its assigned Depth Zone in the Transit Lane.
NOT RELEASABLE.
3. The Transit Lane runs through each attacking submarine's patrol area.
PROCEDURE
1. Depth Zone throughout. Unless otherwise ordered, it is unrestricted for course and speed but must
remain within the Transit Lane and must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA on UWT or SST
respectively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3).
2. At Go Time, attacking submarines may be at any depth outside the Safety Zones and Transit Lane.
They may enter the Safety Zones and Transit Lane (within the limits of their own patrol area) but must
be at Safe Depth or deeper when doing so. NOT RELEASABLE
3. On completion of each attack/Run, attacking submarines may, if safe to do so, return to periscope
depth and, if desired, surface to wait instructions for the next Run.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. The safety and success of this CASEX depend on accurate navigation by all participants. (See
Special Provision 6 below.)
2. Attacking submarines are not to approach within one mile of the edges of their areas.
3. Submarines are to surface as follows:
4-S5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
a. The target submarine -
(1) if at any time its navigational position is in doubt,
(2) if restricted to periscope depth during its transit and liable to be put deep by surface
shipping, or
(3) if, despite the above, the target submarine is forced deep, it is to transmit on UWT/SST
call sign, course and depth; and
b. The attacking submarine(s) (outside the Safety Zones and Transit Lane) if, at any time, its
navigational position is in doubt.
4. The target submarine's Depth Zone, transit positions, width of Transit Lane and Safety Zones are
to be specified in the exercise orders/messages.
5. If more than one target submarine participates, Article 4028 is applicable.
6. If this CASEX is conducted in an area where accurate navigation may not be possible, the
following additional provisions apply:
a. establish communications prior to Go Time;
b. only one target submarine and one attacking submarine may participate;
c. submarines are to gridlock their relative positions and start their DR plots in accordance with
Article 4031);
d. transit positions are selected by the target submarine and are to be transmitted to the attacking
submarine by the READ BACK method;
e. submarines are not to make allowance for tidal streams, currents or drift; and
f. submarines are to surface if the accuracy of their DR plots is in doubt.
7. Full procedures are to be repeated for subsequent runs.
RECORDS
1. ME - YOU Message on completion of each attack.
4-S5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-6
ONE OR MORE PATROLLING SUBMARINES WITH RELATIVE FREEDOM IN DEPTH

ATTACK OTHER SUBMARINES WITH RELATIVE FREEDOM IN DEPTH TRANSITING
THEIR AREAS
PURPOSE
To exercise submarines in advanced ASW operations.
FORCES REQUIRED
1. Two or more attacking submarines.
2. ASW ships and aircraft if desired.
SITUATION
1. Patrolling submarines are in their allocated Depth Zones and Areas conducting ASW patrols.
2. Transiting submarines are in their allocated Depth Zones, Transit Lane(s) (Article 4028) and initial
positions, which are to be outside the patrolling submarine's Tactical Sonar Range (TSR).
3. This CASEX is particularly suited to advanced large scale exercises and Sub/Air Barrier exercises.
PROCEDURE
1. At Go Time, transiting submarines commence dived transits within their assigned Transit Lane(s)
and Depth Zones at the ordered Speed of Advance (SOA) or remaining within their Mobile Exercise
Area (MXA). Unless otherwise ordered, they have freedom of movement (course and speed) within
assigned Transit Lane(s) between the surface and periscope depth and when in their allocated deep
Depth Zone. While at periscope depth, submarines must broadcast SCOPE SCOPE SCOPE or ACA
on UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes (Article 4026.3). Within exercise
objectives, transit policy is at the discretion of individual Commanding Officers.
2. At Go Time, patrolling submarines commence ASW patrols, remaining in their patrol areas. They
have freedom of action (course, speed and depth) from the surface to the floor of their allocated upper
Depth Zone and within their lower Depth Zone.
3. Submarines may be at periscope depth and/or snorkel as follows:
a. Transiting Submarines. At any time when in assigned Transit Lane(s) except during the
night periods allocated to patrolling submarines (Relaxations 21A or B) when they must be on the
surface or in their allocated deep Depth Zone. If on the surface during these periods and required
to dive, transiting submarines must immediately go to and remain in their assigned deep Depth
Zones.
b. Patrolling Submarines -
(1) By Day. Sunrise to Sunset, if periscope visibility is not less than 2000 yards (Article
4026.2); but see paragraph 4a below.
4-S6-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(2) By Night. During allocated periods (Relaxations 21A or B).
(3) To Classify. Classify sonar contacts in accordance with paragraph 4 below.
4. Patrolling submarines may classify sonar contacts as follows:
a. If at periscope depth and a sonar contact is achieved which cannot be classified as a surface
target or snorkelling submarine within 5 minutes of the acquisition, they are to go to the floor of
their upper Depth Zone, and remain in there throughout the attack/time in contact. This
restriction does not apply during the night periscope depth periods allocated to patrolling
submarines.
b. If deep when contact achieved, come to periscope depth in accordance with Article 4032. If
the contact is not classified as a surface target or a snorkelling submarine within 5 minutes after
arrival at periscope depth, they are to return either to the floor of their upper Depth Zone or to
their deep Depth Zone in accordance with Article 4032, and remain there throughout the
attack/time in contact. This restriction does not apply during the night periscope depth periods
allocated to patrolling submarines.
5. Submarines may evade attack as follows:
a. Transiting Submarines
(1) If surfaced, by altering course and/or speed; but do not dive.
(2) If at periscope depth, by altering speed and stopping snorkelling. Broadcast SCOPE
SCOPE SCOPE or ACA on UWT or SST respectively at intervals not to exceed 3 minutes
(Article 4026.3), altering course away or surfacing; but do not go deeper or alter course
toward.
(3) If in allocated deep Depth Zone, by altering course and/ or speed; but remain in that
Depth Zone.
b. Patrolling Submarines
(1) If surfaced, by altering course and/or speed; but do not dive.
(2) If in allocated Depth Zone, they are unrestricted except that -
(a) they are not to alter course towards; and
(b) they must remain in that allocated Depth Zone.
NOTE:
Evasion is not to be attempted if the attack signals are the first indication of the other submarine
presence.
6. With Relaxation 20A in force, transiting submarines may attack patrolling submarines while
evading and before being attacked, if they are in their own allocated Depth Zones, but must not
4-S6-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
change Depth Zones during the attack/time in contact.
7. When changing depth through a Depth Zone allocated to another submarine, submarines are to
comply with Article 4032.
8. Participating ASW ships and aircraft conduct patrols as required by the OCE.
9. The exercise ends at Stop Time.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1. If a submerged collision at periscope depth is imminent, submarines are to alter course away, and:
a. Transiting submarines are to surface.
b. Patrolling submarines are to go deep to the floor of their upper Depth Zone.
2. Transiting and patrolling submarines are to be allocated Depth Zones in accordance with Article
2213 and Table 2-2, as follows: NOT RELEASABLE.
a. Transiting Submarines
(1) The surface to periscope depth; except during night periods allocated to patrolling
submarines; and
(2) A Deep zone between the patrolling submarine's upper and lower Depth Zones.
b. Patrolling Submarines
(1) An Upper Depth Zone to include the surface and periscope depth; and
(2) a Lower Depth Zone below the transiting submarine's Deep Depth Zone.
3. Submarines may be restricted for speed when in the upper Depth Zones.
4. This exercise will normally be conducted in open water; therefore, submarines are to navigate with
extreme caution. If in adjacent patrol areas, submarines shall not approach within 3 miles of common
boundaries.
RECORDS
In accordance with Article 4004.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-7
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S7-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S7-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S7-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S7-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-8
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S8-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S8-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-9
ADVANCED EXERCISE OF DETECTION, TRACKING AND ATTACK OF A TRANSITING

SUBMARINE ON A SUBNOTE
PURPOSE
1. To exercise a patrolling submarine in detecting, classifying, tracking and attacking another

submarine.
2. To exercise a submarine in Counter-detecting another submarine and evading.
3. To take advantage of PASSEX Training opportunities presented between a patrolling submarine

and a submarine transiting on a SUBNOTE.
REQUIRED FORCES
1. FRNFOR
a. One attacking submarine. The submarine should be TA equipped.
2. OPFOR
a. One target submarine.
SITUATION
1. This exercise can be effectively use in case of non-delaying PASSEX based on a SUBNOTE.
2. At Go Time a transit lane which corresponds to the SUBNOTE MHN, is established

geographically, with the OPFOR start position based upon the OPFOR submarine’s SUBNOTE.
3. The FRNFOR submarine is on patrol waiting for a transiting submarine. It is free in depth outside
of the transit lane and the safety zones. It must operate in its allocated depth zone when in the transit
lane or the safety zone.
4. The OPFOR submarine is transiting in a transit lane in its allocated depth zone.
5. The transit lane is defined by he Mean Line of Advance (MLA) of the OPFOR Submarine
SUBNOTE and as specified in para M and N2 of the CASEX Order Table. Safety zones are a
minimum of 2nm wide.
6. Para J, JJ, N2, SS of the CASEX Order Table in accordance with the OPFOR submarine’s
SUBNOTE.
4-S9-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table S9-1 TRANSIT LANE
TRANSIT LANE SAFETY ZONES OUTSIDE OF

TRANSIT LANE
OPFOR As specified in CASEX Forbidden Forbidden
Submarine Order Table para PP2
FRNFOR As specified in CASEX As specified in CASEX Free
submarine Order Table para PP1 Order Table para PP1
S is the average speed of the OPFOR submarine.

T is the duration of the CASEX.
MM is the width of the channel of transit lane as specified in para MM of the CASEX Order.
Figure S9-1 Submarine Transit Lane
PROCEDURES
1. The OPFOR submarine transits in the transit lane. If requested, it can be at the most favourable
depth to be detected during the first part of the CASEX. It tries to counter-detect the FRNFOR
submarine. It evades and counter-attacks according to the directions of the CASEX Order Table.
4-S9-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
2. The OPFOR submarine is to remain at less than ½ MM from the PIM defined in the CASEX Order
Table.
3. The FRNFOR submarine tries to detect and track the OPFOR submarine. From a given time, the
FRNFOR submarine is allowed to attack the OPFOR submarine. A rendezvous may be planned at
STOP TIME to exchange first impression report.
4. The Noise Augmentation Units (NAU) are used in accordance with the CASEX Order Table. The
NAU of the FRNFOR submarine should be switched off during the attack.
NOTE:
This CASEX can also be used when both submarines are transiting on SUBNOTEs provided the
OPFOR submarine is allocated a Sub Area for the duration of the exercise.

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-10
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S10-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S10-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
ANNEX A NOT RELEASABLE
4-S10-A-1(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX S-11
CARTWHEEL
NOT RELEASABLE
4-S11-1 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
NOT RELEASABLE
S-11-2 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 5
COMMUNICATIONS
5000 INTRODUCTION
1. Some positive means of communication between all exercise participants is essential to provide for
safety and control. This is normally accomplished by a combination of radio, underwater telephone
(UWT), keyed sonar (SST), explosive or electronic sound signals (SUS and ESUS), and visual signals.
2. Selection of the best communication system to employ will largely depend on equipment fitted. For
example, modern submarines and aircraft are not well suited for flashing light signalling. Environmental
conditions are also major factors to be considered when using SST or UWT.
3. This chapter contains:
a. The requirements and procedures for Submarine Diving and Surfacing Messages and Check
Reports.
b. Tables of communications procedures and signals between surface ships, submarines and
aircraft.
5001 - 5009 SPARE
5010 COMMUNICATION METHODS
When appropriate, submarines are to acknowledge all explosive charge signals, and ships are to
acknowledge smoke flares. Explosive charge signals and submarine pyrotechnics (except B1) need not
be used when in good communications by other means.
5011 EXPLOSIVE CHARGE SIGNALS
1. The safety of submarines is involved in the proper use of explosive charges and explosive charge
signals. Explosive charges are not to be dropped in the immediate vicinity of submarines because of
the danger of damage should the charge explode in contact with the hull. (Article 2240.)
2. Explosive charges dropped by aircraft must comply with the prescriptions of Article 2240.
3. In multiple charge signals, charges should be dropped in a regular manner and without undue delay
between charges. Commanding officers of surface ships originating explosive charge signals are
responsible for ensuring that a proper number of actual explosions takes place for the signal intended.
4. Submarines must have a supply of explosive charge signals on board for use when on the surface.
5. As it is never certain that a submarine will hear an explosive charge signal, ships initiating COMEX
at long range may repeat the COMEX signal when they have closed the contact.
6. Table 5-2 details Explosive Charge Signals, their meanings and action to be taken.
5-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
7. Since the MK 84 MOD 0 and 1 ESUS are non-explosive devices, they are also acceptable for use in
communications with submarines (see Table 5-5, MK 84 MOD 0 and 1 ESUS Underwater Signal Code).
5012 SUBMARINE PYROTECHNIC SIGNALS
Submarine pyrotechnic signals (Table 5-3) may be in the form of floats (both smoke and flame), stars,
flares, rockets or grenades (See Relaxation 2L). They may emit colored smoke and/or flame; their
characteristics vary according to the nationality of the submarine. Submarines taking part in exercises
with aircraft by day should, where possible, fire yellow smokes in order to avoid confusion with
aircraft smoke markers, which normally give off white smoke. The varieties used by some nations are
set forth in Table 5-1. If a red pyrotechnic is released by mistake, the submarine must surface as soon
as possible to assure other forces that no emergency exists.
5013 SONAR SIGNAL CODE TABLE
This signal code is primarily for use between ASW ships/helicopters and submarines (Table 5-4). In
order to ensure that the submarine understands the signal transmitted, dots should be 0.5 seconds,
dashes should be 2 seconds with 5 seconds between dots and dashes and 10 seconds between letters.
Thus, transmission time for the letter A is 7.5 seconds and the sequence AAA requires 42.5 seconds.
This should be followed by at least 11 seconds before any other character is transmitted.
5014 SUBMARINE SAFETY AND CONTROL SIGNALS
1. Communications between the submarine and the OCE/OTC/OCS must be established in

accordance with the requirements laid down for the particular CASEX. If possible this should be
carried out at least 30 minutes prior to Go Time.
2. The OCS is to ensure that the submarine has received the CASEX order and must confirm that
torpedoes may be fired where this has been planned.
3. The procedure for the particular exercise is to be followed for diving the submarine.
4. COMEX is generally initiated by the first unit obtaining contact. Where this is at long range, the
OCS may delay the execution of COMEX.
5. Where the exercise order (designator K) allows, the ASW action may be repeated. To repeat an
ASW action, a new COMEX is to be initiated at least 5 minutes before the present ASW action ends.
Then, FINEX is delayed until the end of the new ASW action (from the new COMEX). The OCS must
decide if the ASW action is to be repeated, keeping the submarine informed.
5015 SHIP/SUBMARINE TORPEDO ATTACK SIGNALS
1. The signals to be displayed by ships to show whether or not have they are open to submarine
torpedo attack are given in Table 5-6. In CASEXes where torpedoes may be fired, the OTC/OCS must
confirm this fact at Start Time by message to the submarine. If, at some later time, during the
CASEX, weather conditions or any other factor prevents torpedo firing, every effort should be made to
inform the submarine. In addition to the visual signals from Table 5-6, ships should be ordered to:
(a) Switch on navigation lights to full brilliancy.
5-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(b) Switch off long and medium range sonar.
(c) Transmit on SST, UWT and on submarine Attack Net the signal ICI from Table 5-4.
Where the type of exercise requires communications to a greater range, or sonar equipment
does not allow CS transmissions, the CASEX order may allow long and medium range
sonar to transmit in a mode easily recognized by a submarine to indicate that torpedoes are
not to be fired. (Frequency modulation of a sonar is an example of such a mode.)
5016 SIGNALS BY AIRCRAFT MANOEUVRE
Signals by aircraft manoeuvre (Table 5-7) may be used to start or stop exercises or to acknowledge
messages.
5017 AIRCRAFT OR SURFACE EMERGENCY/CONTINGENCY DISTRESS SIGNALS
Aircraft distress signals and signals indicating assistance by the submarine is required are set forth in
Table 5-5 and Table 5-8.
5018 SPECIAL SIGNALS
Submarines may use an air bubble to indicate their position.
5019 SUBMARINE ATTACK SIGNALS
1. Submarines can mark their attacks using different modes to communicate to a unit that is being
attacked.
a. Marking of Short Range Torpedo Attacks by UWT Communication. The submarine is

always free to transmit the appropriate code from Table 5-4 to mark an attack. In fact this method
is recommended if all participating units are equipped with UWT.
b. Marking of Short Range Torpedo Firing by Release of a Green Flare/Smoke. The release
of a green pyrotechnic signal is a clear and unmistakable way to indicate an attack. However,
when helicopters are operating in the vicinity, the submarine is restricted in the use of green flares
(Table 5-3, Relaxation 2L and Article 2231 pertain).
c. Marking of a Simulated Long Range Torpedo Firing by a DEEP FIELD Signal -
(1) When the submarine is attacking from such a long range that the unit being attacked is not
likely to notice the green flare, nor to be able to clearly interpret the transmissions of UWT
attack signals, the submarine is to transmit a DEEP FIELD signal to inform the target that a
simulated attack by long range torpedoes has taken place.
(2) An unclassified DEEP FIELD Signal with FLASH precedence is to be transmitted on the
Weapon Simulation Circuits (as designated in the Order Table for the Exercise) and UWT in the
following format:
(a) NAWS DE (encrypted callsign)
(b) DEEP FIELD, DEEP FIELD, DEEP FIELD
5-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
(c) TRUE BEARING FROM TARGET
(d) GEOGRAPHIC POSITION OF TARGET
(e) TARGET BY TYPE AND NAME (encrypted call sign if known)
(f) NUMBER OF TORPEDOES FIRED
(g) DTG OF FIRING
(3) The DEEP FIELD Signal is to be repeated twice, or more if necessary, to ensure that the
minimum transmission time is at least 60 seconds.
d. Marking by a SNIPE Signal of a Simulated Missile Attack -
(1) An unclassified, FLASH precedence signal is to be made by the submarine using the
following format:
(a) NAWS DE (encrypted call sign)
(b) SNIPE CHARLIE, SNIPE CHARLIE, SNIPE CHARLIE
(c) TRUE BEARING FROM TARGET
(d) GEOGRAPHIC POSITION OF TARGET
(e) TARGET BY TYPE AND NAME (encrypted) call sign if known
(f) NUMBER OF MISSILES FIRED
(g) DTG OF FIRING
(2) This signal is to be repeated twice or more, if necessary, to ensure that the minimum
transmission time is at least 60 seconds.
(3) Frequency to be used as in preceding subpara c.(2).
(4) In addition to transmitting the SNIPE Signal as above, the submarine has to shine his radar
down the firing bearing during the simulated missile flight.
5020 DIVING MESSAGES, SURFACING MESSAGES AND CHECK REPORTS
ATP 10 lays down the requirement for these messages.
5-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
5120 NOT RELEASABLE
5022 - 5999 Spare
5-5 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-1 Characteristics of National Submarine Pyrotechnics
COUNTRY SMOKE CANDLES/SMOKE BOMBS/ GRENADES (FLARES)

SMOKE FLOATS
United White and yellow smoke candles. After Green, yellow and red grenades
Kingdom, ejection from the submarine, the candle floats (flares) are fired from floats ejected by
Germany on the surface, emitting white or yellow the submarine and resemble Very
smoke for several minutes. White smoke lights.
candles also emit flame. Yellow smoke
candles are more conspicuous in bad weather
but do not emit flame. Only white smoke
candles are used by night.
France Calcium Phosphate bombs that float on the Green and red grenades similar to
surface after ejection and emit white flame those above.
and smoke, yellow smoke or green smoke.
Certain types leave a green fluorescent stain
on the surface.
Germany NOT RELEASABLE.
Italy Smoke candles (without flame) emitting Green, yellow and red flares. They
green, yellow and red smoke. are fired about 300 feet into the air and
float downwards suspended by
parachute. They leave a distinct
smoke trail and burn about 30 secs.
USA, Turkey Smoke candles emitting red, yellow, green Green, yellow and red flares as above.
and Greece and black smoke. Black and green smoke
have the same meaning.
Canada Same pyrotechnics as USA and UK. Same pyrotechnics as USA and UK.
Netherlands White and yellow smoke candles. (See UK) Red, yellow and green grenades. (See
UK)
Norway White and yellow smoke candles. Red and green flares. They are fired
from floats ejected by the submarine
and resemble Very lights.
Portugal Calcium Phosphate bombs that float on the Green and red flares are fired from
surface after ejection and emit white or floats ejected by the submarine and
yellow smoke and flame. Certain types leave resemble Very lights.
a green fluorescent stain on the surface.
Spain White and yellow smoke candles that float on Green, yellow and red flares are fired
the surface. Only white smoke candles, that from floats ejected by the submarine
also emit flame, are used by night. Certain and resemble Very lights.
types leave a green fluorescent stain on the
surface.
5-6 CHANGE 2
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals
ACTION BY ACTION BY
SUBMARINE SURFACE
NO. SIGNAL MEANING IF FULLY SHIPS OR REMARKS
SUBMERGED AIRCRAFT
A1 One (1) Record your course, Records time, Records any Is to be used by
explosive speed and depth when course, speed attack data ships and aircraft
charge used by ships or and depth. required. for record purposes
helicopters. An attack when the submarine
carried out. is not required to
indicate its position.
Not to be used
within one minute
of signal A4.
A2 Two (1) Indicate your RRR. Acts in Signal A2 is not to
explosive position if fully accordance be repeated within
charges submerged. Release an with two minutes to
(QQQ) answering circumstances avoid interfering
(2) Record your course, smoke/flare or the detailed with Signal A4.
depth and speed. other than red. orders for the
exercise.
Flare must be
used during
darkness.
Records time,
course, speed
and depth.
A3 Three (1) ECB/SLOT Buoy RRR. (1) Ship
explosive received (if recently making signal
charges sent). Remain at depth. and other
(JJJ) exercise ships
(2) Danger. Remain at close at hand
safe depth. come to safety
course and
proceed clear
of submarine.
(2) Repeat
signal within
15 minutes if
submarine is
to remain at
safe depth.
5-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals (Cont'd)
ACTION BY ACTION BY
SUBMARINE SURFACE
SUBMERGED AIRCRAFT
A4 Four COMEX. Indicate the As directed by As directed by The ASW unit
explosive start of ASW action. orders for the orders for the initiating the signal
charges exercise. exercise. is to inform all
(CCC) other co-operating
Unless ASW units.
otherwise
ordered, the
submarine is not
to answer this
with a
smoke/flare.
A5 Five (1) Return to periscope RRR. All warships If ships are in the
Explosiv depth and establish close at hand immediate vicinity,
e tactical radio (1) Carry out proceed clear the submarine's
Charges communications. All procedures to of submarine's position must be
(DDD) clear during the next 10 come to PD or position and known before this
minutes. surface. (See steer Safety signal is made.
Article 2273) Course or Signal A2 (or
(2) If repeated two or reciprocal. "QQQ") can be
more times, establish (2) Establish (See Article used if necessary.
tactical communications tactical 2273.)
as soon as possible. communications
(Aircraft distress or with aircraft or
other emergency previously
requiring assistance designated
from the submarine. exercise
(See Table 5-8) unit/commander
.
5-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-2 Explosive Charge Signals (Cont'd)
ACTION BY ACTION BY
SUBMARINE SURFACE
SUBMERGED AIRCRAFT
A9 Nine A Rescue Bell RRR. Remain in Charges must not

explosive Operation will be vicinity. be dropped closer
charges attempted. than 500 yards to
the submarine.
A12 Twelve Ships are standing by. RRR. Remain in Charges must not
explosive vicinity. be dropped closer
charges Safe to abandon Prepare to than 500 yards to
submarine. pick up the submarine.
survivors.
A Rescue Bell Charges must not
Operation will not be be dropped until
attempted. at least one
lifeboat is ready.
It is most
important that
there should be
the least possible
delay in firing the
12 charges.
5-9 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night
ACTION BY
NO. SIGNAL FROM SUBMARINE ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE
Signal Meaning
B1 Release one Keep clear. Keep clear. If (1) Make A/S ships are to regard
yellow or impracticable, order TTT either of the following
white flare; My position submarine to stay at followed by as indicating a
three is as Safe Depth using safety course submarine intending to
minutes indicated. I Signal A3. By night, and own call surface:
later release intend to switch on navigation sign.
second carry out lights. Acknowledge (1) Unexpected SST
smoke/flare surfacing with QPQ, Roger (2) Carry out signals (that is, SST
procedures. smoke or Roger flare surfacing signals not in answer to
as appropriate. (See procedure. signal in Table 5-2).
Article 2273.) (See Article
2273.) (2) Pyrotechnic signals
not in answer to signal
in Table 5-2.
NOTE:
If after 10 minutes
neither a second
smoke/flare nor
submarine has
appeared, exercise may
be continued. Smoke/
flares are sometimes
fired in answer to
signals from adjacent
areas.
5-10 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night (cont’d)
ACTION BY
NO. SIGNAL FROM ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
SUBMARINE AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE
Signal Meaning
B2 One green I have fired As directed by orders As directed Unless otherwise

flare or (or for the exercise. by orders for ordered by OSE, the
smoke simulated the exercise. moment of firing (or
bomb. firing) simulating firing) the
(BBB by exercise first torpedo should be
SST or torpedoes. the moment at which
UWT) the submarine fires the
green flare. The
submarine is to fire a
green smoke bomb
instead of a green flare
when helicopters are
taking part in the
exercise, unless
Relaxation 2L is in
force.
B3 NOT RELEASABLE
5-11 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-3 Submarine Pyrotechnics and SST/UWT Signals by Day and Night (cont’d)
ACTION BY
NO. SIGNAL FROM SUBMARINE ASW UNITS ACTION BY REMARKS
AS APPROPRIATE SUBMARINE
Signal Meaning
B4 One red Keep clear. (1) Break off attacks. (1) Act as This signal may
pyrotechnic I am (2) Clear immediately the necessary. also be used by a
repeated as carrying out area of the submarine and (2) Make submarine on the
often as emergency act in accordance with every bottom which is
possible. surfacing Articles 2203 and 2273. endeavour to unable to surface,
procedures, (3) Switch on navigation turn to safety in order to indicate
(SOS by or I am in an lights (night time only). course and that it is in
SST or emergency (4) Mark ship’s position. release smoke/ difficulty, and as a
UWT) and unable (5) Establish Datum based flare. means of marking
to surface/on on bearing, time and (3) At night, its position. If a
the bottom. approximate range of Red switch on red pyrotechnic is
or unexpected pyrotechnic. navigation released by
(6) Cavitate. lights. mistake, the
(7) Switch off/recover/ cut submarine must
decoys. surface as soon as
(8) Consider recovering possible to assure
other towed systems other forces that
(i.e.VDS). no emergency
(9) Call S/M on UWT exists.
(consider minimizing
MRS/LFAS or reducing
power).
(10) Set Watch on SM
Safety Net.
(11) Broadcast
‘Emergency Surfacing’ to
all units.
(12) Inform OCE.
(13) Direct all available
lookouts to watch datum
area.
(14) If available,
Helicopter/MPA carry out
visual search of datum
area.
(15) Stand By to lay
Danbuoy.
(16) When considered
appropriate attempt to gain
MRS contact (consider
reduced power).
(17) In case of a DEU
submarine, secure the
pyrotechnics(s) and check
for emergency
messages(s).
5-12 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table
NOTE:
2. This signal code is primarily designed for use between ASW ships, helicopters and submarines, but
may be employed between aircraft and submarines.
3. Governing pennants (e.g. Negat) are never to be used with this code.
SIGNAL MEANING
ACA Keep clear. Do not pass over me.
ASA Wait. Temporarily discontinue exercise.
BBB I am simulating firing straight running torpedoes at target vessel. (May be followed by
the call sign of target vessel.)
BLR I am firing a long range stand off weapon. (May be followed by target vessel call sign.)
BNN NOT RELEASABLE
BNS NOT RELEASABLE
BRS I am simulating firing a long range stand off weapon. (May be followed by target vessel
call sign.)
CCC COMEX
DDD Return to periscope depth and establish tactical radio communications. All clear during
the next 10 minutes.
FFF Change speed (followed by numerals to indicate new speed).
* FFT Open to attack. Torpedo may be fired in accordance with exercise orders.
GGG Change base course (followed by numerals to indicate new course).
HHH I am firing or I have fired ... torpedoes (followed by numerals to indicate number of
torpedoes fired).
* ICI Open to attack. Torpedoes are not to be fired.
III I have lost contact. Send Vs.
* IPI No torpedoes sighted. Surface when safe to do so and proceed to search.
JJJ (1) ECB/SLOT Buoy received (if recently sent),
- or-
(2) Danger, remain at safe depth.
KKK I am at correct depth, course and speed and am ready to commence the exercise.
LLL Change depth to that indicated by the following numerals ....; Take exercise depth.
MMM I have sighted torpedo. (If followed by numerals, indicates number of torpedoes sighted.)
MUT My Underwater Telephone is inoperative.
NNN I am unable to comply with your last signal.
* NON Submarines are not to attack.
OOH I am firing flight delivered torpedo.
OON NOT RELEASABLE
*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015
5-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table (cont’d)
SIGNAL MEANING
OOO I am simulating firing homing torpedo (followed by bearing of the target but may also be
followed by call sign of the target vessel).
OOW I am simulating firing wire guided torpedo. (May be followed by call sign of target
vessel.)
PPP Prepare to surface or to come to periscope depth.
QAP Listen for me on ordered radio frequency (or KC).
QPQ Pyrotechnic/smoke sighted (bearing ....).
QQQ Fire (or fired) smoke/flare to indicate position.
QRS Send slower.
QRZ You are being called by .....
QSY Shift to another frequency.
QSZ Send each group twice.
QTE Your true bearing is (degrees) at (time); or What is my true bearing from you?
RLR Repeat last run.
RRR Received last transmission or message.
SOS Emergency; I desire to surface (or I am surfacing).
SSS I am firing simulated or practice ASW weapon:
Plus long dash (end of long dash is instant of firing).
Second dash (submarine sends water slug/smoke filters at time indicated).

SXS Stop the attack. Exercise cancelled. Surface when safe to do so.
TAS I have streamed Critical-Angle Towed Array System.
TRT Steer Safety Course.
* TSX Torpedo or torpedo track in sight; carry on with the exercise.
TTT I desire to surface (not an emergency).
TXT Cease present exercise; further instructions follow.
UJO NOT RELEASABLE.
UUU You are standing into danger.
VAA Course and speed of indicated YBA or YBB ship is .... (followed by numerals to indicate
course and speed).
VAC My course is (followed by numerals to indicate course).
VBS My speed is (followed by numerals to indicate speed).
VCD My depth is (followed by numerals to indicate keel depth in metres).
VDM My VDS/DTAS is being towed outside allocated depth limits and is at (followed by
numerals to indicate keel depth in metres).
VDS I have streamed VDS or DTAS. (May be followed by numerals to indicate cable length
in metres (feet), depending on the Relaxation in force.)
VFM Stand by for range by method Mark - Snap (UWT) (see Table 5-9).
*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015
5-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-4 Underwater Signal Code Table (cont’d)
SIGNAL MEANING
VFR Your range is (followed by numerals to indicate range in yards).
VLN Cavitate for bearing.
VPO I am coming to periscope depth.
VQC What is your present course?
VQS What is your present speed?
VRD What is your present depth?
VRR I have detected you by radar.
VRS I have detected you by sonar.
VSS I see you.
VVV This is my position and I am resuming base course and speed (repeated several times for
sonar location).
WSN Your air bubble not sighted. Use more air.
WWW Release air bubble or turn on underwater/navigation lights to indicate position.
XXA I am at periscope depth.
XXX Come to periscope depth.
YBA Fishing vessel or boat engaged in underwater activities is in the immediate area. (May
be followed by numerals to indicate true bearing and range from submarines.)
YBB Ship with draught expected to exceed the draught assumed for this exercise is in the
immediate area. (May be followed by numerals to indicate true bearing and range from
submarine.)
YBC Exercise ship in immediate area.
YYY Non-exercise ship is in immediate area. (May be followed by numerals to indicate true
bearing from submarine.)
ZPZ Snorkel (followed by numerals to indicate speed).
ZZZ I am out of action in accordance with umpire rules.
*Submarine torpedo attack signals to be used in conjunction with procedure outlined in Article 5015.
5-15 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-5 ESUS MK 84 Underwater Signal Code
CODE MEANING
ONE ATTACK/COMEX Signal
1.5 sec
1.5 sec
TWO (1) ECB/SLOT Buoy received (if recently

sent)
1.5 sec
- or -
(2) Remain at Safe Depth
THREE (1) Return to periscope depth and establish

tactical radio communications. All clear
.5 sec
during the next 10 minutes.
(2) If repeated two or more times, establish
tactical communications as soon as
possible. (Aircraft distress or other
emergency requiring submarine assistance.)
(See Table 5-8)
FOUR (1)FINEX. Indicates completion of ASW
action. Establish tactical radio
.5 sec .5 sec
communications (unless otherwise directed
in the exercise message).
Suspect that you are a non-exercise
submarine, communicate with me.
FIVE (1) Fishing vessel within 4000 yards, return
to PD as soon as safe to do so and establish
(available in MK 84 MOD 1 only)Steady tone (high VHF communications (on assigned
frequency F-2). channel).
NOTES:
1. The ESUS MK 84 transmits on two primary frequencies: f1 of 3.2kHz and f2 of 3.5kHz. F2 must
be at least 3% greater than f1 to ensure that the operators can differentiate between the two
frequencies. F1 must be greater than 2.95kHz and f2 must not be greater than 3.55kHz.
a. The adjacent code illustrations indicate the high and low frequency shifts; the amplitude (or
signal level) remains the same.
b. The pulse lengths are 0.5 sec and 1.5 sec.
c. The codes are repeated until the battery is exhausted (45-120 sec).
2. Exercise codes of Table 5-5 are to be used for all training evolutions unless, during support
submarine or air/sub cooperation exercises, one side or the other is required to employ separate
operational codes. If so, the OCE must specify ESUS Code FOUR application for each opposing
force to avoid any unit misinterpreting FINEX for some other code meaning.
3. Code 5 is not agreed by NATO.
5-16 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-6 Ship/Submarine Torpedo Attack
DESCRIPTION USED BY MEANING

Flag FOUR over Flag Target Ship for Open to attack by submarines. Torpedoes
SEVEN (Displayed both Submarine Attack may be fired in accordance with orders for the
sides) exercise. (See Note below.)
Flag FOUR over Flag Target Ship for Open to attack by submarines. Torpedoes
FOUR (Displayed both Submarine Attack must not be fired. (See Note below.)
sides)
Flag QUEBEC Submarines 1. Disregard me. I am not open to attack. I
am not to be reported.
- or -
2. Disregard me. I am participating in

EVENT SUBMISS/SMASHEX as part of the
Search Force.
NOTE:
See Signals in Table 5-4 denoted *.
Table 5-7 Signals by Aircraft
MANOEUVRE MEANING
Lateral movement of wings (rocking wings) Roger - I have received your last message or
signal.
Gentle dive along course of submarine. Aircraft Start or recommence exercise. Time of aircraft
are not to descend below 200 feet by day or below passing overhead is Go Time or COMEX as
500 feet by night. Navigation and anti-collision applicable.
lights are to be shown at night.
Gentle dive along reverse course of submarine. Stop exercise. (Stop Time or FINEX as
Altitude restrictions and light instructions above applicable.)
apply.
Series of gentle dives and climbs while orbiting Wait
(Porposing)
Sharp turn to starboard Spare
Sharp turn to port Spare
5-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal
SIGNAL BY AIRCRAFT ACTION BY SHIP

NATURE OF ACTION BY OR
AIRCRAFT AIRCRAFT SURFACED
EMERGENCY SUBMARINE
TO SHIP OR TO SURFACE A
SURFACED SUBMERGED
SUBMARINE SUBMARINE
DISTRESS - Fire one red flare Fire five If time permits, Inform OSE and/or
Grave imminent or a succession of explosive charges inform ship by appropriate Rescue
danger threatens red flares singly at two or more times radio or visual Coordination Centre
and immediate short intervals at short regular signals of the (RCC) giving:
assistance is directed near ship intervals*. (See following:
required. or submarine. Signal A5, Table 1. Identity of aircraft.
5-2) 1. Identity.
Aircraft not 2. Nature of distress.
carrying flares or Two or more MK 2. Intention, i.e.
without multiple 84 Code 3 buoys ditching, 3. Aircraft position
flare-dispensing can be dropped abandoning and time.
capability, conduct simultaneously in aircraft, or
low pass close lieu of explosive deferred landing
aboard surface unit charges. (See (see
with all Table 5-5) emergencies 1,
navigation/landing 2 and 3 below).
lights on steady These signals
while rocking should be used 3. Position and
wings and only if no time.
transmitting Morse participating
letter Zulu (dash- naval ships are in 4. Assistance
dash-dot-dot) by the vicinity. required.
Aldis lamp or
blinker light.
1. Ditching Land in sea near Man boats equipped
ship or with rescue gear and
submarine. manoeuvre ship as
Switch on necessary to permit
navigation lights earliest rescue
by night. operations. Some
aircraft are equipped
with a Sonar Locator
Beacon (SLB). Were
an aircraft to sink
after ditching, the
SLB is depth
activated, and
transmits on 9.5 Khz
(pulse length 14 msec,
repetition rate 1 pulse
per sec) for 10 days.
2-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal (cont’d)

EMERGENCY SUBMARINE
SURFACED SUBMERGED
SUBMARINE SUBMARINE
2. Abandon Position aircraft in Manoeuvre ships so as to
aircraft by order that personnel be in the centre of landing
parachute may bail out as near area of parachuting
as possible to the personnel, with boats
ship or submarine, manned and lookouts
and from an upwind posted in preparation for
direction if rescue of personnel.
practicable.
3. Deferred forced Inform ships of Follow aircraft, as
landing on or near additional navigation permits, with
land information, viz. rescue boats manned for
immediate launching. At
a. Endurance closest approach point,
remaining. dispatch properly manned
boats to effect landing on
b. Point of intended shore and assist in rescue
landing. of aircraft personnel.
Notify OSE and/or
If practicable, pass appropriate Rescue
over ship or Coordination Centre
submarine en route giving additional
to point of intended information as below:
landing. Switch on
navigation lights by 1. Endurance remaining.
night.
2. Point of intended
landing.
Notify of details of actual

landing when available.
N.B. In cases where

aircraft is unable to
pass any information
other than the distress
signal by itself, ships or
surfaced submarine
should prepare to
mount rescue
operations as required,
informing OSE and/ or
appropriate Rescue
Coordination Centre.
5-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-8 Aircraft Distress Signal

EMERGENCY SUBMARINE
SURFACED SUBMERGED
SUBMARINE SUBMARINE
URGENCY - Succession of white Fire five explosive Inform ship by Render any assistance
Aircraft in flares. charges two or more radio or visual possible. Inform OSE
difficulties times at short signals of the and/or Rescue
which compel it Aircraft not carrying regular intervals*. following: Coordination Centre.
to land without flares or without (See Signal A5,
immediate multiple flare Table 5-2) 1. Identity.
assistance. dispensing capability
fly left-hand Two or more MK 2. Nature of
racetrack pattern 84 Code 3 buoys distress.
perpendicular to can be dropped
surface unit's track, simultaneously in 3. Aircraft
passing overhead the lieu of explosive position and time.
surface unit, while charges. (See Table
flashing 5-5) 4. Endurance.
navigation/landing
lights. These signals 5. Intentions.
should be used
only if no
participating naval
ships are in the
vicinity.
Aircraft has a Succession of green Fire five explosive Transmit message Relay message or act as
very urgent flares. charges two or more by radio or visual required.
message to times at short signals.
transmit Aircraft not carrying regular intervals*.
concerning the flares or without (See Signal A5,
safety of a ship, multiple flare Table 5-2)
aircraft or other dispensing capability
person or fly left-hand circular Two or more MK
vehicle. pattern around 84 Code 3 buoys
surface unit with all can be dropped
navigation lights on simultaneously in
steady while rocking lieu of explosive
wings and charges. (See Table
transmitting Morse 5-5)
letters Mike Mike
(dash-dash-dash- These signals
dash) by Aldis lamp should be used
or blinker light. only if no
participating naval
ships are in the
vicinity.
5-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 5-9 Range by Method MARK
Having established communication by UWT, Ship "A", wishing to carry out ranging by Method
MARK - SNAP, makes:
"Stand by for range check."
Ship "B" when ready makes:
"Ready."
Ship "A" makes:
"5-4-3-2-1 MARK" (Starting a chronoscope on the word "MARK")
When Ship "B" hears the count-down he makes:
"SNAP" at the same time as "MARK" from Ship "A" is anticipated, and starts his
chronoscope.
Ship "A" makes:
"MARK" on hearing "SNAP" from Ship "B", and stops his chronoscope.
Ship "B" stops his chronoscope on hearing the second "MARK" from Ship "A".
Ships then exchange ranges.
NOTE:
Count-down from Ship "A" must be made at an even cadence so that "MARK" can be anticipated by
Ship "B"
5-21(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CHAPTER 6
RECORDS AND ANALYSIS
6000 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
1. It is of the utmost importance that submarine and anti-submarine warfare exercises should be
analyzed in order to establish any errors in procedure or drill and to allow the formulation of new and
improved techniques. Such analysis will also enable a senior officer to assess the efficiency of his
forces. (The value of post-exercise discussions is covered in Article 1003.)
2. In order to permit satisfactory analysis, it is of the utmost importance that track charts and records
should be neatly and accurately produced. Track charts should include the direction of true North, the
scale of the chart, the appropriate latitude and longitude scale (where possible), a geographic reference
point, COMEX/FINEX times, and the name and hull number of the submitting command.
3. The analysis of ASW exercises falls into two broad categories which are discussed in the following
articles:
a. analysis or assessment of weapon attacks; and
b. tactical analysis.
6001 ANALYSIS OR ASSESSMENT OF WEAPON ATTACKS
1. ASW Ships. Two methods are available to assist in evaluating the effectiveness of surface ship
attacks:
a. Method A - Recording of Attack and Submarine Data. This method may be the most
suitable for long range attack systems or when it is not desired to compromise the submarine's
position by requiring it to fire a smoke flare.
(1) The surface ship sends the appropriate signal by explosive charge signal, SST, or UWT, at
the time of firing its weapon(s) and records the target data used (that is, submarine's estimated
course, speed and depth).
(2) The submarine, on receipt of the signal, records its course, speed, and depth, together with
any changes during the anticipated time flight of the weapon.
b. Method B - Marking the Position of Submarine and Weapon. This method is best suited for
evaluation of short range weapon attacks, where there is not objection to compromising the
submarine's position.
(1) The surface ship fires (or drops a marker on the surface which is related to the position at
which the weapon or projectiles would enter the water) and makes the appropriate signal by
explosive charge, SST, or UWT to alert the submarine to fire smoke/ flare or bubble.
(2) The submarine marks its position by smoke/flare or bubble, subject to any time delay in
use, and records time, course, speed and depth. This information is to be passed in the
submarine vectored attack (SUBVEC) message format given below:
6-1 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
IDENTIFIER (SUBVEC Serial No./Run No.) Passed as: SUBVEC.../...
TIME of attack (second charge heard) A.................
BEARING of submarine from smoke candle at second charge B..................
DISTANCE in yards of submarine from smoke candle at charge C.................
COURSE of sub marine at second charges D.................
Speed of submarine to nearest half knot E..................
DEPTH of submarine keel in metres (feet)

(Units of measurement must be specified) F..................
NOTE:
This system is subject to errors caused by the smoke/flare being washed aft, which increases submarine
speed or depth up to a maximum of 40 yards.
2. ASW Aircraft. During ASW attacks by aircraft, attack positions should be marked, when
practicable, to permit the results to be assessed. The procedure for marking attacks aims to provide a
visual representation of the result and is conducted as follows:
a. The aircraft marks the position of the attack using underwater charges, smoke combs, markers,
and so forth. It should be noted, however, that since attacks using a single charge (Signal A1 or
ESUS Mk84 code one ) are not answered by the submarine, a visual aiming point is necessary to
allow the assessment or analysis of such attacks.
b. In reply to an attack in which two charges have been used, the submarine releases an answering
smoke/flare, other than red, to indicate its position.
6002 TACTICAL ANALYSIS
1. When so ordered, ships, aircraft and submarines taking part in tactical exercises are to record such
information as is required for preparing an accurate account of the exercises for use at a post exercise
conference and/or for preparing a general report on the exercises.
2. The OCE will promulgate in the relevant OPORD or CASEX message a list of FORMEX and/or
CASEX forms specifically required. Figures 6-1 to 6-4 illustrate the CASEX forms that may be used.
Examples and instructions for completing FORMEXes that may be required are in the Maritime
Analysis Handbook.
3. In addition to other forms required for record keeping which must be ordered in the CASEX
message, the submarine is to forward the following records to the ship or other specified authority on
completion of the exercise:
a. Narrative (FORMEX 101);
b. Contact Evaluation Plot (CEP) (FORMEX 116);
6-2 CHANGE 3
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
c. Range Evaluation Plot (REP) if kept;
d. Ship Position Plot (AUTOLOG print out) (FORMEX 114);
e. Machinery Log; and
f. Artifact Log.
6003 CLAIMS FOR ATTACKS BY SUBMARINES OR ASW SHIPS
1. The following message is available to enable attacking units to claim their attacks. Claim message
(ME - YOU) may be made by the appropriate communication method, as described in the paragraphs
which follow:
a. Message from Attacking Unit. The attacking unit is to send as follows:
(1) the target attacked, and its estimated course and speed,
(2) the number of weapons that have or would have been fired, followed by the word Fired or
Dummy,
(3) the mean course or bearing on which weapons would have been set to run,
(4) estimated range on firing, and running range/time where appropriate (in hundreds of yards
or seconds),
(5) time interval between consecutive firings a salvo,
(6) DTG of firing, and
(7) Estimated position of target unit.
b. This information is to be made by the attacking unit in accordance with the following example:
"YOU 180-12-2 FIRED ME 090-12-30-13-250925Z." This would mean "I estimated your course to
be 180 degrees at 12 knots when I fired. Two weapons have been fired, their mean course was 090
degrees, my estimated range on firing was 1200 yards, their running range is 3000 yards. The
interval between consecutive firings in the salvo was 13 seconds. I fired at 250925Z."
c. Message from the Attacked Unit. The attacked unit is to reply to the Me-You message with a
message concerning relevant courses, speeds and times. Information to be made by the attacked
unit in accordance with the following example:
ME 175 – 15 – 250910Z 185 - 12
This would mean: During the ASW attack period my course was 175 at 15 knots until 0910Z and from
then onwards my course was 185 at 12 knots.
6-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
6004 SUBMARINE TRACK MESSAGE
1. The Submarine Track Message is designed to provide a method by which accurate and concise
records of an exercise submarine's movement and operating events can be exchanged with
participating units following a short term action period. These records are required to provide for a
rapid post exercise analysis.
2. The Submarine Track Message is a numerical method of recording the submarine's movement
during each exercise serial. It employs a grid system based on initial position coded as 500 500, and
measure displacement in hundreds of yards East-West and North-South from the initial position. The
first group indicates displacement East-West; the second group displacement North-South.
Displacements East and North of the initial position will be added to, and displacements West and
South of the initial position will be subtracted from 500. To indicate the time of each position
reported, a third group is included. The first figure denotes the last figure of the hour and the last two
figures denote the time in minutes of the hour.
Example: Time 1435, position 4100 yards East and 3600 yards South of the Initial position, would
encode as 541 464 435.
3. On reaching 50,000 yards from the initial position in either an East-West or North-South direction,
the numbering sequence for that particular direction will revert to 500. The sequence should never be
allowed to progress to a four figure group.
4. At COMEX, the submarine will note the latitude and longitude and include this information at the
beginning of the Track report. The submarine is to record its position whenever an alteration of course
is made, and on the hour, or, is to record its position every 10 minutes, whichever is more convenient.
5. To assist in analysis, the submarine is to report pertinent operating events using the Brevity Code,
Table 6-1. The letter designator is to be included after the three group position report. More than one
designator may be used.
6. The last group of the track message is to be the position in which the submarine surfaces; the
group is to be preceded by the words "SURFACING POSITION".
Example: TO C/S FM C/S COMEX POSIT 3150N 6410W 500 475 430 GD37/496 461 435
J/492 472 444C/490 454 500/500 430 503 VS 00010/500 400 525 SEA 280/ ETC.
Meaning: To participating Unit from Submarine
COMEX 3150N 6410W. 500 475 AT 1430Z GO TIME DIVED TO DEPTH 37 METRES
POSITION 496 461 AT 1435Z DETECTED JULIE. POSITION 492 472 TIME 1444Z
COMMENCED SNORKELLING. POSITION 490 454 AT 1500Z ON THE HOUR POSITION.
POSITION 500 430 AT 1503Z SIGHTED SHIPS BEARING 000 AT 10 MILES. POSITION 500
400 TIME 1525Z SECURED SNORKELLING AIRCRAFT RADAR INTERCEPTED BEARING
280, ETC.
6005 DATA FORMS
The authority requiring records is to order those required, for analysis and subsequent reporting, from
the Major NATO Commanders' Exercise Directives Volume IV, CASEX forms A, B, C and D and
National Forms.
6-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
6006 NOT RELEASABLE
6007 - 6999 Spare
6-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 6-1 Brevity Code
LETTER
DESIGNATION EVENT MEANING
A Began out-of-action.
B End out-of-action.
C Commenced snorkelling.
D Dived, to be followed by numerals indicating depth in metres (tens of feet).
EA Electronic emission information from aircraft bearing in true three figure group.
ES Electronic emission information from ships bearing in true three figure group.
F Running on surface.
G Go Time.
H HF transmission from submarine.
M Missile fired.
N Changed depth, to be followed by numerals indicating depth in meters (tens of
feet).
R Radar transmission from submarine.
S Secured snorkelling (routine).
SEA Secured snorkelling (aircraft radar intercepted). Bearing true.
SES Secured snorkelling (ship's radar intercepted). Bearing true.
SVA Secured snorkelling (aircraft visual).
SVS Secured snorkelling (ship visual).
SS Secured snorkelling (ship HE bearing true).
T Torpedo fired with target's course and speed in five figure group.
VA Visual sighting aircraft.
VS Visual sighting ships, with bearing and range (in miles) in five figure group.
W Initiated action enables aircraft to regain contact.
NOTE:
All bearings are True.
6-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 6-2 NOT RELEASABLE
6-7 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Table 6-2 (cont’d) NOT RELEASABLE
6-8 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM A--A/S SHIP/TARGET SHIP RECORD FORM

SECTION I -- GENERAL INFORMATION
Name of Ship __________________________________________________________________
CASEX Number or description of the exercise __________________ Date _________________
Time zone used in report _________________________________________________________
Weather __________________ Sea State _________________ Visibility __________________
Position in formation of A/S ship or ship acting as submarine target ______________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Layer depth (measured from surface to top of layer) ___________________________________
Temperature drop in layer _______________________________________________________
Predicted sonar range ___________________________________________________________
Observed Sonar Range __________________________________________________________
SECTION II - NAVIGATIONAL RECORD DURING A/S

ACTION OR WHEN A TARGET SHIP FOR SUBMARINE ATTACK
Own Ship Contact Position and

Time with Remarks**
Submarine
Course* Speed* Bearing Range Estimated Course and
Speed of Submarine
*
Own ship's course and speed need not be recorded during A/S actions.
** Remarks column is to include (1) times of sighting or hearing signals from Table 5-3 or Table
5-4, (2) times of making signals laid down in Tables 5-2, 5-4, or 5-5 or 5-6, and (3) own
geographic positions.
Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A - A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form
6-9 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM A (Cont'd)

SECTION III--DETAILS OF EACH A/S ACTION OR
SUBMARINE ATTACK (TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH CONTACT)
Time of first contact or sighting of torpedo track or green flare __________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Course and speed of own ship at time of sighting torpedo track or green flare _______________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Ship's head when torpedo crossed track _____________________________________________
Range and bearing of first contact _________________________________________________
Method of obtaining first contact __________________________________________________
Range and bearing of own ship from guide of the fleet or commodore of the convoy _________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Attack Number
1 2 3 4 5
Time of firing
Weapon
Practice projectiles fired
Estimated distance between ship marker and submarine
marker
Estimated bearing of ship marker from submarine marker
SECTION IV--GENERAL REMARKS
Remarks on evasion tactics by submarine, ease of holding contact, and intensity of propeller
noise.
Figure 6-1 CASEX Form A - A/S Ship/Target Ship Record Form (Cont'd)
6-10 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM B—FIXED WING AIRCRAFT ANTI-SUBMARINE SORTIE REPORT

CASEX Number or Date
description of the
exercise
SECTION I--AIRCRAFT DETAILS
Base or Parent Squadron Aircraft Type Aircraft Aircraft
Ship Number, Letter, Commander
or Callsign
SECTION II--SORTIE TIMES

Airborne Landed
(DTG) On Task Off Task (DTG)
Ordered Actual Punctuality Reason Ordered Actual Punctuality Reason
To include types of searches or patrols carried out, area covered, and details of any deviations
from the ordered task.
* This form is intended for use in peace and wartime exercises. Section VII (Submarine
Detection and Attack Report) is to be answered at the discretion of the commanding officer and
the form classified accordingly.
SECTION IV--NARRATIVE OF SORTIE
To include all important incidents, sightings of own or enemy forces, and narrative of attack with
positions and times.
SECTION V--UNSERVICEABILITY OF EQUIPMENT
To include unserviceabilities to aircraft, radio, underwater tracking equipment, and so forth.

SECTION VI-DISAPPEARING RADAR CONTACTS
Time Type of Geographic Relative Bearing and Classification of Underwater
Radar Position of Range Contact (Positive, Detection and
Contact Probable, Tracking
Possible, or Non- Equipment Used
submarine and Results (see
Section IV)
Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B – Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report
6-11 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM B (Cont'd)

SECTION VII--SUBMARINE DETECTION AND ATTACK REPORT
a. Initial Detection and Sighting First Sighting Second Sighting
1. Time and position of initial contact
2. Relative bearing and range from aircraft
3. First detected by _______ (visual, radar,

sonobuoys, ESM, and so forth, including
type of radar or equipment used)
4. If visual, was radar being used? If not,

give reason
5. Altitude of aircraft
6. Nature of first visual sighting (surfaced,

snorting, periscope depth, and so forth)
7. Contact gained by _______ (position in

aircraft)
8. Aspect of submarine when first sighted

(beam on, bow or stern on, and so forth)
9. Estimated course and speed of submarine

on sighting
10. Was submarine sighted in daylight,

darkness, moonlight, or twilight?
11. Was sighting up or down sun or moon?
Figure 6-2 CASEX Form B - Fixed Wing Aircraft Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont'd)
6-12 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

First Sighting Second Sighting
a. Initial Detection and Sighting (Cont'd)
12. Was sighting by means of
illuminants? If so give:
(a) Type of illuminant

(b) Distance from submarine illumination
was used
(c) Position of illumination relative to
target
during the attack run
(d) Height of aircraft at time of
illumination
(e) Was illumination adequate? If not, give
details.
13. Bearing and distance of submarine

from combatant force, convoy or ship
14. If sonobuoy contact, number and

position of buoys holding contact
15. Hydrophone depth of sonobuoy
16. Length of time contact held
17. Time taken to classify
18. Predicted detection range
19. Distance of target from sonobuoy, if

known
20. BT data obtained

b. Action by Aircraft
1. Was submarine attacked? (See

Section IX below.)
2. Reason if no attack was made
3. Was underwater tracking equipment

used? (See Section IX below.)
6-13 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

c. Cooperation with Surface Ships First Sighting Second Sighting
1. Action taken to home A/S ships
2. Reason for failure to contact or home

A/S ships
3. Identity of ships contacted
4. Time of arrival and identity of ships

homed to the datum
d Cooperation with Other Aircraft
1. Did any other aircraft cooperate?

Give details and times (If VECTACs were
carried out, see subsection g below)
2. Was sighting aircraft relieved, or did

it leave before being relieved? If so, why?
e. Underwater Tracking
1. Time of laying first buoy
2. Was positive contact made?
3. Length of time contact was held
Notes: The following information should be

shown on the plotting grid in Section IX:
(a) Sonobuoys (details of pattern(s) laid,
position(s) of Master Buoy(s), distance of
other buoys, and extensions)
(b) Description of results, and plot of
submarine's movements
f. Weather Conditions at Time of Sighting or
Attack
1. General weather (fair, fine, rain, and

so forth)
2. Visibility at patrol height
6-14 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

f. Weather Conditions at Time of First Sighting Second Sighting
Sighting or Attack (Cont'd)
3. Cloud type, base, amount below 5000

feet, and total amount.
4. Moon, phase, altitude, and azimuth.
5. Wind direction and speed.
6. Sea state.
g Attack Report Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4
1. Time and position of attack.
2. Attack approach (direct, manoeuvring

in cloud, down sun, up moon, and so forth).
3. Was target visible at time of attack?

If not, what was aiming point?
4. Angle of attack relative to

submarine's course.
5. Height of release of weapon(s).
6. Ground speed of attack.
7. Time interval between disappearance

of submarine and release of weapon(s).
8. Position of either point(s) of entry of

weapon(s) or explosions relative to submarine
or swirl.
9. Position of answering submarine

smoke candle relative to entry point(s) of
weapon(s).
10. Was a VECTAC conducted with

another aircraft or helicopter? If so, give
details and estimated results.
6-15 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

h. Weapon(s) Used Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Run 4
1. Number and type of weapons used or
simulated
2. Was a gunnery attack simulated? If

so, with what results?
i. Submarine Data
1. Type
2. Name or number (if known)
3. Details of submarine tactics before,

during, and after attack. (Any photographs
taken are to be attached to this report)
j. Aircraft Commander's Assessment of Attack
Aircraft commander's assessment of accuracy of attack, and estimation of results.
...............................................
Aircraft Commander Signature
SECTION VIII--COMMENTS BY COMMANDING OFFICER

The commanding officer's comments are to include an assessment of crew efficiency and of
attacks carried out.
Run 1 ........
2 ........
3 ........
4 ........
..............................................
Commanding Officer Signature
6-16 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)

SECTION IX--DIAGRAM OF ATTACK OR PLOT OF UNDERWATER TRACKING
Scale: ........
Wind Velocity: ......
N
W ─┼─ E Insert true bearing of Sun or Moon
S
6-17 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM C--SUBMARINE RECORD FORM

SECTION I--GENERAL INFORMATION
Name of submarine _____________________________________________________________
CASEX Number or description of the exercise ________________________________________
Time zone used in report _________________________________ Date ____________________
Weather ______________________________________ Sea State ________________________
Visibility ______________________________________________________________________
Geographic position of diving _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Layer depth (measured from surface to top of layer) ____________________________________
Temperature drop in layer _________________________________________________________
SECTION II--NAVIGATIONAL RECORD (FOR USE WHEN

CARRYING OUT TORPEDO ATTACKS OR DURING A/S ACTION
Time Submarine Target, or A/S ship or Aircraft Remarks
Estimate
Depth Course Speed Range Bearing Course Speed
To include signals made or
received from Tables 5-2,
5-3, 5-4, 5-5 and 5-6, and
use of decoy.
Own geographic position
to be included for initial
contact and each A/S
action.
Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C - Submarine Record Form
6-18 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM C (Cont'd)

SECTION III--DETAILS OF TORPEDO ATTACK
Time of first sighting or contact on target ___________________________________________
Method ______________________________________________________________________
Range and bearing of first contact on target _________________________________________
Range and bearing of target and nearest screening ship, when penetrating screen ___________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Torpedo firing data (to include range and bearing of target at moment of firing, estimation of
enemy course and speed, number of torpedoes fired or simulated, and number in salvo aimed to
hit) _________________________________________________________________________
SECTION IV--GENERAL REMARKS

General remarks are to include:
a. Short description of torpedo attack
b. Effectiveness of screen and air patrols
c. Bathythermograph records
d. Number of opportunities to fire defensive weapons against A/S ships
e. Effectiveness of A/S ships in holding contact
f. Effectiveness of aircraft detection and/or attack, with remarks on accuracy of

sonobuoy patterns, bombs, or markers, giving range and bearing when observed
Figure 6-3 CASEX Form C - Submarine Record Form (Cont'd)
6-19 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX D*--HELICOPTER ANTI-SUBMARINE SORTIE REPORT

CASEX Number or description of Date
the exercise
SECTION I--AIRCRAFT DETAILS

Base or Parent Ship Squadron Helicopter Helicopter Number, Pilot Observer Operator
Type Letter, or Callsign
SECTION II--SORTIE TIMES

Airborne On Task Off Task Landed
(DTG) (DTG)
Ordered Actual Punctuality Reaso Ordered Actual Punctuality Reason
n
SECTION III--TASK
To include types of searches or patrols carried out, area covered, and details of any deviations from the ordered task.
SECTION IV--NARRATIVE OF SORTIE

To include all important incidents, sightings of own or enemy forces, and narrative of attack with positions and times.
SECTION V--UNSERVICEABILITY OF EQUIPMENT

Helicopter unserviceability sonar equipment, and so forth.
SECTION VI--SONAR REPORT

Dip Time Ball Bearing Pulse Range Range Scale in Use Echo Pitch HE
Letter Depth Length
* This form is intended for peace and wartime exercises.
Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D – Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie Report
6-20 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
CASEX FORM D (Cont'd)

SECTION VII--COMMENTS BY COMMANDING OFFICER
The commanding officer's comments are to include an assessment of crew efficiency and of
attacks carried out.
Run 1 ........
2 ........
3 ........
4 ........
..............................................
Commanding Officer Signature
SECTION VIII--DIAGRAM OF ATTACK OR PLOT OF UNDERWATER TRACKING
Scale: ........
Wind Velocity: ......
N
W ─┼─ E Insert true bearing of Sun or Moon
S
Figure 6-4 CASEX Form D – Helicopter Anti-Submarine Sortie Report (Cont’d)
6-21(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
GLOSSARY
NOTE:
Definitions or portions thereof that appear in APP-6 as NATO agreed terminology, or in ACP-167,
are indicated by underlining.
Air Bubble. A bubble of air discharged from a submerged submarine. It is used by a submarine to
indicate its position to surface and air units. It is sometimes termed a 'water slug'.
Aircraft. The collective term for fixed-wing aircraft and helicopters.
Area of Probability (AOP). A defined area in which the presence of one or more submarines or surface
vessels is suspected.
ASW Action. An exercise ASW action is an operation by one or more ASW units against a particular
submarine. In order to permit the necessary manoeuvres for ASW action to be safely executed,
safety precautions to be taken by the submarine(s) and ASW units may be in addition to the safety
precautions required in the exercise as a whole. In exercises, ASW action begins with COMEX
and ends with FINEX or Stop Time, whichever is earlier. If it is desired to continue the ASW
action after FINEX, then a new COMEX must be ordered, providing that this is allowed by the
exercise orders (see Article 5014.5).
AUTT(s). Autonomous Underwater Training Target.
Base Course. A reference course or direction desired to be made good when evasive steering is being
carried out.
Base Speed. The speed resulting along the base course when evasive steering is being carried out.
CASEX. Standard ASW exercises.
Cavitation. The formation of local cavities (bubbles) in a liquid as a result of the reduction of total
pressure. This pressure reduction may result from a negative pressure produced by rarefaction or
from the reduction of pressure by hydrodynamic flow such as is produced by highspeed
movement of an underwater propeller.
Close ASW Action. An action in which one or more ASW units attempt to engage an enemy submarine
within 8,000 yards.
COMEX. COMEX is the time of starting an ASW action. It is normally a warning to the submarine of
attacks by ASW units.
Critical-Angle Towed Array System (CATAS). A towed array system whose depth is dependent upon
towing ship speed and the length and width of the towing cable only.
DATUM. The last known position of a submarine or suspected submarine after contact has been lost.
DATUM TIME. The time when contact with the submarine or suspected submarine was lost.
Daylight. Daylight is defined as extending from sunrise to sunset.
Glossary - 1 CHANGE 4
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Decoy. An acoustic warfare electronic, chemical, or mechanical device designed to mislead sonar
operators or the target-seeking device in homing torpedoes.
Depressed Towed Array System (DTAS). A towed array system which is taken to desired depth by a
towed body or depressor.
Dive. The order to a submarine to proceed from the surface to periscope depth or deeper.
Diversion. A change made in a prescribed route for operational or tactical reasons. Except in the case
of aircraft, a diversion order will not constitute a change of destination.
Diving Message. A message sent by a submarine before diving for a training exercise, to indicate the
expected time and duration of the dive.
Duration. Duration is the specified time period for an ASW action. It must be given in minutes in the
exercise orders. When Relaxation 2*M is in force, duration is not required.
Duration of ASW Action. In exercises, the duration between COMEX and FINEX as laid down in the
orders for the exercise.
Electronic Countermeasures (ECM). That division of EW involving actions taken to prevent or

reduce an enemy's effective use of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Electronic Warfare Support Measures (ESM). That division of EW involving actions taken to search
for, intercept, locate, record and analyze radiated electromagnetic energy for the purpose of
exploiting such radiations in support of military operations. Thus, ESM provides a source of EW
information required to conduct electronic countermeasures (ECM), electronic protection
measures (EPM), threat detection, warning, avoidance, target acquisition, and homing.
FINEX. In exercises and when a duration has been established, it is the time of ending of an ASW
Action. It is equal to COMEX plus the duration of ASW action ordered.
Flare/Grenade. For ASW exercise purposes, a flare/grenade is a pyrotechnic light used for signaling or
identification.
Friendly Forces (FRNFOR). Those forces used in a friendly role during NATO exercises.
Go Time. The start of an ASW exercise period. After this time, dived submarines may be encountered
and full safety precautions must be observed until Stop Time.
Heavy Projectiles. Practice projectiles which may only be fired when submarines are at a safe depth.
Homing. The technique whereby a mobile station directs itself, or is directed, towards a source of
primary or reflected energy, or to specified point.
Homing Torpedo. An anti-submarine or anti-ship torpedo which steers towards its target using active
or passive target-seeking detection equipment to determine its course.
Hydrophone Effect (HE). Underwater sounds which emanate from ships, submarines or torpedoes and
which are detectable by listening devices.
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Impact Target. A target submarine against which an Impact Weapon is to be fired or dropped, whether
or not the weapon is set to hit.
Impact Weapon. A practice ASW weapon for use against an Impact Target submarine which might
strike the submarine, whether or not the weapon is set to hit.
Light Projectiles. Practice ASW projectiles for which no special precautions are necessary when fired
at dived submarines.
Localization. The determination of a contact's position by reducing the general area of contact to a more
definite and smaller area.
MADVEC. A procedure in which aircraft are vectored by informative or radar methods to carry out
MAD verification of a contact to assist in classification.
Magnetic Anomaly Detector (MAD). A passive or active/passive device which detects the presence of
a magnetic material by the distortions such material produces in the natural magnetic field of the
earth.
Maritime Headquarters (MHQ). The joint headquarters ashore from which Allied shipping, aircraft,
and submarine operations are controlled and coordinated. (Also called Sea-Air Headquarters.)
Marked Submarine
(1) In elementary exercises a submarine may be marked by towing a marker (such as a

small buoy, float with flag, or three elliptical floats) by day or by burning the appropriate lights
while submerged by night.
(2) In SUB vs SUB exercises, a 'marked' submarine is a submarine which proceeds at one
metre (three feet) less than the optimum periscope depth for the prevailing conditions and, at the
same time, shows all masts and periscopes fully extended.
MTAS. Multiple Towed Array System.
Maximum Permissible Operating Depth. This depth is an absolute depth for an individual submarine
below which that submarine must not deliberately proceed.
Me-You Message. A message used in ASW exercises to enable a quick exchange of target ship's
estimated and true course and speed. (Also called Claim Message.)
Night. Night is defined as extending from sunset to sunrise, the times of sunset and sunrise being
obtained from the Nautical Almanac. These times are to be calculated from the position of the
ASW action.
On-Top Position. The position indicated by an aircraft when over the submarine, datum, or some
reference point from which the position of the submarine or datum may be given as a bearing and
distance.
Opposing Forces (OPFOR). Those forces used in an enemy role during NATO exercises.
Out of Action. A condition imposed by umpires during exercises, in which combatant units as well as
shore establishments are declared neutralized in whole or in part.
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Patrol. A detachment of units sent out for the purpose of gathering information or the systematic and
continuing investigation along a line to detect or hamper enemy movements.
Periscope Depth (PD). The maximum depth at which a submarine can use its periscopes when they are
fully extended.
Relaxation. A modification of safety precautions and operating restrictions in order to make the training
more realistic.
Rescue Coordination Centre (RCC). A centre established within a designated search and rescue area
to permit efficient organization of search and rescue.
Responsible Submarine. In submarine ASW exercises, the responsible submarine is the submarine
which is responsible for taking action to avoid a submerged collision.
Restricted Submarine. A submarine is said to be restricted during an ASW exercise if it has been given
specific instructions regarding its course, speed, or depth.
Safe Bottoming Areas. Specially selected areas established by area commanders in which it is
considered that submarines may bottom without risk of damage from rocks, mines and wrecks.
Safe Depth. A submarine is said to be at Safe Depth when its keel depth is such as to provide the
required separation between the top of the fixed structure of the submarine and the lowest point of
any ship, other submarine assigned to a higher layer, towed ASW device and/or helicopter sonar
systems allowed in the orders for the exercise. When more than one towed device is being used
in the exercise, Safe Depth applies to the deepest device being employed.
Safety Bearing. The safety bearing is the bearing of the target submarine from the attacking submarines
at the commencement of a run.
Safety Circle. A safety circle is a circle drawn with its centre being the position of an attacking
submarine at the start of a run. Two concentric safety circles are drawn as the plot of the
attacking and target submarines, called inner and outer safety circles. Unless otherwise stated in
the message ordering the exercise, the radius of the inner safety circle is to be 3000 yards and
radius of the outer safety circle is to be 5000 yards. These radii may be altered at the discretion of
the SUBOPAUTH, but the radius of the inner safety circle is never to be less than 3000 yards, and
the difference in radii should NEVER be less than 2000 yards.
Safety Course. A pre-arranged course included in the detailed orders for the exercise. It must be one of
the cardinal points of the compass, and it is always signaled as "NORTH", "SOUTH", "EAST" or
"WEST". It is the course to be steered when a submarine is coming to PD using surfacing
procedures or in an emergency.
Safety Lane. A specified sea lane designated for use in transit by submarines and surface ships in order
to prevent attack by friendly forces.
Safety Line. A line drawn at right angles to the safety bearing at a distance specified in the exercise
orders/messages but never less than 2000 yards from the initial position of the attacking
submarine in the direction of the target.
Scene of Action Commander (SAC). The officer who assumes tactical control of the assigned units in
a limited area, operating against a specific contact or datum.
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Search Attack Unit (SAU). The designation given to a unit separately organized or detached from a
formation to search for and attack submarines.
Smoke Signal. A pyrotechnic which is used in signaling or identification, and which provides a
coloured smoke.
Snorkel (Snort). An extensible breather pipe which enables a submarine to operate diesel engines while
remaining submerged.
Sonar. An acoustic device used primarily for the detection and location of underwater objects.
Sonar Signaling Transmission (SST). The process of transmitting and receiving Morse signals by
sonar equipment.
Special and/or Exercise Instructions. A modification of standard exercises and procedures in order to
improve training value.
Starred Relaxation. A relaxation which may be used subject to prior approval of the SUBOPAUTH.
Stop Time. The end of an ASW exercise period.
SUBLOOK. Code word of the procedures initiated by an authority when the safety of a submarine is in
doubt or by a SUBOPAUTH when a Surfacing Signal, Arrival Report or SUBCHECK Report
from a submarine under his operational control becomes one hour overdue.
Submarine Depth. The depth of a submarine is measured from the surface to the keel depth.
Submarine Evasive Devices or Decoys. Devices used by a submarine to confuse sonar operators or
homing torpedoes by masking the submarine's self-noises, by creating false echoes, or masking
echo-ranging signals.
Submarine Operating Authority (SUBOPAUTH). The naval commander exercising operational

control of submarines.
Submarine Safety Separations. Vertical separations which, for safety during exercises, restrict
operating depths. These Vertical Safety Separations are not adequate for major casualties, but can
be used for planning purposes when inadvertent loss of depth control is the only consideration.
Submarine Towed Array System (STAS). A towed array system where a neutrally buoyant array is
deployed directly astern of the submarine and at the same depth.
Submerged. A submarine is submerged when it is at periscope depth or deeper.
SUBMISS. Code word of the signal originated by the SUBOPAUTH when a Surfacing Signal,
SUBCHECK Report or Arrival Report of a submarine is 6 hours overdue, or, for a one
compartment submarine, 3 hours overdue.
SUBSUNK. Code word of the signal originated by any authority who has positive information that a
submarine has sunk.
Surface. The order to a submarine to proceed from periscope depth to the surface.
Glossary - 5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Surfacing Procedure. The method used by a submarine, ship or helicopter to bring a submarine from
Safe Depth to Periscope Depth (PD).
Surfacing Signal. A signal transmitted by a submarine to indicate to the SUBOPAUTH that the period
covered by a Diving Signal has been completed.
Surveillance Towed Array System (SURTAS). The term SURTAS is used to describe towed array
systems which are used in ASW area operations. They are optimized for passive acoustic
detection of submarine-radiated noise while operating at low tow speed, and normally use a very
long array.
Tactical Sonar Range (TSR). Is a range based on reported Predicted Sonar Range and may make
allowances for probable submarine depth, alertness of operators, level of unit efficiency, and so
forth.
Tactical Towed Array System (TACTAS). The term TACTAS is used to describe towed array
systems which are primarily designed for use in ASW direct support operations. Their passive
acoustic performance is optimized for submarine detection at higher tow speeds.
Time. Zone time to be used throughout the exercises (GMT is to be used whenever possible to avoid
confusion).
Time Late at Datum. The lapsed time between datum time and the arrival of units at the datum.
Too Close. Throughout submarine ASW exercises, if the attacking and target submarines are at
periscope depth they are to be understood as being too close to one another when the range is less
than 1500 yards and the distance off track is less than 800 yards.
Torpedo Countermeasures (TCM). The material and tactical measures that are adopted by ships for
protection against submarine torpedoes.
Torpedo Danger Area (TDA). The area extending beyond the furthest-on circle for an arbitrarily
assessed distance of 8,000 yards.
Torpedo Danger Zone (TDZ). An area which the submarine must enter in order to be within maximum
effective torpedo firing range.
Towed Array System (TAS). An acoustic system which uses a line of hydrophones located in an array
towed by surface ships and submarines. The system is capable of lone range detection of
submarine radiated noise and may give indications of bearing.
Transit Lane. A transit lane is a lane between transit positions in which the target submarine has
complete freedom of action except when restricted for depth. The width of the lane is to be laid
down in the orders for the exercise and will depend on the extent to which it is desired to restrict
the target submarine, and geographic limitations.
Transit Positions. Positions specified in the exercise orders/message, which provide the center line of a
transit lane.
Turn Count Masking. The term used to signify the creation of a revolution difference between ship's
propeller shafts.
Glossary - 6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Underwater Telephone (UWT). A means of voice communication in which the water of the sea is
used as a transmission medium.
Unit. A ship, aircraft or submarine, or a small group of ships and/or aircraft acting as an entity.
Units of Measurement. NATO publications are in the process of being amended to the following
standard units of measurement:
range - yards,
distance - nautical miles,
altitude - feet, and
depth of objects and water depth - metres.
Unrestricted Submarine. A submarine is unrestricted during an ASW exercise if no instructions are

given as to course, speed or depth.
Variable Depth Sonar (VDS). The term is normally used to describe a sonar whose transducer is towed
beneath the parent ship with the object of improving sonar detection ranges. Helicopter and
submarine sonars, though variable in depth, are not usually included.
Vectored Attack (VECTAC). Attack in which a weapon carrier (air, surface or sub-surface) not
holding contact on the target, is vectored to the weapon delivery point by a unit (air, surface or
sub-surface) which holds contact on the target.
Zero Time. The exact hour immediately preceding the time of execution of a tactical action or
manoeuvre from which time measurement is recorded and reported in minutes. (If the time of
execution is exactly on the hour, that time will be Zero Time.)
ZIGZAG. Straight line variations from the base course performed in accordance with a set plan.
Glossary-7(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
INDEX
Acoustic Equipment Requirements .................................................................................................... 2-11

Aircraft
Emergencies...................................................................................................................................... 2-5
Safety Precautions .......................................................................................................................... 2-15
Aircraft Distress Signals.................................................................................................. 5-18, 5-19, 5-20
Aircraft Manoeuvre Signals ............................................................................................................... 5-17
Analysis................................................................................................................................................ 6-1
Attack................................................................................................................................................ 6-1
Data Forms ....................................................................................................................................... 6-5
Exercise ............................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Tactical ............................................................................................................................................. 6-2
Attack Assessment ............................................................................................................................... 6-1
Attack Claims by Submarines .............................................................................................................. 6-3
Attack Restrictions ............................................................................................................................. 2-41
Attack Signals ...............................................................................................................................5-2, 5-3
Attacks
Marking Attacks ............................................................................................................................... 4-9
Authorization Tables
Explosive SUS ................................................................................................................................ 2-34
VDS/Towed Array.......................................................................................................................... 2-22
Brevity Code Table .............................................................................................................................. 6-6
CASEX
Instruction Table............................................................................................................................... 3-2
Order Table....................................................................................................................................... 3-6
Relaxation Table............................................................................................................................. 3-10
CASEX A Series ................................................................................................................................ 3-18
CASEX B Series ................................................................................................................................ 3-19
CASEX C Series ................................................................................................................................ 3-19
CASEX E Series................................................................................................................................. 3-21
CASEX F Series................................................................................................................................. 3-21
CASEX Instructions ............................................................................................................................. 3-5
CASEX S Series................................................................................................................................. 4-11
Changing Depth Safety Signals............................................................................................................ 4-9
Check Report....................................................................................................................................... 5-4
Collision Avoidance ............................................................................................................................. 4-4
Communication Methods ..................................................................................................................... 5-1
Communications..........................................................................................................................2-15, 5-1
Confined Waters................................................................................................................................. 2-54
Coordinated Operations...................................................................................................................... 4-10
Index-1 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Data Forms ........................................................................................................................................... 6-5

Definitions............................................................................................................................................ 1-3
Depth Changes
Through Zones Assigned to Other Subs ........................................................................................... 4-7
Depth Limitation Chart ...................................................................................................................... 2-12
Depth Restrictions
Decoy.............................................................................................................................................. 2-13
Depth Table .......................................................................................................................................... 3-2
Distress Signals
Aircraft/Surface ................................................................................................................................ 5-3
Diving Message.................................................................................................................................... 5-4
Diving Procedures ............................................................................................................................. 2-45
Electronic Sound Underwater Signals................................................................................................ 2-33

Emergencies
Aircraft.............................................................................................................................................. 2-5
Aircraft Distress Signals ........................................................................................................5-18, 5-20
During Exercise ................................................................................................................................ 2-5
Emergency Surfacing........................................................................................................................ 2-6
Submarine ......................................................................................................................................... 2-6
ESUS .................................................................................................................................................. 2-33
ESUS MK 84 ...................................................................................................................................... 5-16
Exercise
Analysis ............................................................................................................................................ 1-2
Command and Control...................................................................................................................... 1-2
Confined Waters ............................................................................................................................. 2-54
Instruction Table............................................................................................................................... 3-2
Instructions ....................................................................................................................................... 3-2
Ordering............................................................................................................................................ 3-1
Records ............................................................................................................................................. 6-1
Report Data Forms............................................................................................................................ 6-5
Restrictions ..................................................................................................................................... 2-41
Standard ............................................................................................................................................ 3-1
Stovepipes....................................................................................................................................... 2-31
Explosive Charge Signals..............................................................................................................5-1, 5-7
Explosive Charges.............................................................................................................................. 2-34
Explosive SUS Table.......................................................................................................................... 2-34
Fishing Vessel Avoidance .................................................................................................................... 2-4

FORMEX
CASEX A ......................................................................................................................................... 6-9
CASEX B ....................................................................................................................................... 6-11
CASEX C ....................................................................................................................................... 6-18
G
Gridlock................................................................................................................................................ 4-6
Index-2 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Helicopter Sonar
HOOKER Procedure ............................................................................................................................ 2-4
Identification of Submarines ................................................................................................................ 5-5

Impact Restrictions............................................................................................................................. 2-43
Lookouts............................................................................................................................................. 2-14
MARK - SNAP Ranging.................................................................................................................... 5-21

Marked Submarine ............................................................................................................................... 4-2
Marking Attacks ................................................................................................................................... 4-9
Method ALFA Surfacing.................................................................................................................... 2-47
Method BRAVO Surfacing ................................................................................................................ 2-50
Minimum Water Depth ........................................................................................................................ 4-5
Mutual Separation ................................................................................................................................ 2-2
Neutral Corridor ................................................................................................................................. 2-20

Night Exercises .................................................................................................................................. 2-45
O
Operating Restrictions.......................................................................................................................... 2-1
P
Participating Submarines
Minimum Requirements ................................................................................................................... 4-1
Procedures
HOOKER.......................................................................................................................................... 2-4
Surfacing......................................................................................................................................... 2-46
Unidentified Submarine.................................................................................................................. 2-51
Pyrotechnic Signals .............................................................................................................................. 5-2
Pyrotechnics Table................................................................................................................................ 5-6
R
Range
MARK - SNAP Method ................................................................................................................. 5-21
Records................................................................................................................................................. 4-1
Records and Analysis ........................................................................................................................... 6-1
Relaxation Table ................................................................................................................................ 3-10
Index-3 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Relaxations ........................................................................................................................................... 3-2

Restrictions .................................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Restrictions
Attack.....................................................................................................................................2-34, 2-41
Decoy Depth ................................................................................................................................... 2-13
Safe Depth ........................................................................................................................................ 2-8
Restrictions........................................................................................................................................... 1-4
Night ASW Exercises ..................................................................................................................... 2-45
Submarines as Impact Targets ........................................................................................................ 2-43
S
Safety.................................................................................................................................................... 2-1
Aircraft Safety ................................................................................................................................ 2-15
Changing Depth Signals ................................................................................................................... 4-9
Helicopter Sonars............................................................................................................................ 2-16
Lookouts ......................................................................................................................................... 2-14
Responsibilities................................................................................................................................. 2-2
Safety Bearing .................................................................................................................................. 4-2
Safety Circle ..............................................................................................................................4-2, 4-4
Safety Line.................................................................................................................................4-3, 4-4
Towed Decoys ................................................................................................................................ 2-16
VDS/Towed Array Safety Precautions ........................................................................................... 2-17
Safety Precautions .............................................................................................................................. 2-15
Safety Rules.......................................................................................................................................... 4-5
Safety Separation.................................................................................................................................. 2-7
Safety Zone .......................................................................................................................................... 4-5
Security................................................................................................................................................. 1-1
Shallow Water Exerises........................................................................................................................ 2-8
Ship Noise .......................................................................................................................................... 2-14
Signal
Sonar Codes .................................................................................................................................... 5-13
Signals ................................................................................................................................................ 2-15
Aircraft Distress........................................................................................................... 5-18, 5-19, 5-20
Aircraft Manoeuvre ........................................................................................................................ 5-17
Brevity Codes ................................................................................................................................... 6-6
Changing Depth Safety Signals ........................................................................................................ 4-9
Diving/Surfacing/Check Reports...................................................................................................... 5-4
Electronic SUS................................................................................................................................ 2-33
ESUS............................................................................................................................................... 5-16
Explosive Charge Signals....................................................................................................5-7, 5-8, 5-9
Pyrotechnic Signals .......................................................................................................................... 5-2
Safety and Control ............................................................................................................................ 5-2
Sonar Signal Codes........................................................................................................................... 5-2
Special .............................................................................................................................................. 5-3
SST/UWT Signals ........................................................................................................................... 5-10
Submarine Attack Signals................................................................................................................. 5-3
Submarine Pyrotechnics .................................................................................................................. 5-10
Submarine Track Message................................................................................................................ 6-4
SUS .....................................................................................................................................5-7, 5-8, 5-9
Target Data Message ....................................................................................................................... 6-5
Target Data Message Codes .....................................................................................................6-7, 6-8
Index-4 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Torpedo Attack .............................................................................................................................. 5-17

Underwater Telephone (UWT)........................................................................................................ 4-7
SITUATION Report .......................................................................................................................................... 2-52
Sonar Signal Code Table..................................................................................................................... 5-13
Sonar Signal Codes .............................................................................................................................. 5-2
Special Signals ..................................................................................................................................... 5-3
Specifications
Towed Array................................................................................................................................... 2-25
VDS ................................................................................................................................................ 2-24
Standard Exercises ............................................................................................................................... 3-1
Stop Time ........................................................................................................................................... 2-51
Submarine Track Message ................................................................................................................... 6-4
Submarine(s)
Acoustic Equipment Requirements ................................................................................................ 2-11
Attack Claims ................................................................................................................................... 6-3
Collision Avoidance ......................................................................................................................... 4-4
Coordinated Operations .................................................................................................................. 4-10
Course and Speed Diagrams ............................................................................................................. 3-3
Depth Limitation Chart................................................................................................................... 2-12
Depth Tables..................................................................................................................................... 3-2
Diving Procedures .......................................................................................................................... 2-45
Emergencies...................................................................................................................................... 2-6
Fishing Vessel Avoidance ................................................................................................................ 2-4
Identification..................................................................................................................................... 5-5
Pyrotechincs Table ............................................................................................................................ 5-6
Pyrotechnic Signals .......................................................................................................................... 5-2
Safety and Control Signals ............................................................................................................... 5-2
Surfacing in an Emergency............................................................................................................... 2-6
Surfacing Procedures ...................................................................................................................... 2-46
Track Message .................................................................................................................................. 6-4
Uncle Joe Procedures........................................................................................................................ 5-5
Unidentified Submarine During Exercises ..................................................................................... 2-51
Surfacing
Method ALFA ................................................................................................................................ 2-47
Method BRAVO............................................................................................................................. 2-50
Procedures ...................................................................................................................................... 2-46
Surfacing Messages .......................................................................................................................... 5-4
SUS..................................................................................................................................................... 2-31
T
Tactical Analysis .................................................................................................................................. 6-2
Target Data Message ............................................................................................................................ 6-5
Target Data Message Codes ..........................................................................................................6-7, 6-8
Torpedo Attack Signals ...................................................................................................................... 5-17
Torpedo Firing...................................................................................................................................... 4-9
Towed Array Specifications............................................................................................................... 2-25
Towed Decoys
Training ................................................................................................................................................ 1-1
Transit Lane...................................................................................................................................4-3, 4-5
Transit Position.................................................................................................................................................... 4-3
Index-5 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Underwater Signal Codes

ESUS............................................................................................................................................... 5-16
Explosive Charge Signals ..........................................................................................................5-1, 5-7
SONAR............................................................................................................................................. 5-2
SST/UWT Signals .......................................................................................................................... 5-13
SUS................................................................................................................................................... 5-1
Underwater Telephone (UWT) .......................................................................................................... 2-14
Unknown Submarine.......................................................................................................................... 2-51
VDS Specifications ............................................................................................................................ 2-24

VDS/Towed Array
Authorization Table ........................................................................................................................ 2-23
Visibility Requirements...................................................................................................................... 2-10
Index-6 ORIGINAL
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
List of Effective Pages
Page Number Issue Page Number Issue

3-C4-1 to 3-C4-2 Change 4
I(RB) Original 3-C5-1 to 3-C5-2 Original
III(RB) Original 3-C6-1 to 3-C6-3(RB) Change 4
V to VII(RB) Original 3-C7-1 to 3-C7-2 Original
IX to X Original 3-C8-1 to 3-C8-2 Original
XI to XVI Change 5 3-C9-1 to 3-C9-3(RB) Original
1-1 to 1-2 Original 3-C10-1(RB) Original
1-3 to 1-4 Change 5 3-C11-1(RB) Original
2-1 to 2-4 Change 4 3-C12-1 to 3-C12-3(RB) Change 4
2-5 to 2-58 Change 5 3-D1-1 to 3-D1-2 Original
3-1 to 3-4 Change 4 3-D2-1 to 3-D2-3(RB) Original
3-5 to 3-8 Original 3-D3-1 to 3-D3-2 Original
3-9 to 3-10 Change 3 3-D4-1 to 3-D4-4 Change 1
3-11 to 3-16 Change 4 3-D5-1 to 3-D5-4 Change 1
3-17 to 3-48 Original 3-E1-1 to 3-E1-2 Original
3-A1-1(RB) Original 3-E1-A-1(RB) Original
3-A2-1 to 3-A2-2 Original 3-E1-B-1(RB) Original
3-A3-1 to 3-A3-2 Original 3-E2-1 to 3-E2-2 Original
3-A4-1 to 3-A4-2 Original 3-E3-1 to 3-E3-2 Change 5
3-A6-1 to 3-A6-2 Change 4 3-E5-1 to 3-E5-4 Original
3-A9-1 to 3-A9-2 Change 4 3-E8-1 to 3-E8-2 Change 4
3-A10-1 to 3-A10-3(RB) Change 4 3-E9-1 to 3-E9-3(RB) Original
3-A11-1 to 3-A11-2 Original 3-F1-1 to 3-F1-2 Original
3-A12-1 to 3-A12-2 Original 3-F2-1 to 3-F2-3(RB) Original
3-A13-1 to 3-A13-2 Original 4-1 to 4-10 Original
3-A21-1(RB) Original 4-S1-1 to 4-S1-2 Original
3-A22-1 to 3-A22-2 Original 4-S2-1 to 4-S2-3(RB) Original
3-A23-1(RB) Change 4 4-S3-1 to 4-S3-2 Original
3-A24-1(RB) Original 4-S4-1 to 4-S4-2 Original
3-B1-1 (RB) Original 4-S5-1 to 4-S5-2 Original
3-B2-1(RB) Original 4-S6-1 to 4-S6-3(RB) Original
3-B3-1(RB) Change 4 4-S7-1 to 4-S7-4 Original
3-B4-1 to 3-B4-3(RB) Original 4-S8-1 to 4-S8-2 Original
3-B5-1 to 3-B5-2 Original 4-S9-1 to 4-S9-3(RB) Original
3-B6-1(RB) Original 4-S10-1 to 4-S10-2 Original
3-B7-1 to 3-B7-2 Change 4 4-S10-A-1(RB) Original
3-C1-1(RB) Original 4-S11-1 to 4-S11-2 Change 3
3-C2-1 to 3-C2-2 Original 5-1 to 5-4 Original
3-C3-1 to 3-C3-2 Original 5-5 to 5-6 Change 2
LEP-1(RB) CHANGE 5
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK
NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
MXP-1(D)(NAVY)(AIR)
Page Number Issue Page Number Issue

5-7 to 5-8 Original
5-9 to 5-10 Change 3
5-11 to 5-12 Change 4
5-13 to 5-14 Original
5-15 to 5-16 Change 4
5-17 to 5-21 (RB) Original
6-1 to 6-2 Change 3
6-3 to 6-21(RB) Original
Glossary-1 to Glossary-4 Change 4
Glossary-5 to Glossary-7(RB) Original
Index-1 to Index-6 Original
LEP-1(RB) Change 5
LEP-3(RB) Change 5
LEP-3 (RB) CHANGE 5

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

NATO SubmarineManual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NATO SubmarineManual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NATO SubmarineManual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NATO-UNCLASSIFIED

The information contained in this document shall not be

MAY BE CARRIED IN MILITARY AIRCRAFT

1(Reverse Blank) ORIGINAL

CHAPTER RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS

NATION RECORD OF RESERVATIONS BY NATIONS

Estonian Navy does not have function described in STANAG.

AXP-1(D) is considered non-releasable to non-NATO Countries as AXP-1(D) is a

RESERVED FOR NATIONAL LETTER OF PROMULGATION

VII (Reverse Blank)

Date Checked By Whom Checked

RECORD OF CHANGES AND AMENDMENTS

Identification of Change Date NATO By Whom Entered (Signature;

CHANGE 1 1 March 2004

CHANGE 2 1 March 2006

CHANGE 3 1 January 2007

CHANGE 4 18 February 2008

Multi-National Submarine and Anti-Submarine

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES

1000 Training Within NATO ............................................................................................................ 1-1

CHAPTER 2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY

2100 Submarine Operating Conditions.............................................................................................. 2-1

SECTION 2 SAFETY AND THE CONDUCT OF UNITS DURING ASW EXERCISES

2200 Emergencies During ASW Exercises ....................................................................................... 2-7

2213 Vertical Safety Separation/ Safe Depth Operation ................................................................. 2-10

CHAPTER 3 STANDARD EXERCISES AND METHOD OF ORDERING

3000 Summary of Standard Exercises ............................................................................................... 3-1

3004 Relaxation Table (Table 3-2) .................................................................................................... 3-2

CASEX E-3 Mutual Sensor Exercise ..........................................................................................3-E3-1

CHAPTER 4 INSTRUCTIONS, DEFINITIONS, SAFETY RULES AND PROCEDURES

4000 Instructions for Submarine ASW Exercises.............................................................................. 4-1

4051 Not Releasable .......................................................................................................................... 4-9

5000 Introductions ............................................................................................................................. 5-1

CHAPTER 6 RECORDS AND ANALYSIS

6000 General Considerations............................................................................................................. 6-1

INTRODUCTION TO THE EXERCISES

1000 TRAINING WITHIN NATO

1001 SCOPE OF THE EXERCISES

1005 - 1009 Spare

a. detailed orders to all participating units;

b. Collation of records, quick-look analysis and de-brief,

c. safety precautions; and

d. conduct of the exercise as it develops.

5. Submarine Operating Authority (SUBOPAUTH). The SUBOPAUTH is the Command

1011 - 1019 Spare

f. Stop Time. The end of an ASW exercise period.

n. Daylight. Daylight is defined as extending from sunrise to sunset.

o. Night. Night is defined as extending from sunset to sunrise.

(2) distance - nautical miles,

(3) altitude - feet, and

(4) depth of objects and water depth - metres.

1021 - 1029 Spare

1030 RELAXATION OF RESTRICTIONS

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, OPERATING RESTRICTIONS AND CASUALTY

2100 SUBMARINE OPERATING CONDITIONS

2102 EXTERNAL APPEARANCE

2103 NAVIGATION LIGHTS

2104 DAMAGE CONTROL

2105 HANDLING CHARACTERISTICS